As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2021

 

Registration No. [*]

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3841   45-5574718

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

104 Cooper Court

Los Gatos, CA 95032

(408) 649-5760

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,

of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Steven M. Foster

Chief Executive Officer and President

Tenon Medical, Inc.

104 Cooper Court

Los Gatos, CA 95032

(408) 649-5760

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Ross D. Carmel, Esq.  Ralph V. De Martino, Esq
Jeffrey P. Wofford, Esq. Cavas Pavri, Esq
Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP Schiff Hardin LLP
55 West 39th Street, 18th Floor 901 K Street, NW #700
New York, New York 10018 Washington, DC 20001
Telephone: (212) 658-0458 Telephone: 202-778-6400

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

   

     

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x
  Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
    Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)(2)
       Amount of
Registration
Fee
 
Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share(3)(4)     $    17,250,000     $    1,599.08  
Warrants to purchase Common Stock to be issued to the Underwriter (4)(5)      

---

     

---

 
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants (3)(4)     $   517,500     $      47.97  
Total   $    17,767,500     $    1,647.05  

 

(1) Includes additional shares (15% of the shares being sold in this offering) that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their over-allotment option that may be exercised over a 30 period.
(2) There is no current market for the securities or price at which the shares are being offered. Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, there is also being registered hereby such indeterminate number of additional shares as may be issued or issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions.
(4) We have agreed to issue to the representative of the several underwriters, who we refer to as the representative, warrants to purchase the number of shares of common stock in the aggregate equal to three percent (3%) of the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering. The warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 100% of the public offering price.

 

(5) No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g).

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

     

 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated November 9

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

  

 

[*] Shares of Common Stock

 

This is an initial public offering of [*] shares of Tenon Medical, Inc. common stock, par value, $0.001 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $[*] and $[*]. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “[*]” which listing is a condition to this offering.

 

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for sales and marketing activities, including training surgeons to use our products and clinical studies, and general corporate purposes, including working capital. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page [*] of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our common stock.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

      Per Share       Total  
Initial public offering price   $ [*]     $ [*]  
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)   $ [*]     $ [*]  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $ [*]     $ [*]  

 

1 

 

  

(1) Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of this offering, payable to The Benchmark Company, LLC, as representative of the underwriters, or the reimbursement of certain expenses of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” beginning on page [*] of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

 

In addition to the underwriting discounts listed above and the non-accountable expense allowance described in the footnote, we have agreed to issue upon the closing of this offering to The Benchmark Company, LLC, as representative of the underwriters, warrants that will expire on the fifth anniversary of the commencement date of sales in this initial public offering entitling the representative to purchase 3% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the underwriters’ warrants and the common shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting” beginning on page [*].

 

We have granted the representative an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional [*] shares of common stock on the same terms as the other shares being purchased by the underwriters from us.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on [*], 2021.

 

The Benchmark Company

 

Prospectus dated [*], 2021

 

2 

 

  

Table of Contents

 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS 3
MARKET DATA 4
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 4
SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING 13
RISK FACTORS 14
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 49
USE OF PROCEEDS 50
DIVIDEND POLICY 50
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 51
CAPITALIZATION 52
DILUTION 53
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 54
BUSINESS 67
MANAGEMENT 84
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 89
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 91
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 93
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 94
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 100
UNDERWRITING 100
EXPERTS 105
LEGAL MATTERS 105
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION 105
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

Through and including [*], 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment. Neither we, nor the underwriters, have authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from, or adds to, that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We are not making an offer of any securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer is unlawful.

 

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this public offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

Throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise designated or the context suggests otherwise,

 

all references to the “Company,” the “registrant,” “we,” “our,” or “us” in this prospectus mean Tenon Medical, Inc.;

 

3 

 

 

assumes an initial public offering price of our common stock of $[*] per share, the midpoint of the estimated range of $[*] to $[*] per share;

 

an initial public offering price of our common stock of [*] per share;

 

“year” or “fiscal year” mean the year ending December 31st; and

 

all dollar or $ references, when used in this prospectus, refer to United States dollars.

 

Market Data

 

Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. To our knowledge, certain third-party industry data that includes projections for future periods does not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those third-party projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight. We have not independently verified any of the data from third party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based on our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. In addition, we do not necessarily know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the forecasts we cite. Statements as to our market position are based on the most currently available data. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We are, however, liable for the information in the prospectus related to the market and industry data.

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary provides a brief overview of the key aspects of our business and our securities. The reader should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors.” Some of the statements contained in this prospectus, including statements under “Summary” and “Risk Factors” as well as those noted in the documents incorporated herein by reference, are forward-looking statements and may involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and future events may differ significantly based upon a number of factors. The reader should not put undue reliance on the forward-looking statements in this document, which speak only as of the date on the cover of this prospectus.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Tenon,” “Tenon Medical,” “the Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

About our Company

 

Tenon Medical, Inc. (“Tenon”), a medical device company formed in 2012, has developed a proprietary, U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) cleared surgical implant system, which is designed to optimize sacroiliac joint (“SI-Joint”) fixation / fusion surgery and corresponding outcomes. Tenon is preparing a national launch of this system to address the greatly underserved market opportunity that exists in this space.

 

The Opportunity

 

We estimate that over 30 million American adults have chronic lower back painPublished clinical studies have shown that 15% to 30% of all chronic lower back pain is associated with the SI-Joint. For patients whose chronic lower back pain stems from the SI-Joint, our experience in both a clinical trial and commercial settings indicates the system to be introduced by Tenon could be beneficial for patients who are properly diagnosed and screened for surgery by trained healthcare providers.

 

Based on market research and internal estimates, Tenon believes the potential market for surgical intervention of the SI-Joint to be 279,000 procedures annually in the US alone, for a potential annual market in excess of $2.2 billion. These estimates are driven by coding data for SI-Joint injections to treat pain and informed assumptions relative to surgical intervention candidacy.

 

4 

 

 

In 2019, approximately 475,000 patients in the United States were estimated to have received an aesthetic injection to temporarily alleviate pain emanating from the SI-Joint and/or to diagnose SI-Joint pain. Additionally, a number of non-surgical technologies have been introduced in the past 10 years to address patients who do not respond to injection therapy, including systemic oral medications and opioids.

 

To date, the penetration of a surgical solution for this market has been relatively low (5-7%). We believe this is due to complex surgical approaches and suboptimal implant design of existing options. The penetration of this market with an optimized surgical solution is Tenon’s focus.

 

We believe the SI-Joint is the last major joint to be successfully addressed by the orthopaedic implant industry. Studies have shown that disability resulting from disease of the SI-Joint is comparable to the disability associated with a number of other serious orthopaedic conditions, such as knee and hip arthritis and degenerative disc disease, each of which has surgical solutions where an implant is used and a multi-billion-dollar market exists.

 

The SI-Joint

 

  

The SI-Joint is a strong weight bearing synovial joint situated between the lumbar spine and the pelvis and is aligned along the longitudinal load bearing axis of the human spine when in an upright posture. It functions as a force transfer conduit where it transfers axial loads bi-directionally from the spine to the pelvis and lower extremities and allows forces to be transmitted from the extremities to the spine. It also provides load sharing between the hip and spine to contribute towards attenuation of impact shock and stress from activities of daily living.

 

The SI-Joint is a relatively immobile joint that connects the sacrum (the spinal segment that is attached to the base of the lumbar spine at the L5 vertebra) and the ilium of the pelvis. Each SI-Joint is approximately 2mm wide and irregularly shaped.

 

Motion of the SI-Joint features vertical shear and rotation. Although the rotational forces about the SI-Joint are relatively low, repetitive motions created by daily activities such as walking, jogging, twisting at the hips, and jumping can increase the stresses on the SI-Joint. If the SI-Joint is compromised through injury or degeneration, the load bearing and motion restraints from the surrounding anatomical structures of the SI-Joint will be compromised resulting in abnormal stress transfers across the joint to these structures, thereby further augmenting the degenerative cascade of the SI-Joint. Eventual pain and cessation of an individual’s normal activities due to a painful and unstable SI-Joint have led to an increase in the recent development of SI-Joint stabilization devices.

 

5 

 

 

Diagnosis

 

Historically, diagnosing pain from the SI-Joint was not routinely a focus of orthopaedic or neurosurgery training during medical school or residency programs. Due to its invasiveness, post-operative pain, and muscle disruption along with a difficult procedure overall, the open SI-Joint fusion procedure was rarely taught in these settings.

 

The emergence of various SI Joint surgical technologies has generated a renewed discussion of SI-Joint issues. Of particular focus is the diagnostic protocol utilized to properly select patients for SI Joint surgery. Patients with low back pain typically start with primary care physicians who often refer to pain specialists. Here, the patient will go through traditional physical therapy combined with oral medications (anti-inflammatory, narcotic, etc.). If the patient fails to respond to these steps the pain specialist may move to therapeutic injections of the SI Joint. These injections may serve to lessen inflammation to the point that the patient is satisfied. However, the impact from these injections is often transient. In this case the patient is often referred to a surgeon to determine if the patient may be a candidate for surgical intervention. A series of provocative tests in clinic, combined with a specific injection protocol to isolate the SI-Joint as the pain generator is then utilized to confirm the need for surgical intervention. Published literature has shown this technique to be a very effective step to determine the best treatment to alleviate pain.

 

Tenon has developed its own protocol to instruct and train the medical community on how to perform provocative maneuvers in a physician’s office that can reveal the SI-Joint as the source of pain. If the provocative tests are positive, surgeons (or other physicians) confirm the diagnosis by injecting a small amount of local anesthetic into the joint under fluoroscopic guidance. The SI-Joint is confirmed as a pain source if the local anesthetic produces immediate and significant pain reduction.

 

Limitations of Existing Treatment Options

 

Surgical fixation and fusion of the SI-Joint with an open surgical technique was first reported in 1908, with further reports in the 1920s. The open procedure uses plates and screws, requires a 6 to 12-inch incision and is extremely invasive. Due to the high invasiveness and associated morbidity, the use of this procedure is limited to cases involving significant trauma, tumor, etc.

 

Less invasive surgical options along with implant design began to emerge over the past 15 years. These options feature a variety of approaches and implant designs and have been met with varying degrees of adoption. Lack of a standard and accepted diagnostic approach, complexity of approach, high morbidity of approach, abnormally high complication rates and inability to radiographically confirm fusion have all been cited as reasons for low adoption of these technologies.

 

Non-Surgical Treatment of Sacroiliac Joint Disease

 

Although a number of non-surgical treatments exist for sacroiliac joint pain, we believe based on literature that none have delivered the long-term pain relief that has been seen with SI-Joint fixation. Although not as yet published and not submitted for peer review, the results experienced by the initial 30 patients treated in our limited release have had a dramatic reduction in pain relief. Non-surgical treatments include: 

 

· Drug Therapy: including opiates and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications.

 

· Physical Therapy: which can involve exercises as well as massage.

 

· Intra-Articular Injections of Steroid Medications: which are typically performed by physicians who specialize in pain treatment or anesthesia.

 

·

Radiofrequency Ablation: or the cauterizing of the lateral branches of the sacral nerve roots.

 

6 

 

 

Commercialization

 

Tenon is planning a commercial launch of The CATAMARAN™ SIJ Fusion System (The CATAMARAN System) to address what we believe is a large market opportunity with a superior product. The CATAMARAN System includes instruments and implants designed to prepare and fixate the SI-Joint for fusion. The CATAMARAN System is distinct from other competitive offerings in the following ways:

 

· Posterior / Inferior Sacroiliac Fusion Approach (PiSIF™)

 

· Reduced Approach Morbidity

 

· Direct And Visualized Approach to the SI Joint

 

· Single Implant “One and Done” Technique

 

· Insertion Trajectory Away from the Neural Foramen

 

· Autologous Bone Grafting in the Ilium, Sacrum and Bridge

 

· Radiographic Confirmation of Bridging Bone Fusion of the SI Joint

 

The fixation device and its key features are shown below:

 

 

Key Features

“Pontoon” in the ilium

“Pontoon” in the sacrum

“Pontoons and Bridge” filled with autologous bone from drilling process

Leading edge osteotome creates defect and eases insertion

 

 

 

 

 

 

The CATAMARAN System is a singular implant designed with several proprietary components which allow for it to be explicitly formatted to address the SI Joint with a single approach and implant. We refer to this as the “One and Done” feature of the implant. This contrasts with a number of competitive implant systems that require multiple approach pathways and implants to achieve fixation. In addition, the approach is direct to the joint and through limited anatomical structures which minimizes the morbidity of the approach. The implant features a patented dual pontoon open cell design which enables the surgeon to pack the pontoons with the patient’s own autologous bone promoting bone fusion across the joint. The CATAMARAN System is designed specially to resist vertical shear and rotation of the joint in which it was implanted, helping stabilize the joint in preparation for eventual fusion.

 

The instruments we have developed are proprietary to The CATAMARAN System and are designed for the procedure to be performed via the previously described PiSIF™ approach.

 

Tenon also has developed a proprietary 2D placement protocol as well as a protocol for 3D navigation utilizing the latest techniques in spine surgery. We believe these Tenon advancements will further ensure the safety of the procedure and encourage more surgeons to adopt the procedure.

 

Coinciding with our commercial launch Tenon, will initiate some clinical marketing studies. Since we have FDA 510K clearance to market The CATAMARAN System, our clinical trial activities are focused on capturing post-market safety and efficacy data. Preliminary plans for clinical study evaluations may include a longitudinal cohort study design with approximately 200 patients. Clinical study endpoints may include, but are not limited to; length of surgical procedure, blood loss, post-op pain, length of stay, duration of non-weight-bearing post-op, radiographic confirmation of fusion and surgical complication rates. Statistical analysis plans may be designed to demonstrate non-inferiority to historical control, as reported in published literature, which may be used for submission to peer reviewed articles / posters / presentations and the like.

 

For a description of the challenges we face and the risks and limitations that could harm our prospects, see “—Summary Risk Factors” and “Risk Factors.”

 

Recent Developments

 

Warrants. On December 31, 2020, the Company issued to Exchange Listing, LLC 5-year warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price $2.60 per share. Exchange Listing, LLC has registration rights with respect to the shares underlying the warrants.

 

2021 Financings 

 

· On January 27, 2021 we issued a Promissory Note in the principal amount of $130,560.34 to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (the “WSGR Note”). The WSGR Note bears interest at 3% per annum and is due on the earlier of (x) July 27, 2021, (y) the closing of a debt or equity financing of at least $1,000,000 and (z) the closing of a change in control transaction. The interest rate on the WSGR Note increases to 5% per annum if all principal and interest is not paid when due. The WSGR Note was paid in full in May 2021.

 

7 

 

 

· On April 30, 2021 we issued the following convertible promissory notes: (i) $170,000 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc., which accrues interest at 8% per annum from April 30, 2021 and is due on December 31, 2021 (the “Phoenix Note 1”); (ii) $117,530 Amended and Restated 2015 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc. (the “Phoenix Note 2), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from January 1, 2016 and is due on April 30, 2022; (iii) $40,000 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc., which accrues interest at 8% per annum from April 30, 2021 and is due on December 31, 2021 (the “Phoenix Note 3”); and (iv) $70,000 Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Khalid Mentak (the “Mentak Note” and together with the Phoenix 1 Note, the Phoenix 2 Note and the Phoenix 3 Note, the “April 30 Notes”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from October 12, 2019 and is due on April 30, 2022. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the April 30 Notes and are not prepayable.

 

· On May 3, 2021 we issued the following convertible promissory notes to Paul Orofino: (i) $200,000 Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note (the “Orofino Note 1”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from November 20, 2020 and is due on May 3, 2022; (ii) $50,000 Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “Orofino Note 2 and together with the Orofino Note 1, the “May 3 Notes”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from October 21, 2019 and is due on May 3, 2022. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the May 3 Notes. The May 3 Notes are prepayable.

 

· On May 7, 2021 we issued the $68,359 Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note to Lince Consulting, LLC (the “Lince Note”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from June 12, 2019 and is due on May 7, 2022. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the Lince Note. The Lince Note is prepayable.

 

· During the period from May 17, 2021 to July 26, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate $12,177,328 of Convertible Promissory Notes to 125 investors (the “Private Offering Notes” and together with the April 30 Notes, the May 3 Notes and the Lince Note, the “Notes”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from the date of issuance and are due one year from the date of issuance. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the Private Offering Notes. The Private Offering Notes are not prepayable without the consent of a majority of the holders.

 

Immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering, the Notes will automatically convert into of shares of our common stock as follows:

 

(i) each April 30 Note (other than the Phoenix Note 2) and May 3 Note will convert into [*] and [*] shares of our common stock, respectively, in each case calculated by dividing the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, by 70% of the per share initial public offering price;

 

(ii) the Lince Note and the Phoenix Note 2 will convert into [*] and [*] shares of our common stock, respectively, in each case calculated by dividing the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on such Note by 80% of the per share initial public offering price;

 

(iii) the Private Offering Notes will convert into [*] shares of our common stock calculated by dividing (x) the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Private Offering Notes by (y) the lesser of (1) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) $22,500,000 by (B) the fully diluted capitalization of the Company and (2) 70% of the per share initial public offering price.

 

Recent issuances of Options and Restricted Stock under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”)

 

  · In May 2021 we made eleven grants of non-statutory options to purchase in aggregate 787,595 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. The options are subject to three-year monthly vesting at a rate of 1/36th per month and expire in May 2031.

 

  · In July 2021 we made three grants of non-statutory options to purchase in aggregate 364,044 shares of our common stock and two grants of incentive stock options to purchase in aggregate 80,165 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. The options vest monthly over a three-year period at the rate of 1/36th per month (except for 25,000 which vest at a rate of 1/24th per month). The options expire in July 2031.

 

  ·

In August 2021 we granted non-statutory options to 2 individuals to purchase in aggregate 27,000 shares of our common stock and we granted incentive stock options to 2 individuals to purchase in aggregate 15,000 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. Three of these options vest 33% on the first anniversary with the balance of the shares vesting monthly over the next two years and one option is subject to two-year monthly vesting and all options expire on August 10, 2031. We also granted 123,500 of restricted shares of common stock to 3 individuals under the Plan, which vested immediately.

 

In October 2021 we granted non-statutory options to 3 individuals to purchase in aggregate 24,000 shares of our common stock and we granted incentive stock options to 3 individuals to purchase in aggregate 20,000 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $3.75 per share. Three of these options vest 33% on the first anniversary with the balance of the shares vesting monthly over the next two years and the remaining options are subject to two-year monthly vesting and all options expire on October 8, 2031.

 

8 

 

 

National Distribution Agreement. On May 20, 2021, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement (the “SpineSource Sales Agreement”) by and between the Company and SpineSource, Inc. (“SpineSource”) which became effective when the Company paid SpineSource $500,000 for prior services and issued SpineSource 107,513 shares of our common stock (the “SpineSource Shares”). Pursuant to the SpineSource Sales Agreement, the Company appointed SpineSource as its exclusive sales representative for marketing, sales, and support for The CATAMARAM System in the United States and Puerto Rico in exchange for 60% of net sales invoiced by us from product sales that are completed in the United States and Puerto Rico. The SpineSource Sales Agreement has a five-year term and automatically renews for five-year periods unless written notice is provided by either party at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the term. Any extension beyond ten (10) years requires a written agreement. The SpineSource Sales Agreement may also be terminated by the Company if certain minimum sales targets are not achieved by SpineSource as set forth in the SpineSource Sales Agreement. Either party may terminate the SpineSource Sales Agreement for a material breach by the other party, the liquidation, insolvency or bankruptcy of the other party or if the other party ceases to actively engage in the business to which the SpineSource Sales Agreement relates. In connection with the issuance of the SpineSource Shares, the Company entered into the Common Stock Purchase Agreement with SpineSource dated May 19, 2021 (the “SpineSource Stock Purchase Agreement”), which provides SpineSource with anti-dilution protection that maintains its ownership percentage of the Company, prior to the completion of this initial public offering, at no less than 3% on a fully diluted basis. As of November 9, 2021, the Company has issued 88,894 shares to SpineSource pursuant to the anti-dilution protection contained in the SpineSource Stock Purchase Agreement. 

 

Exchange Agreement. On October 28, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Zuhlke Ventures AG (“ZV”), the minority shareholder of Tenon Technology AG (“TTAG”), the Company’s Swiss subsidiary. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, ZV agreed to exchange 574,033 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by TTAG, representing all of its ownership interest in TTAG for Tenon Series A Preferred Stock , representing 24% ownership interest in the Company on a fully diluted basis, taking into account (i) all outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) shares issuable upon conversion or exchange of all of the Company’s securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock and the exercise of all outstanding options or warrants; and (iii) the shares of our common stock that are   reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any Company equity incentive or similar plan. Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Company has issued ZV 2,550,763 shares of Tenon Series A Preferred Stock. ZV’s shares of Tenon Series A Preferred Stock are subject to anti-dilution protection that maintains ZV’s 24% ownership interest in the Company, excluding any shares issued by the Company in an initial public offering or a qualified offering of at least $5,000,000 at a per share price of at least $3.3737. The anti-dilution protection terminates upon the earlier of (i) the closing of this initial public offering; (ii) the conversion of the Private Offering Notes; (iii) the repayment of the Private Offering Notes in the case of a change in control of the Company; or (iv) the liquidation of the Company. Also, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Company repaid the convertible note between TTAG and ZV in full in the amount of approximately $114,000, including accrued interest.

 

Information Regarding our Capitalization

 

As of November 9, 2021, we have (i) 1,979,907  shares of common stock issued and outstanding of which 54.7% are owned by Richard Ginn, our founder, Chief Technology Officer and a director of the Company; (ii) 2,550,763 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (“Tenon Series A Preferred Stock”) issued and outstanding, each share of which is convertible at any time at the option of the holder for one share of our common stock and automatically converts into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering if the initial offering price is at least $6.00 per share and the gross proceeds to the Company from the offering are at least $25,000,000 or at the written request of at least a majority of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, then outstanding (the “Conversion Trigger”); and (iii) 491,222 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (“Tenon Series B Preferred Stock” and together with the Tenon Series A Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”) issued and outstanding, each share of which is convertible at any time at the option of the holder for one share of our common stock and automatically converts into one share of our common stock upon the occurrence of the Conversion Trigger. Currently, prior to the conversion of the Preferred Stock, holders thereof have a right to one vote per share voting with our common stock on all matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote. Additional information regarding our issued and outstanding securities may be found under “Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters” and “Description of Securities.”

 

Unless otherwise specifically stated, information throughout this prospectus does not assume the exercise of outstanding options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 104 Cooper Court, Los Gatos, CA 95032. Our website address is www.tenonmed.com. The information included on our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under applicable SEC rules. We expect that we will remain an emerging growth company for the foreseeable future, but cannot retain our emerging growth company status indefinitely and will no longer qualify as an emerging growth company on or before the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

9 

 

 

These exemptions include:

 

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

not being required to comply with the requirement of auditor attestation of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

An emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public reporting companies.

 

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and have elected to take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosure available for smaller reporting companies.

 

Summary Risk Factors

 

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, any one of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or business. These risks include, but are not limited to, those listed below. This list is not complete, and should be read together with the section titled “Risk Factors” below:

 

· We have incurred significant operating losses since inception, we expect to continue to incur operating losses in the future and we may not be able to achieve or sustain future profitability;

 

· Epidemic diseases, or the perception of their effects, could have (or, in the case of the COVID-19 pandemic, will continue to have during its duration) a material adverse effect on our future business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows;

 

· If hospitals, surgeons, and other healthcare providers are unable to obtain and maintain coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures performed using our products, adoption of our products may be delayed, and it is unlikely that they will gain further acceptance;

 

· If healthcare payors reverse decisions to cover minimally invasive SI-Joint fusion exclusively when performed with The CATAMARAN System and choose to reimburse for procedures performed with competitive products, our market share could decline, adversely affecting our revenues;

 

· We may not be able to demonstrate to physicians that The CATAMARAN System is an attractive alternative to our competitors’ products and that our procedure is an attractive alternative to existing surgical and non-surgical treatments of the SI-Joint;

 

10 

 

 

· Surgeons and payors may not find our clinical evidence to be compelling, which could limit our sales, and ongoing and future research may prove our products to be less safe and effective than currently thought;

 

· Pricing pressure from our competitors, changes in third-party coverage and reimbursement, healthcare provider consolidation, payor consolidation and the presence of “physician-owned distributorships” may impact our ability to sell our product at prices necessary to support our current business strategies;

 

· Practice trends or other factors, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may cause procedures to shift from the hospital environment to ambulatory surgical centers, or ASCs, where pressure on the prices of our products is generally more acute;

 

· We will operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be adversely affected;

 

· We currently manufacture (through contract manufacturers) and sell a single family of products focused on procedures, the goal of which is to stabilize and fuse the SI-Joint. Reliance on a single family of products and single procedure could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition;

 

· If clinical experience with The CATAMARAN System does not result in positive outcomes for patients, or if clinical trials involving the use of The CATAMARAN System fail to show meaningful patient benefit, sales of The CATAMARAN System could be adversely impacted;

 

· If we are unable to maintain our relationship with our national distributor, we may not be able to generate anticipated sales;

 

· We may become dependent on a limited number of contract manufacturers, some of them single-source and some of them in single locations, for most of our products, and the loss of any of these contract manufacturers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of product in the future in a timely and cost-effective manner, could materially adversely affect our business;

 

· We and our contract manufacturers are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the U.S. and abroad, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer;

 

· We and our national distributor along with their independent sales representatives must comply with U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including those relating to healthcare provider kickbacks and false claims for reimbursement, and other applicable federal and state healthcare laws, as well as equivalent foreign laws, and failure to comply could negatively affect our business; and

 

· If we fail to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights or secure rights to patents of others, the value of our intellectual property rights would diminish and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be impaired

 

· We could need to raise additional capital in the future, and if we are unable to secure adequate funds on terms acceptable to us, we could be unable to execute our business plan.

 

· Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders and restrict our operations or require us to relinquish certain intellectual property rights.

 

· Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

 

· We could be subject to significant product liability obligations if our products are defective, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

11 

 

 

· We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including cybersecurity and data leakage risks.

 

· Product liability claims against us could be costly and could harm our reputation.

 

· Litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

· If we lose our key management personnel, or are unable to attract or retain qualified personnel, it could adversely affect our ability to execute our growth strategy.

 

· If the quality of our products does not meet the expectations of physicians or patients, then our brand and reputation could suffer and our business could be adversely impacted.

 

· We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow.

 

· We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through the licensing of products or technologies from third parties or other strategic alliances, and the failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

 

· We may be unable to gain the support of leading hospitals and key opinion leaders, which may make it difficult to establish our products as a standard of care and achieve market acceptance.

 

· We may be unable to successfully demonstrate to surgeons the merits of our products compared to those of our competitors.

 

· If orthopaedic or neurosurgeons fail to safely and appropriately use our products, or if we are unable to train orthopaedic or neurosurgeons on the safe and appropriate use of our products, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

 

· We have a limited operating history and may face difficulties encountered by early-stage companies in new and evolving markets.

 

· If we are unable to convince hospital facilities to approve the use of our products, our sales may not increase.

 

· We lack published long-term data supporting superior clinical outcomes enabled by our products, which could limit sales.

 

· If coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures using our products significantly decline, orthopaedic or neurosurgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may not increase.

 

· Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

 

· Rapidly changing standards and competing technologies could harm demand for our products, result in significant additional costs, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

12 

 

 

· The safety of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data and may therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

 

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us   [*] shares.
     
Common stock outstanding prior to the offering (1)   [1,979,907] shares of common stock.
     
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering(2)(3)   [*] (or [*] shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
     
Over-allotment option of common stock offered by us   The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to [*] additional shares of common stock.
     
Use of Proceeds   We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to [*]. See the section of this prospectus titled “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page [*].

 

Proposed Listing   We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “______” which listing is a condition to this offering.
     
Underwriters’ warrants   Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to The Benchmark Company, as representative of the underwriters, warrants, that will expire on the fifth anniversary of the commencement date of sales in this offering, entitling the representative to purchase 3% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the underwriters’ warrants and the common shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting.”

 

Lock-up agreements   We and our executive officers, directors and certain of our stockholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer or dispose of any shares or similar securities for 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement for this offering. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting.”
     
Risk Factors   You should carefully consider the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the specific factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page [*] of this prospectus before deciding whether or not to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

(1)

As of November 9, 2021.

(2) Includes (i) [*] shares issued to SpineSource pursuant to a common stock purchase agreement which entitles them to maintain at least a 3% ownership interest in the Company on a fully diluted basis until the closing of this initial public offering; (ii) [*] shares issued to Exchange Listing, LLC at the closing of this initial public offering in exchange for consulting services and the automatic cashless exercise of its warrant, and (iii) [*] shares of our common stock that are to be issued prior to the closing of this offering as a result of the conversion of our convertible promissory notes.

(3) Does not include (i) 491,222 shares of our common stock that may be issued prior to the closing of this offering as a result of the conversion of our Series B Preferred Stock; (ii) [*] shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan, including shares issuable under a one-time option grant to our CEO, Steven Foster to maintain his ownership position at 4%; (iii) 2,550,763 shares of our common stock that may be issued prior to the closing of this offering as a result of the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock and (iv) shares our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ warrants..

  

13 

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, which may affect our future financial performance. If any of the events or circumstances described below occur, our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, our actual results could differ materially from our expectations, and the price of our stock could decline. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones we face. There may be additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material that may adversely affect our business and financial performance. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this prospectus including our financial statements and related notes, before making an investment decision. The statements contained in this prospectus that are not historic facts are forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in or implied by forward-looking statements. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors in our securities may lose all or part of their investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

 

We have incurred losses in the past and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of equity, convertible notes issued by our Swiss subsidiary and most recently by convertible notes issued by Tenon. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development, clinical and regulatory matters for our products. There can be no assurances that we will be able to generate sufficient revenue from our existing products or from any future product candidates to transition to profitability and generate consistent positive cash flows. Following this offering, we expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we continue to build our commercial infrastructure, develop, enhance, and commercialize our existing and new products and incur additional operating and reporting costs associated with being a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve profitability. Furthermore, even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on an ongoing basis. If we do not achieve profitability, it will be more difficult for us to finance our business and accomplish our strategic objectives.

 

Our recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended, December 31, 2020 and 2019, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe that the successful completion of this offering or the conversion of all of the Private Offering Notes into common stock prior to this offering will eliminate this doubt and enable us to continue as a going concern; however, if we are unable to raise sufficient capital in this offering or the holders of the Private Offering Notes do not convert the Private Offering Notes in sufficient amounts into our common stock, we may need to obtain alternative financing or significantly modify our operational plans for us to continue as a going concern. Our expected future capital requirements may depend on many factors including expanding our surgeon base, increasing the rate at which we train surgeons, the number of additional clinical papers initiated, and the timing and extent of spending on the development of our technology to increase our product offerings. We may need additional funding to fund our operations but additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all. We may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us additional covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments, and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any future debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to adequately fund our operations, we will need to curtail planned activities to reduce costs, which will likely harm our ability to execute on our business plan and continue operations.

 

14 

 

 

Epidemic diseases, or the perception of their effects have had and could have (or, in the case of the COVID-19 pandemic, will continue to have during its duration) a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

Outbreaks of infectious diseases, such as COVID-19, could divert medical resources and priorities towards the treatment of that disease. An outbreak of an infectious disease, or continued escalation of the outbreak of COVID-19 could also negatively affect hospital admission rates and the decision by patients to undergo elective surgery, which could decrease demand for procedures using The CATAMARAN System and cause other disruptions to our business. Business disruptions could include disruptions or restrictions on our ability to travel or to distribute our products, government orders suspending the performance of elective surgical procedures such as The CATAMARAN System, inability of our customers to meet their financial commitments due to strain on the healthcare system, as well as temporary closures of our facilities or the facilities of our suppliers and their contract manufacturers, and a reduction in the business hours of hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers. Any disruption of our contract manufacturers or our customers would likely impact our sales and operating results. In addition, a significant outbreak of an infectious disease in the human population could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for our products. Any of these events could negatively impact the number of procedures using The CATAMARAN System that are performed and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

COVID-19 may have, an adverse impact on the timing and success of the commercialization of The CATAMARAN System and our future operations as a result of preventive and precautionary measures that we may find necessary to take. There are numerous uncertainties associated with this COVID-19 outbreak, including the number of individuals who will become infected, the level of resistance to taking vaccines by significant portions of the population in the United States , the extent of the protective and preventative measures that have been put in place by both governmental entities and other businesses and those that may be put in place in the future, the effect that general availability of vaccines, testing for COVID-19 and antibodies will enable relaxation of protective measures for a subset of the population, and numerous other uncertainties. We intend to continue to execute on our product development and strategic plans during the COVID-19 outbreak. However, the aforementioned uncertainties may result in delays or modifications to our product development and strategic plans.

 

In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the economies and financial markets of many countries, which may result in a period of regional, national, and global economic slowdown or regional, national, or global recessions that could curtail or delay spending by hospitals and affect demand for our products as well as increased risk of customer defaults or delays in payments. These market disruptions could impair our ability to raise capital, should our business experience a prolonged period of reduced revenue requiring additional capital to sustain the business. COVID-19 and the current financial, economic, and capital markets environment, and future developments in these and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Due to the uncertain scope and duration of the pandemic and uncertain timing of global recovery and economic normalization, we are unable to estimate the long-term impacts on our operations and financial results.

 

The existence and further duration of the COVID-19 pandemic may also further exacerbate certain of the risks described below.

 

Practice trends or other factors, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may cause procedures to shift from the hospital environment to ambulatory surgical centers (“ASCs”), where pressure on the prices of our products is generally more acute.

 

To protect health care professionals involved in surgical care and their patients, we anticipate that more outpatient eligible procedures will be performed in ASCs during the COVID-19 pandemic, and as its acuity declines and the healthcare system returns to a more normalized state. Since patients do not stay overnight in ASCs and COVID-19 patients would not otherwise be treated in ASCs, it is likely that the ASC will be viewed as a safer site of service for patients and health care providers, where the risk of transmission of the novel coronavirus can be more effectively controlled. Because ASC facility fee reimbursement is typically less than facility fee reimbursement for hospitals, we typically experience more pressure on the pricing of our products by ASCs than by hospitals, and the average price for which we sell our products to ASCs is less than the average prices we charge to hospitals. An accelerated shift of procedures using our products to ASCs as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely impact the average selling prices of our products and our revenues could suffer as a result.

 

15 

 

 

If hospitals, surgeons, and other healthcare providers are unable to obtain coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures performed using our products, adoption of our products may be delayed, and it is unlikely that they will gain further acceptance.

 

Growing sales of our product depends on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans, and managed care programs. Hospitals, surgeons, and other healthcare providers that purchase or use medical devices generally rely on third-party payors to pay for all or part of the costs and fees associated with the procedures performed with these devices.

 

Adequate coverage and reimbursement for procedures performed with our products is central to the acceptance of our current and future products. We may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis if third-party payors deny coverage, continue to deny coverage or reduce their current levels of payment, or if our costs for the product increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels.

 

Many private payors refer to coverage decisions and payment amounts determined by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, which administers the Medicare program, as guidelines for setting their coverage and reimbursement policies. By June 30, 2016, all Medicare Administrative Contractors were regularly reimbursing for minimally invasive and/or open SI-Joint fusion. Private payors that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies for procedures performed with our products. Private commercial payors have been slower to adopt positive coverage policies for minimally invasive and/or open SI-Joint fusion, and many private payors still have policies that treat the procedure as experimental or investigational and do not regularly reimburse for the procedure. Future action by CMS or third-party payors may further reduce the availability of payments to physicians, outpatient surgery centers, and/or hospitals for procedures using our products.

 

The healthcare industry in the United States has experienced a trend toward cost containment as government and private insurers seek to control healthcare costs. Payors are imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates with service providers and being increasingly selective about the technologies and procedures they chose to cover. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to provide the scientific and clinical data necessary to overcome these policies. Payors may adopt policies in the future restricting access to medical technologies like ours and/or the procedures performed using such technologies. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the procedures performed with each of our products will be reimbursed. There can be no guarantee that, should we introduce additional products in the future, payors will cover those products or the procedures in which they are used.

 

If the reimbursement provided by third-party payors to hospitals, surgeons, and other healthcare providers for procedures performed using our products is insufficient, adoption and use of our products and the prices paid for our implants may decline.

 

When a Tenon procedure utilizing The CATAMARAN System is performed, both the surgeon and the healthcare facility, a hospital (inpatient or outpatient clinic), submit claims for reimbursement to the patient’s insurer. Generally, the facility obtains a lump sum payment, or facility fee, for SI-Joint fusions. Our products are purchased by the facility, along with other supplies used in the procedure. The facility must also pay for its own fixed costs of operation, including certain operating room personnel involved in the procedure, and other medical services care. If these costs exceed the facility reimbursement, the facility’s managers may discourage or restrict surgeons from performing the procedure in the facility or using certain technologies, such as the The CATAMARAN System, to perform the procedure.

 

16 

 

 

The Medicare 2021 national average hospital inpatient payment ranges from approximately $25,000 to approximately $59,000 depending on the procedural approach and the presence of Complication and Comorbidity (CC)/Major Complication and Comorbidity (MCC).

 

The Medicare 2021 national average hospital outpatient clinic payment is $15,888. We believe that insurer payments to facilities are generally adequate for these facilities to offer The CATAMARAN System. However, there can be no guarantee that these facility payments will not decline in the future. The number of procedures performed, and the prices paid for our implants may in the future decline if payments to facilities for SI-Joint fusions decline.

 

Surgeons are reimbursed separately for their professional time and effort to perform a surgical procedure. Depending on the surgical approach, the incision size, type and extent of imaging guidance, indication for procedure, and the insurer, The Catamaran System procedure may be reported by the surgeon using any one of the applicable following CPT® codes 27279, 27280, 27299.   The Medicare 2021 national average payment for CPT® 27279 is $888 and $1,399 for 27280. CPT® 27299 has no national valuation. Clinicians, however can present a crosswalk to another procedure believed to be fairly equivalent and/or comparison to a code for which there is an existing valuation.

 

For some governmental programs, such as Medicaid, coverage and reimbursement differ from state to state, and some state Medicaid programs may not pay an adequate amount for the procedures performed with our products, if any payment is made at all. Similar to Medicaid, many private payors’ coverage and payment may differ from one payer to another as well.

 

We believe that some surgeons view the current Medicare reimbursement amount as insufficient for the procedure, given the work effort involved with the procedure, including the time to diagnose the patient and obtain prior authorization from the patient’s health insurer when necessary. Many private payors require extensive documentation of a multi-step diagnosis before authorizing SI-Joint fusion for a patient. We believe that some private payors apply their own coverage policies and criteria inconsistently, and surgeons may experience difficulties in securing approval and coverage for sacroiliac fusion procedures. Additionally, many private payors limit coverage for open SI-Joint fusion to trauma, tumor or extensive spine fusion procedures involving multiple levels. The perception by physicians that the reimbursement for SI-Joint fusion is insufficient to compensate them for the work required, including diagnosis, documentation, obtaining payor approval for the procedure, and burden on their office staff, may negatively affect the number of procedures performed and may therefore impede the growth of our revenues or cause them to decline.

 

We may not be able to convince physicians that The CATAMARAN System is an attractive alternative to our competitors’ products and that our procedure is an attractive alternative to existing surgical and non-surgical treatments of the SI-Joint.

 

Surgeons play the primary role in determining the course of treatment in consultation with their patients and, ultimately, the product that will be used to treat a patient. In order for us to sell The CATAMARAN System successfully, we must convince surgeons through education and training that treatment with The CATAMARAN System is beneficial, safe, and cost-effective for patients as compared to our competitors’ products. If we are not successful in convincing surgeons of the merits of The CATAMARAN System, they may not use our product, and we will be unable to increase our sales and achieve or grow profitability.

 

Historically, most spine surgeons did not include SI-Joint pain in their diagnostic work-up because they did not have an adequate surgical procedure to perform for patients diagnosed with the condition. As a result, some patients with lower back pain resulting from SI-Joint dysfunction are misdiagnosed. We believe that educating surgeons and other healthcare professionals about the clinical merits and patient benefits of The CATAMARAN System is an important element of our growth. If we fail to effectively educate surgeons and other medical professionals, they may not include a SI-Joint evaluation as part of their diagnosis and, as a result, those patients may continue to receive unnecessary or only non-surgical treatment.

 

Surgeons may also hesitate to change their medical treatment practices for other reasons, including the following:

 

17 

 

 

lack of experience with minimally invasive procedures;

 

perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;

 

costs associated with the purchase of new products; and

 

time commitment that may be required for training.

 

Furthermore, we believe surgeons may not widely adopt The CATAMARAN System unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data, and published peer-reviewed publications, that surgical intervention provides benefits or is an attractive alternative to non-surgical treatments of SI-Joint dysfunction. In addition, we believe support of our products relies heavily on long-term data showing the benefits of using our product. If we are unable to provide that data, surgeons may not use our product. In such circumstances, we may not achieve expected sales and may be unable to achieve profitability.

 

Surgeons and payors may not find our clinical evidence to be compelling, which could limit our sales, and on-going and future research may prove our product to be less safe and effective than initially anticipated.

 

All of the component parts of the CATAMARAN System have either received premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, or are exempt from premarket review. The 510(k) clearance process of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, requires us to document that our product is “substantially equivalent” to another 510(k)-cleared product. The 510(k) process is shorter and typically requires the submission of less supporting documentation than other FDA approval processes, such as a premarket approval, or PMA, and does not usually require pre-clinical or clinical studies. Additionally, to date, we have not been required to complete clinical studies in connection with the sale of our product. For these reasons, surgeons may be slow to adopt our product, third-party payors may be slow to provide coverage, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our product does not improve patient outcomes. Such results would slow the adoption of our product by surgeons, significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected sales, and could prevent us from achieving profitability. Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our product causes unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, suspension, or withdrawal of FDA clearance.

 

Pricing pressure from our competitors, changes in third-party coverage and reimbursement, healthcare provider consolidation, payor consolidation and the proliferation of “physician-owned distributorships” may impact our ability to sell our product at prices necessary to support our current business strategies.

 

If competitive forces drive down the prices, we are able to charge for our product, our profit margins will shrink, which will adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business. The SI-Joint fusion market has attracted numerous new companies and technologies. As a result of this increased competition, we believe there will be continued and increased pricing pressure, resulting in lower gross margins, with respect to our product.

 

Even to the extent our product and procedures using our product are currently covered and reimbursed by third-party private and public payors, adverse changes in coverage and reimbursement policies that affect our product, discounts, and number of implants used may also drive our prices down and harm our ability to market and sell our product.

 

We are unable to predict what changes will be made to the reimbursement methodologies used by third-party payors. We cannot be certain that under current and future payment systems, in which healthcare providers may be reimbursed a set amount based on the type of procedure performed, such as those utilized by Medicare and in many privately managed care systems, the cost of our product will be justified and incorporated into the overall cost of the procedure. In addition, to the extent there is a shift from inpatient setting to outpatient settings, we may experience pricing pressure and a reduction in the number of The CATAMARAN System procedures performed.

 

18 

 

 

Consolidation in the healthcare industry, including both third-party payors and healthcare providers, could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past several years, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators, and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as group purchasing organizations, independent delivery networks, and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for hospitals. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party coverage, and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the price of our product, and adversely impact our business, results of operations, or financial condition. As we continue to expand into international markets, we will face similar risks relating to adverse changes in coverage and reimbursement procedures and policies in those markets.

 

We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow.

 

Upon commercialization of our product we will likely be subject to intense competition. Many of our potential competitors are major medical device companies that have substantially greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed in developing products that would render our product obsolete or non-competitive. In addition, many of these competitors have significantly longer operating history and more established reputations than we do. Our field is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are safer, less invasive, and more effective than alternatives available for similar purposes as demonstrated in peer-reviewed clinical publications. Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that other companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products.

 

In the United States, we believe that our primary competitors currently will be SI-bone, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc., Medtronic plc , XTant Medical Holdings, Inc., and RTI Surgical, Inc. At any time, these or other industry participants may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of the SI-Joint that compete directly or indirectly with our product. If alternative treatments are, or are perceived to be, superior to our product, sales of our product and our results of operations could be negatively affected. Some of our larger competitors are either publicly traded or divisions or subsidiaries of publicly traded companies. These competitors may enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

 

greater financial, human, and other resources for product research and development, sales and marketing, and legal matters;

 

significantly greater name recognition;

 

established relationships with surgeons, hospitals, and other healthcare providers;

 

large and established sales and marketing and distribution networks;

 

greater experience in obtaining and maintaining domestic and international regulatory clearances or approvals, or CE Certificates of Conformity for products and product enhancements;

 

more expansive portfolios of intellectual property rights; and

 

greater ability to cross-sell their products or to incentivize hospitals or surgeons to use their products.

19 

 

 

New participants have increasingly entered the medical device industry. Many of these new competitors specialize in a specific product or focus on a particular market segment, making it more difficult for us to increase our overall market position. The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are or claim to be superior to our product or that are alternatives to our existing or planned products may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our product over competing products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products and competitors may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our product and pricing in the market generally.

 

As a result, without the timely introduction of new products and enhancements, our product may become obsolete over time. If we are unable to develop innovative new products, maintain competitive pricing, and offer products that surgeons and other physicians perceive to be as reliable as those of our competitors, our sales or margins could decrease, thereby harming our business.

 

We currently manufacture (through third parties) and sell products used in a single procedure, which could negatively affect our operations and financial condition.

 

Presently we do not sell any product other than The CATAMARAN System and related tools and instruments. Therefore, we are solely dependent on widespread market adoption of The CATAMARAN System and we will continue to be dependent on the success of this single product for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that The CATAMARAN System will gain a substantial degree of market acceptance among surgeons, patients or healthcare providers. Our failure to successfully increase sales of The CATAMARAN System or any other event impeding our ability to sell The CATAMARAN System, would result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and continuing operations.

 

If we are unable to maintain the relationship with our national distributor, SpineSource, and they do not expand their network of independent sales representatives, we may not be able to generate anticipated sales.

 

As of November 9, 2021, SpineSource our U.S. national distributor has a network of approximately 750 independent sales representatives that specialize in spine products. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of both our marketing and social media team and our national distributor with their network of independent sales representatives.

 

As we launch The CATAMARAN System, we will need to work with our national distributor to train and educate their network of independent sales representatives. Our future success will depend largely on our national distributor’s ability to hire, train, retain and motivate independent sales representatives with significant technical knowledge in various areas, such as spine health and treatment.

 

Our intention is for our national distributor and their independent sales representatives to develop long-lasting relationships with the surgeons they serve. If the independent sales representatives fail to adequately promote, market and sell our product or decide to leave or cease to do business with our national distributor, our sales could significantly decrease.

 

We face significant challenges and risks in managing our national distributor with their geographically dispersed distribution network of independent sales representatives. If the national distributor were to cease distribution of our product, our sales could be adversely affected. In such a situation, we may need to seek alternative distribution options or develop our own network of direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected. If an independent sales representative were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. Because of the intense competition for their services, our national distributor may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent sales representatives to sell our product. Furthermore, our national distributor may not be able to enter into agreements with them on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified independent sales representatives would prevent us from expanding our business and generating sales.

 

20 

 

 

If our national distributor does not incentivize the independent sales representatives enough to fully promote The CATAMARAN System or we are not be able to influence that decision on acceptable terms our sales growth could be delayed or slowed. If this occurs it could reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or cause us to increase our expenditures on commercialization activities. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all

 

We have a limited operating history and may face difficulties encountered by early-stage companies in new and rapidly evolving markets.

 

Even though we were formed in 2012 we are just beginning to build the infrastructure necessary to commercially launch The CATAMARAN System. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our business and prospects. In assessing our prospects, you must consider the risks and difficulties frequently encountered by early-stage companies in new and rapidly evolving markets, particularly companies engaged in the development and sales of medical devices. These risks include our inability to:

 

obtain coverage by third-party, private, and government payors;

 

establish and increase awareness of our brand and strengthen customer loyalty;

 

attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

find and develop relationships with contract manufacturers that can manufacture the necessary volume of product;

 

manage our national distributor to achieve our sales growth objectives;

 

commercialize new products and enhance our existing product;

 

manage rapidly changing and expanding operations;

 

implement and successfully execute our business and marketing strategy;

 

respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments.

 

We can also be negatively affected by general economic conditions. Because of our limited operating history, we may not have insight into trends that could emerge and negatively affect our business. As a result of these or other risks, our business strategy might not be successful.

 

Our sales volumes and our operating results may fluctuate over the course of the year.

 

Since our national launch is still pending, we have limited history with respect to how rapidly adoption of The CATAMARAN System will occur. Sales growth could be slower than we have projected. Our sales and results of operations will be affected by numerous factors, including, among other things:

 

· payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

· maintaining our training schedule with surgeons;

 

21 

 

 

· the number of procedures performed in the quarter and our ability to drive increased sales of our product;

 

· the performance of our national distributor and their network of independent sales representatives;

 

· pricing pressure applicable to our product, including adverse third-party coverage and reimbursement outcomes;

 

· timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

 

· our ability to find and develop relationships with contract manufacturers and their ability to timely provide us with an adequate supply of products;

 

· the evolving product offerings of our competitors;

 

· the demand for, and pricing of, our product and the products of our competitors;

 

· factors that may affect the sale of our product, including seasonality and budgets of our customers;

 

· ability of surgeons to do our procedure given possible COVID restrictions;

 

· interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our product;

 

· the effect of competing technological, industry and market developments;

 

· our ability to expand the geographic reach of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

· the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage, including product liability insurance;

 

· the availability and cost of components and materials needed by our contract manufacturers;

 

· the number of selling days in the quarter; and

 

· impairment and other special charges.

 

Some of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA clearance or approval before commercialization in the United States. As a result, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty. In addition, we will be increasing our operating expenses as we expand our commercial capabilities. Accordingly, we may experience significant, unanticipated quarterly losses. If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. Quarterly comparisons of our financial results may not always be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

 

If we do not successfully implement our business strategy, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

Our business strategy was based on assumptions about the market that might prove wrong. We believe that various demographics and industry-specific trends will help drive growth in the market and our business, but these demographics and trends have been and will continue to be uncertain. Actual demand for our product could differ materially from projected demand if our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or do not materialize, or if alternative treatments to those offered by our product gains widespread acceptance. Also, our strategy of focusing exclusively on the SI-Joint market may limit our ability to grow. In addition, in order to increase our sales, we will need to work with our national distributor to expand their independent sales representative network in existing and new regions as well, in the future, commercialize new products. Moreover, we may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors not currently foreseen, such as new medical technologies that would make our product obsolete. Any failure to implement our business strategy may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

22 

 

 

Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, key advisors or personnel.

 

We are dependent upon the continued services of key members of our senior management and a number of key advisors and personnel. The loss of members of our senior management team, key advisors or personnel, or our inability to attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or employees. In addition, several of the members of our executive management team are not subject to non-competition agreements that restrict their ability to compete with us. Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the loss of certain executives could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

 

Although it will be subject to lock-up agreements and other restrictions on trading, a portion of the equity of our management team will not contain other contractual transfer restrictions at the time of this offering and may become tradable after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreement with the underwriters. This liquidity may represent material wealth to such individuals and impact retention and focus of existing key members of management.

 

Various factors outside our direct control may adversely affect manufacturing and distribution of our product.

 

The manufacture and distribution of our product is challenging. Changes that our contract manufacturers may make outside the purview of our direct control can have an impact on our processes, quality of our product, and the successful delivery of products to our customers. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect supply and delivery. Some of these risks include:

 

failure to manufacture in compliance with the required regulatory standards;

 

transportation risk;

 

the cost and availability of components and supplies required by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our products;

 

delays in analytical results or failure of analytical techniques that we will depend on for quality control and release of products;

 

natural disasters, labor disputes, financial distress, raw material availability, issues with facilities and equipment, or other forms of disruption to business operations affecting our manufacturers or their suppliers; and

 

latent defects that may become apparent after products have been released and that may result in a recall of such products.

 

If any of these risks were to materialize, our ability to provide our product to customers on a timely basis would be adversely impacted.

 

 

We may become dependent on a limited number of contract manufacturers, some of them single-source and some of them in single locations, for our product, and the loss of any of these contract manufacturers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of products in a timely and cost-effective manner, could materially adversely affect our business.

 

We rely on contract manufacturers to supply our product. For us to be successful, our contract manufacturers must be able to provide us with product in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable prices, and on a timely basis. We have a limited history with our current contract manufacturers and do not have long-term supply contracts with them. We are in the process of identifying and evaluating new contract manufacturers for our products. The inability to find the required contract manufacturers or the time required to switch contract manufacturers could adversely affect sales.

 

In addition, our anticipated growth could strain the ability of our contract manufacturers to deliver an increasingly large supply of product. Contract manufacturers often experience difficulties in scaling up production, including financial issues, or problems with production yields and quality control and assurance.

 

23 

 

 

We use a small number of contract manufacturers for our instruments. Our dependence on such a limited number of contract manufacturers exposes us to risks, including, among other things:

 

contract manufacturers may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or make errors in manufacturing that could negatively affect the safety or effectiveness of our product or cause delays in shipments of our product;

 

some of our contract manufacturers have long lead times of 12 to 16 weeks and we may not be able to respond to unanticipated changes in customer orders, and if orders do not match forecasts, we or our contract manufacturers may have excess or inadequate inventory of materials and components;

 

our contract manufacturers may be subject to price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components;

 

our contract manufacturers may lose access to critical services and components, resulting in an interruption in the manufacture, assembly and shipment of our product;

 

we may experience delays in delivery by our contract manufacturers due to changes in demand from us or their other customers;

 

fluctuations in demand for products that our contract manufacturers manufacture for others may affect their ability or willingness to deliver our product to us in a timely manner;

 

our contract manufacturers may wish to discontinue supplying products or services to us for risk management reasons;

 

we may not be able to find new or alternative contract manufacturers in a timely manner if our current contract manufacturers stop producing products; and

 

our contract manufacturers may encounter financial hardships unrelated to our demand, which could inhibit their ability to fulfil our orders and meet our requirements.

 

If any one or more of these risks materialize, it could significantly increase our costs and impact our ability to meet demand for our product. If we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for our product in a timely manner, our ability to generate revenue would be impaired, market acceptance of our product could be adversely affected, and customers may instead purchase or use our competitors’ products. Additionally, we could be forced to seek alternative sources of supply.

 

Because of the nature of our internal quality control requirements, regulatory requirements, and the custom and proprietary nature of our product, we may not be able to quickly engage additional or replacement contract manufacturers for our product and accessories. We may also be required to assess any potential new contract manufacturer’s compliance with all applicable regulations and guidelines, which could further impede our ability to obtain our product in a timely manner. As a result, we could incur increased product costs, experience delays in deliveries of our product, suffer damage to our reputation, and experience an adverse effect on our business and financial results. Failure of any of our contract manufacturers to meet our product demand level would limit our ability to meet our sales commitments to our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We may also have difficulty obtaining similar product from other contract manufacturers that are acceptable to the FDA and the failure of our contract manufacturers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to delays in obtaining clearances or approvals, regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures, civil, administrative, or criminal penalties. We could incur delays while we locate and engage qualified alternative contract manufacturers, and we may be unable to engage alternative contract manufacturers on favorable terms or at all. Any such disruption or increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our ability to generate sales.

 

24 

 

 

In addition, we expect that most of our contract manufacturers will operate at a facility in a single location and substantially all their inventory of component supplies and finished goods will be held at these locations. We, and our contract manufacturers, will take precautions to safeguard facilities, including acquiring insurance, adopting health and safety protocols, and utilizing off-site storage of computer data. However, vandalism, terrorism, or a natural or other disaster, such as an earthquake, fire, or flood, could damage or destroy equipment or component supplies or finished product, cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information, and cause us to incur additional expenses. Our insurance may not cover our losses in any particular case. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to our or our contract manufacturers’ facilities could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

As our sales grow, our contract manufacturers may encounter problems or delays in the manufacturing of our product or fail to meet certain regulatory requirements which could result in an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

To become profitable, our contract manufactures must manufacture our product in adequate quantities in compliance with regulatory requirements and at an acceptable cost. Increasing their capacity to manufacture and inspect our product may require them to improve internal efficiencies or require us to re-design or change the specifications of our product. Our contract manufacturers may encounter several difficulties in increasing this capacity, including:

 

managing production yields;

 

maintaining quality control and assurance;

 

providing component and service availability;

 

maintaining adequate control policies and procedures;

 

hiring and retaining qualified personnel; and

 

complying with state, federal, and foreign regulations.

 

If we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for The CATAMARAN System due to our contract manufacturer’s inability to manufacture and inspect our product, our ability to generate revenue would be impaired, market acceptance of our product could be adversely affected and customers may instead purchase or use our competitors’ products.

 

The size and future growth in the market for the SI-Joint fixation market have not been established based on market reports and our estimates are based on our own review and analysis of public information and may be smaller than we estimate, possibly materially. In addition, our estimates of cost savings to the economy and healthcare system as a result of The CATAMARAN System procedure are based on our internal estimates and market research and could also be smaller than we estimate, possibly materially. If our estimates and projections overestimate the size of this market or cost savings, our sales growth may be adversely affected.

 

We are not aware of an independent third-party study that reliably reports the potential market size for the SI-Joint fixation market. Therefore, our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for The CATAMARAN System product, including cost savings to the economy overall, including patients and employers, and to the healthcare system and the number of people currently suffering from lower back pain who may benefit from and be amenable to our procedure, is based on a number of internal and third-party studies, surveys, reports, and estimates. While we believe these factors have historically provided and may continue to provide us with effective tools in estimating the total market for our product and procedures and health cost savings, these estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. For example, we have consulted with our clinical advisors, our national distributor and utilized public information as the basis for our market projections. Additionally, the surveys we have conducted are based on a small number of respondents and are not statistically significant and may have other limitations. The actual incidence of lower back pain, and the actual demand for our product or competitive products, could differ materially from our projections if our assumptions and estimates are incorrect. As a result, our estimates of the size and future growth in the market for our product may prove to be incorrect. In addition, actual health cost savings to the healthcare system as a result of The CATAMARAN System procedure may materially differ from those presented in this prospectus. If the actual number of people with lower back pain who would benefit from The CATAMARAN System and the size and future growth in the market and related costs savings to the healthcare system is smaller than we have estimated, it may impair our projected sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business.

 

25 

 

 

In the future our product may become obsolete, which would negatively affect operations and financial condition.

 

The medical device industry is characterized by rapid and significant change. There can be no assurance that other companies will not succeed in developing or marketing devices, and products that are more effective than The CATAMARAN System or that would render The CATAMARAN System obsolete or non-competitive. Additionally, new surgical procedures, medications and other therapies could be developed that replace or reduce the importance of our product. Accordingly, our success will depend in part on our ability to respond quickly to medical and changes through the development and introduction of new products. Product development involves a high degree of risk and there can be no assurance that our new product development efforts will result in any commercially successful products.

 

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We will rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage:

 

sales and marketing, accounting, and financial functions;

 

inventory management;

 

engineering and product development tasks; and

 

our research and development data.

 

Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

 

earthquakes, fires, floods, and other natural disasters;

 

terrorist attacks and attacks by computer viruses or hackers;

 

power losses; and

 

computer systems, or Internet, telecommunications, or data network failures.

 

The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, and legal liability issues, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions or investments, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

26 

 

 

From time to time, we expect to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in other technologies, products, and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current product, or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products, or business operations;

 

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls, and policies;

 

unanticipated costs and liabilities associated with acquisitions;

 

diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

 

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

 

risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and

 

increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

 

We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment. We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions, we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product, or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers, or distributors. Our ability to successfully grow through acquisitions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete, and integrate suitable target businesses and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. If we are unable to successfully integrate any acquired businesses, products, or technologies effectively, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

 

We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships with third-parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenue.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnerships, or other arrangements to develop products and to pursue new markets. We have not entered any collaboration arrangements to date. Proposing, negotiating, and implementing collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology, or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We have limited institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement. These collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenue and could be terminated prior to developing any products.

 

Additionally, we may not be able to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the transaction or arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our future collaborators may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations or the ownership or control of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with any future collaborators, they may act in their self- interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we may have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that any future collaborators devote to our or their future products.

 

27 

 

 

Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements will be contractual in nature and will generally be terminable under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium. If we enter into in-bound intellectual property license agreements, we may not be able to fully protect the licensed intellectual property rights or maintain those licenses. Future licensors could retain the right to prosecute and defend the intellectual property rights licensed to us, in which case we would depend on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for the licensed intellectual property. These licensors may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. Further, entering into such license agreements could impose various diligence, commercialization, royalty, or other obligations on us. Future licensors may allege that we have breached our license agreement with them, and accordingly seek to terminate our license, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

 

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including cybersecurity and data leakage risks.

 

Significant disruptions to our information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business. In the ordinary course of business, we will collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information, and it is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such information. We have also outsourced significant elements of our information technology infrastructure; as a result, we manage independent vendor relationships with third parties who are responsible for maintaining significant elements of our information technology systems and infrastructure and who may or could have access to our confidential information. The size and complexity of our information technology systems, and those of our third-party vendors, make such systems potentially vulnerable to service interruptions and security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, partners or vendors. These systems are also vulnerable to attacks by malicious third parties and may be susceptible to intentional or accidental physical damage to the infrastructure maintained by us or by third parties. Maintaining the secrecy of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information is important to our competitive business position. While we have taken steps to protect such information and have invested in systems and infrastructures to do so, there can be no guarantee that our efforts will prevent service interruptions or security breaches in our systems or the unauthorized or inadvertent wrongful use or disclosure of confidential information that could adversely affect our business operations or result in the loss, dissemination or misuse of critical or sensitive information. A breach our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure, unapproved dissemination, misappropriation or misuse of trade secrets, proprietary information or other confidential information, whether as a result of theft, hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, or for any other cause, could enable others to produce competing products, use our proprietary technology or information, and/or adversely affect our business position. Further, any such interruption, security breach, loss or disclosure of confidential information could result in financial, legal, business and reputational harm to us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and/or cash flow.

 

Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment

 

We and our contract manufacturers are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the United States and abroad, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

 

The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state and foreign regulatory agencies. The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

 

design, development, and manufacturing;

 

testing, labeling, content, and language of instructions for use and storage;

 

clinical trials;

 

28 

 

 

product safety;

 

marketing, sales, and distribution;

 

premarket clearance and approval;

 

conformity assessment procedures;

 

record keeping procedures;

 

advertising and promotion;

 

compliance with good manufacturing practices requirements;

 

recalls and field safety corrective actions;

 

post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

 

post-market approval studies; and

 

product import and export.

 

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, difficulties achieving new product clearances, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

 

Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or make a significant modification to an existing product in the United States, with very limited exception, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA for Class II devices or approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application from the FDA for a Class III device. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology, and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing, and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting, or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). Both the 510(k) and PMA processes can be expensive and lengthy and require the payment of significant fees, unless exempt. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. The process of obtaining domestic and international regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

 

In the United States, all of the components to The CATAMARAN System have either received premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or are exempt from premarket review. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. In addition, the FDA may determine that future products will require the more costly, lengthy, and uncertain PMA process. Although we do not currently market any devices under PMA, the FDA may demand that we obtain a PMA prior to marketing certain of our future products. In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a product we currently market is subject to an exemption from premarket review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k) or PMA in order to continue marketing the product. Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA is not required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.

 

29 

 

 

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our product is safe and effective for their intended users;

 

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

 

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

 

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay clearance or approval of our product under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared product on a timely basis.

 

Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our product under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability.

 

In addition, even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, the FDA has the power to require us to conduct post-market surveillance on our product. These studies can be very expensive and time consuming to conduct. Failure to comply with those studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation of the 510(k) clearance for a product that is subject to such surveillance and the recall or withdrawal of the product, which could prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.

 

Additionally, as part of the conformity assessment process, medical device manufacturers must carry out a clinical evaluation of their medical devices to verify that they comply with the relevant Essential Requirements covering safety and performance. A clinical evaluation includes an assessment of whether a medical device’s performance is in accordance with its intended use and that the known and foreseeable risks linked to the use of the device under normal conditions are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended purpose. The clinical evaluation conducted by the manufacturer must also address any clinical claims, the adequacy of the device labeling and information (particularly claims, contraindications, precautions/ warnings) and the suitability of related Instructions for Use. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from (i) clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed; (ii) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated; or (iii) both clinical studies and scientific literature.

 

The FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some surgeons from using our product and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and effectiveness of our product.

 

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our product and result in enforcement actions such as:

 

warning letters;

 

fines;

 

injunctions;

 

civil penalties;

 

termination of distribution;

 

recalls or seizures of products;

 

30 

 

 

delays in the introduction of products into the market;

 

total or partial suspension of production;

 

facility closures;

 

refusal of the FDA other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals

 

in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

 

Adverse action by an applicable regulatory agency the FDA could result in inability to produce our product in a cost-effective and timely manner, or at all, decreased sales, higher prices, lower margins, additional unplanned costs or actions, damage to our reputation, and could have material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

We and our national distributor along with their independent sales representatives must comply with U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including those relating to physician kickbacks and false claims for reimbursement.

 

Healthcare providers, distributors, physicians, and third-party payors play a primary role in the distribution, recommendation, ordering, and purchasing of any implant or other medical device for which we have or obtain marketing clearance or approval. Through our arrangements with customers and third-party payors, we are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, vendors, or independent sales representatives may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include, among other infractions or violations, intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates FDA regulations, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, laws that require the true, complete, and accurate reporting of financial information or data, other commercial or regulatory laws or requirements, and equivalent foreign rules. We plan to implement a compliance program, Code of Conduct, and associated policies and procedures, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third parties, and the precautions we plan to take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations, and government authorities may conclude that our business practices do not comply with applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations or guidance despite our good faith efforts to comply.

 

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. Our relationships and our distributors’ relationships with surgeons, other healthcare professionals, and hospitals are subject to scrutiny under these laws.

 

Healthcare fraud and abuse laws and related regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, items or services for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of government funds; knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement to get a false claim paid or to avoid, decrease, or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. A claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act. There are also criminal penalties for making or presenting a false or fictitious or fraudulent claim to the federal government;

 

31 

 

 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program including private third-party payors, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making a materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services;

 

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments or other “transfers of value” made to physicians and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members and payments or other “transfers of value” to such physician owners; and

 

analogous state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state beneficiary inducement laws, and state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

If we or our employees are found to have violated any of the above laws we may be subjected to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including imprisonment, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and significant fines, monetary penalties and damages, and damage to our reputation. Additional information about these laws is provided in “Business—Regulation.”

 

We have entered into consulting agreements with surgeons who are also customers. We anticipate entering into additional agreements with surgeons who use our product as we move into full commercialization. The primary mission of these surgeon advisors is research and development and surgeon education. Medical device technology development requires thoughtful surgeon input from experienced healthcare professionals. Medical device surgeon education requires experienced faculty for didactic and anatomic lab activities in a peer-to-peer setting. We believe these engagements will allow us to successfully meet the expectations of the physician community. In addition, a small number of surgeons (which are or may become customers) own less than 1.0% of our stock, invested in convertible notes, or granted stock options which they either purchased in an arm’s length transaction on terms identical to those offered to others or received from us as fair market value consideration for consulting services performed. While all of these transactions were structured with the intention of complying with all applicable laws, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, state anti-kickback laws and other applicable laws, to the extent applicable, it is possible that regulatory agencies may view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to significant penalties. We would be materially and adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with surgeons who order our product to be in violation of applicable laws and we were unable to comply with such laws, which could subject us to, among other things, monetary penalties for non-compliance, the cost of which could be substantial.

 

In certain cases, federal and state authorities pursue actions for false claims on the basis that manufacturers and distributors are promoting unapproved, or “off-label” uses of their products. Pursuant to FDA regulations, we can only market our product for cleared or approved uses. Although surgeons are permitted to use medical devices for indications other than those cleared or approved by the FDA, we are prohibited from promoting products for “off-label” uses. We market our product and provide promotional materials and training programs to surgeons regarding the use of our product. If it is determined that our marketing, promotional materials or training programs constitute promotion of unapproved uses, we could be subject to significant fines in addition to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, criminal penalty, and damage to our reputation. Federal and state authorities also pursue actions for false claims based upon improper billing and coding advice or recommendations, as well as decisions related to the medical necessity of procedures, including the site-of-service where procedures are performed. Actions under the federal False Claims Act may also be brought by whistleblowers under its qui tam provisions.

 

32 

 

 

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice has increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, if a healthcare company settles an investigation with the Department of Justice or other law enforcement agencies, it may need to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even if we are not determined to have violated these laws, government investigations into these issues typically require the expenditure of significant resources and generate negative publicity, which could harm our financial condition and divert resources and the attention of our management from operating our business.

 

The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that we may run afoul of one or more of the requirements or that federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether or not retroactive.

 

Our failure to adequately protect personal information in compliance with evolving legal requirements could harm our business.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we plan to collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected personally identifiable information. We may collect this kind of information during the course of future clinical trials and for possible post-marketing safety vigilance, helping enable surgeons and their patients to pursue claims for reimbursement for procedures using The CATAMARAN System and servicing potential warranty claims.

 

There are a number of state, federal, and international laws protecting the privacy and security of health information and personal data. These data protection and privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny of companies’ data practices and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. As part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act 2009, or ARRA, Congress amended the privacy and security provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA. HIPAA imposes certain requirements regarding the privacy, security, use, and disclosure of an individual’s protected health information, or PHI, by certain health care providers, health care clearinghouses, and health insurance plans, collectively referred to as “covered entities,” and their “business associates,” or subcontractors who provide services to covered entities that involve the creation, use, maintenance, or disclosure of PHI. ARRA included significant increases in the penalties for improper use or disclosure of an individual’s PHI under HIPAA and extended enforcement authority to state attorneys general. The amendments also created notification requirements applicable to covered entities and business associates in certain cases when PHI in their control has been inappropriately accessed or disclosed. In the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, covered entities may be required to provide notification to individuals affected by the breach, federal regulators, and, in some cases, local and national media. In addition to HIPAA, most states have laws requiring notification of affected individuals and state regulators in the event of a breach of “personal information,” which is a broader class of information than the PHI protected by HIPAA. Certain states also have data privacy requirements applicable to individually identifiable health information. Privacy laws in different states may contain different requirements, and such laws may not be pre-empted by HIPAA, which could complicate our efforts to comply.

 

In addition, even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the FTCA, 15 U.S.C § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Medical data is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards. The FTC’s guidance for appropriately securing consumers’ personal information is similar to what is required by the HIPAA Security Rule.

 

33 

 

 

Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or to protect such data, could result in enforcement actions against us, including fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, claims for damages by end-customers, and other affected individuals, and the imposition of integrity obligations and agency oversight, damage to our reputation, and loss of goodwill, any of which could harm on our operations, financial performance, and business. Evolving and changing definitions of personal data and personal information, within the United States, and elsewhere, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting strategic partnerships that may involve the sharing of data. Moreover, if the relevant laws and regulations change, or are interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data practices or the operation of our product, or if we expand into new regions and are required to comply with new requirements, we may need to expend resources in order to change our business operations, data practices, or the manner in which our product operates. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation and inhibit adoption of our product.

 

Even if our product is approved by regulatory authorities if our contract manufacturers fail to comply with ongoing FDA, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

 

Any product for which we obtain regulatory clearance or approval, , and the manufacturing processes, reporting requirements, post-approval clinical data, and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continued regulatory review, oversight and periodic inspections by the FDA and other domestic bodies. In particular, we and our contract manufacturers are required to comply with FDA’s Quality System Regulations (“QSR”) for the manufacture of our product and other regulations which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage, and shipping of any product for which we obtain regulatory clearance or approval.

 

The failure by us or one of our contract manufacturers to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, or the failure to timely and adequately respond to any adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues, could result in, among other things, any of the following enforcement actions:

 

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent, and civil penalties;

 

unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions;

 

customer notifications for repair, replacement, refunds;

 

recall, detention, or seizure of our product;

 

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval and conformity assessments of new products or modified products;

 

limitations on the intended uses for which the product may be marketed;

 

operating restrictions;

 

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

criminal prosecution.

 

34 

 

 

In addition, we may be required to conduct costly post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or effectiveness of our product, and we must comply with medical device reporting requirements, including the reporting of adverse events and malfunctions related to our product. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements such as QSR, may result in changes to labeling, restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of the products from the market, voluntary or mandatory recalls, a requirement to repair, replace, or refund the cost of any medical device we manufacture or distribute, fines, suspension, variation, or withdrawal of regulatory approvals product seizures, injunctions, or the imposition of civil, administrative, or criminal penalties which would adversely affect our business, operating results, and prospects.

 

If the FDA determines that our promotional materials, labeling, training or other marketing or educational activities constitute promotion of an unapproved use, it could request that we cease or modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our training or other promotional materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false or fraudulent claims for payment of government funds.

 

If any of these actions were to occur it would harm our reputation and cause our product sales and profitability to suffer and may prevent us from generating revenue. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, which could result in our failure to produce our product on a timely basis and in the required quantities, if at all.

 

The FDA has not yet inspected our facility but we expect an inspection in the future.

 

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, contract manufacturers, and national distributor along with their independent sales representatives may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, relating to regulatory standards and requirements.

 

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, contract manufacturers, and national distributor along with their independent sales representatives may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates FDA regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, and laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs, and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have a compliance program, code of conduct and associated policies and procedures, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, disgorgement of profits, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

 

We may be subject to enforcement action, including fines, penalties or injunctions, if we are determined to be engaging in the off-label promotion of our product.

 

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of off-label use. Physicians may use our product off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. In the United States, the full indication for The CATAMARAN System is: “The Tenon Catamaran Sacroiliac Joint Fixation System (CAT SIJ Fixation System) is intended for sacroiliac joint fusion for conditions including sacroiliac joint disruptions and degenerative sacroiliitis. Contraindications are patients with the following conditions: skeletally immature spines; deformities; severe osteoporosis; morbid obesity, tumor resection and active infection at treatment site.

 

35 

 

 

We believe that the specific surgical procedures for which our product are marketed fall within the scope of the surgical applications that have been cleared by the FDA. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials, require us to stop promoting our product for those specific procedures until we obtain FDA clearance or approval for them, or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fines, and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false or fraudulent claims for payment of government fund. In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of the product would be impaired. Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our product, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our product may increase the risk of injury to patients, and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

 

We are required to report certain malfunctions, deaths, and serious injuries associated with our product, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions.

 

Further, under the FDA’s medical device reporting, regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any information that our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. If we fail to report these events to the FDA within the required timeframes, or at all, FDA could take enforcement action against us. Any such adverse event involving our product or repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection or enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our product in a cost-effective and timely manner, and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Any adverse event involving our product in the United States could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls, including corrections, or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection or enforcement actions. If malfunctions do occur, we may be unable to correct the malfunctions adequately or prevent further malfunctions, in which case we may need to cease manufacture and distribution of the affected products, initiate voluntary recalls, and redesign the products. Regulatory authorities may also take actions against us, such as ordering recalls, imposing fines, or seizing the affected products. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results.

 

A recall of our product, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or the discovery of serious safety issues or malfunctions with our product, can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions, which could have a significant adverse impact on us.

 

The FDA has the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found.

 

In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is an unreasonable risk of substantial public harm. In addition, foreign governmental bodies have the authority to require the recall of our product in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of the independent sales representatives could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects, or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our product would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our product in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.

 

36 

 

 

The FDA requires that certain classifications of recalls be reported to FDA within 10 working days after the recall is initiated. Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary recalls involving our product in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers and negatively affect our sales. In addition, the FDA could take enforcement action for failing to report the recalls when they were conducted.

 

Modifications to our product may require new 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals may require us to cease marketing or recall the product until clearances

 

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer make and document this determination in the first instance. A manufacturer may determine that a modification could not significantly affect safety or effectiveness and does not represent a major change in its intended use, so that no new 510(k) clearance is necessary. FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision and may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. The FDA may also on its own initiative determine that a new clearance or approval is required.

 

We have modified our product and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that a new 510(k) clearances or PMAs is not required. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) clearances or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant enforcement action, regulatory fines, or penalties.

 

If a manufacturer determines that a modification to an FDA-cleared device could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or would constitute a major change in its intended use, then the manufacturer must file for a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a premarket approval application. Where we determine that modifications to our product require a new 510(k) clearance or premarket approval application, we may not be able to obtain those additional clearances or approvals for the modifications or additional indications in a timely manner, or at all. FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) programs may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our previously cleared products, either by imposing more strict requirements on when a new 510(k) for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted or applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions.

 

Clinical trials necessary to support a 510(k) or reimbursement may require the enrolment of large numbers of patients, and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit. Delays or failures in our clinical trials could affect third party reimbursement as many of the payors want to see Peer reviewed articles to maintain coverage and lack of changes in reimbursement could materially slow down our commercial efforts and effort our revenue projections.

 

The results of our future clinical trials may not support our product candidate claims or may result in the discovery of adverse side effects.

 

If our anticipated clinical trials are initiated and completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our product marketing claims or third party reimbursors will agree with our conclusions regarding them. The clinical trial process may fail to demonstrate efficacy and cost effectiveness of our product and may hinder the adoption of our product or ability to obtain payor coverage. It is also possible that patients enrolled in clinical trials will experience adverse side effects that are not currently part of the product candidate’s profile.

 

37 

 

 

We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.

 

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, manufacture, and sale of medical devices for SI-Joint surgery procedures. SI-Joint surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis, and even death. In addition, if longer-term patient results and experience indicates that our product or any component of such product cause tissue damage, motor impairment, or other adverse effects, we could be subject to significant liability. Surgeons may misuse or ineffectively use our product, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing flaws, design defects, or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to patients. Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts, or product recalls, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, our ability to attract and retain customers and our results of operations or financial condition.

 

Although we maintain third-party product liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies or cause us to record a self-insured loss. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies typically have substantial retentions or deductibles that we are responsible for. Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an increase of our product liability insurance rates. Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to potential financial liabilities.

 

Our business and facility and those of our contract manufacturer are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling, and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes. In addition, under some environmental laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us. A failure to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations could result in severe fines or penalties. Any such expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

U.S. tax legislation may materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) has significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. businesses, including by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate, limiting interest deductions, permitting immediate expensing of certain capital expenditures, modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits.

 

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) modifies certain provisions of the Tax Act, including increasing the amount of interest expense that may be deducted.

 

The Tax Act as modified by the CARES Act is unclear in many respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and IRS, any of which could lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation, which often uses federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax liabilities. Our analysis and interpretation of this legislation is preliminary and ongoing and there may be material adverse effects resulting from the legislation that we have not yet identified. While some of the changes made by the tax legislation may adversely affect us, other changes may be beneficial. We continue to work with our tax advisors and auditors to determine the full impact that the recent tax legislation as a whole will have on us. We urge our investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to such legislation and its potential effect on an investment in our common stock.

 

38 

 

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

 

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.

 

We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non- disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how. As of August 30, 2021, we owned one issued patent, eight pending patent applications and one trade mark.

 

We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so later. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved. The rights granted to us under our patents, including prospective rights sought in our pending patent applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage. In addition, those rights could be opposed, contested, or circumvented by our competitors or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights. Due to differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available. Since most of our issued patents are for the United States only, we lack a corresponding scope of patent protection in other countries. In countries where we do not have significant patent protection, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products in such countries that are the same as or similar to our product.

 

We plan to rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our product from the products of our competitors and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our product, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

 

We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, and technology, which are not protected by patents, to maintain our competitive position. We try to protect this information by entering into confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with parties that develop intellectual property for us and/or have access to it, such as our officers, employees, consultants, contract manufacturers and advisors. However, in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of such agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees, and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know- how and inventions. If any of our trade secrets, know-how or other technologies not protected by a patent were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

In the future, we may enter into licensing agreements to maintain our competitive position. If we enter into in-bound intellectual property license agreements, we may not be able to fully protect the licensed intellectual property rights or maintain those licenses. Future licensors could retain the right to prosecute and defend the intellectual property rights licensed to us, in which case we would depend on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for the licensed intellectual property. These licensors may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. Further, entering into such license agreements could impose various diligence, commercialization, royalty, or other obligations on us. Future licensors may allege that we have breached our license agreement with them, and accordingly seek damages or to terminate our license, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

 

39 

 

 

If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents, trademarks, and other rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights. In addition, if third parties infringe any intellectual property that is not material to the products that we make, have made, use, or sell, it may be impractical for us to enforce this intellectual property against those third parties.

 

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, or our national distributor along with their independent sales representative have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

 

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors, in some cases until recently. Some of the independent sales representatives of our national distributor sell, or in the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, or the independent sales representatives of our national distributor have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not continue, and any future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, and/or prevent us from developing or marketing our existing or future products.

 

Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties. Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit, or otherwise interfere with our ability to make and sell our product. We have conducted a limited review of patents issued to third parties. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, the complexities of the technology involved, and the uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management’s attention being diverted to patent litigation. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the medical device industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases. If we are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages, including treble, or triple, damages if an infringement is found to be wilful, and/or royalties and could be prevented from selling our product unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our product to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our product in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our product or technologies, we may have to withdraw our existing product from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our future products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If passed into law, patent reform legislation currently pending in the U.S. Congress could significantly change the risks associated with bringing or defending a patent infringement lawsuit. For example, fee shifting legislation could require a non-prevailing party to pay the attorney fees of the prevailing party in some circumstances.

 

40 

 

 

Patent terms are limited and we may not be able to effectively protect our product and business.

 

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the U.S., the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Although various extensions may be available, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. In addition, upon issuance in the U.S., the patent term may be extended based on certain delays caused by the applicant(s) or the USPTO. Even if we obtain effective patent rights for all our current patent applications, we may not have sufficient patent terms or regulatory exclusivity to protect our product, and our business and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product.

 

As is the case with other medical devices companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the medical devices industry involves both technological and legal complexity. Therefore, obtaining and enforcing patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the U.S. has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

 

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

 

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the U.S. can be less extensive than those in the U.S. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the U.S. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may also export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the U.S. These products may compete with our product and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

 

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

 

41 

 

 

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

 

In addition to patent protection, we also rely upon copyright and trade secret protection, as well as non-disclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, contract manufacturers and third parties, to protect our confidential and proprietary information. In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using commonly accepted physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our product that we consider proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Even though we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

 

Third parties may assert that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets.

 

We employ individuals who previously worked with other companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims or settling those claims, in addition to paying monetary damages or a settlement payment, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

 

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

 

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of any net proceeds from this offering and you may not agree with how we use the proceeds, and the proceeds may not be invested successfully.

 

Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of any net proceeds from this offering and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of any proceeds from this offering and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that the proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for you.

 

Investors in this offering may experience future dilution as a result of this and future equity offerings.

 

In order to raise additional capital, we may in the future offer additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Investors purchasing our shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing common stockholders, and the price per share at which we sell additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock in future transactions may be higher or lower than the price per share in this offering.

 

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could depress the market price of our common stock.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our common stock would have on the market price of our common stock.

 

42 

 

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or too few securities or industry analysts provide coverage or if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause the price of our stock and trading volume to decline.

 

 There is no existing market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any shares of our common stock that you purchase, and the value of such shares might be materially impaired.

 

In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this initial public offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this initial public offering.

 

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and medical device stocks have historically experienced volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. Following the closing of this initial public offering, the market price of our common stock may be higher or lower than the price you pay in the offering, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;
actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;
commercial success and market acceptance of our product;
success of our competitors in developing or commercializing products;
ability to commercialize or obtain regulatory approvals for our product, or delays in commercializing or obtaining regulatory approvals;
strategic transactions undertaken by us;
additions or departures of key personnel;
product liability claims;
prevailing economic conditions;
disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;
FDA or other U.S. or foreign regulatory actions affecting us or the healthcare industry;
healthcare reform measures in the United States;
sales of our common stock by our officers, directors or significant stockholders;
future sales or issuances of equity or debt securities by us;
business disruptions caused by earthquakes, fires or other natural disasters; and
issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations regarding us.

  Covid-19 restrictions on elective surgeries

 

43 

 

 

In addition, if the market for healthcare stocks or the stock market, in general, experience a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, results of operations, or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $[*] per share, the difference between the assumed limited public offering price of $[*] per share, which is the midpoint of the range as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock as of $[*], immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering. See “Dilution.”

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, including when the “lock-up” or “market standoff” period ends, or the perception that sales might occur, could reduce the price of our common stock and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock, and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company, our directors and officers and certain of our stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of the representative of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. When the lock-up period expires, our security holders will be able to sell shares in the public market subject to any restrictions under the securities laws. In addition, the representative of the underwriters may, in its discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of the lock-up, could cause our share price to fall, or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

 

We also may register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

 

We may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. 

 

44 

 

 

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.

 

The market price of our securities may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns.

 

If there is no viable public market for our common stock, you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we expect our common stock will be approved for listing on NASDAQ, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. You may be unable to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

 

The public price of our common stock may be volatile, and could, following a sale decline significantly and rapidly.

 

The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in the offering, or at all. Following this Offering, the public price of our common stock in the secondary market will be determined by private buy and sell transaction orders collected from broker-dealers.

 

We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of Nasdaq to maintain a listing of our common stock.

 

If our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate the maintenance requirements for continued listing of our common stock, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. In addition, the delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital.

 

This offering has not been reviewed by independent professionals.

 

We have not retained any independent professionals to review or comment on this prospectus or otherwise protect the interest of the investors hereunder. Although we have retained our own counsel, neither such counsel nor any other counsel has made, on behalf of the investors, any independent examination of any factual matters represented by management herein. Therefore, for purposes of making a decision to purchase our common stock, you should not rely on our counsel with respect to any matters herein described. Prospective investors are strongly urged to rely on the advice of their own legal counsel and advisors in making a determination to purchase our shares of common stock.

 

45 

 

 

Our failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse impact on us.

 

We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting or disclosure of our public accounting firm’s attestation to or report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

 

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no system of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

 

At present, management has identified material weaknesses due to lack of segregation of duties and lack of sufficient supporting documentation for certain transactions. The lack of segregation of duties existed as a result of the Company having no employees until June 2021. Management has taken initial steps to remedy this weakness by hiring a Chief Financial Officer, a senior accountant and external financial consultants, and plans to continue to add additional resources, technology and headcount as warranted by the growth of the Company and our plans to become a public company. The lack of sufficient supporting documentation was primarily related to transactions taking place in our foreign subsidiary and to agreements that were not formalized until after the underlying services had already taken place. Management has taken initial steps to remedy this weakness by hiring a Chief Financial Officer as well as a Chief Executive Officer, and we are in the process of putting proper policies and procedures in place to ensure proper documentation is established and maintained for transactions that the Company enters into. While we believe these efforts will improve our internal controls and address the underlying causes of the material weaknesses, such material weaknesses will not be remediated until our remediation plan has been fully implemented and we have concluded that our controls are operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. We cannot be certain that the steps we are taking will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or prevent future material weaknesses or control deficiencies from occurring. While we are working to remediate the material weaknesses as timely and efficiently as possible, at this time we cannot provide an estimate of costs expected to be incurred in connection with the implementation of this remediation plan, nor can we provide an estimate of the time it will take to complete this remediation plan. Even if management does establish effective remedial measures, we cannot guarantee that those internal controls and disclosure controls that we put in place will prevent all possible errors, mistakes or all fraud.

 

Our financial controls and procedures may not be sufficient to ensure timely and reliable reporting of financial information, which, as a public company, could materially harm our stock price.

 

We will require significant financial resources to maintain our public reporting status. We cannot assure you we will be able to maintain adequate resources to ensure that we will not have any future material weakness in our system of internal controls. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures may in the future be limited by a variety of factors including:

 

· faulty human judgment and simple errors, omissions or mistakes;

 

· fraudulent action of an individual or collusion of two or more people;

 

· inappropriate management override of procedures; and

 

· the possibility that any enhancements to controls and procedures may still not be adequate to assure timely and accurate financial information.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting will be a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

46 

 

 

Despite these anticipated controls, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Furthermore, smaller reporting companies like us face additional limitations. Smaller reporting companies employ fewer individuals and can find it difficult to employ resources for complicated transactions and effective risk management. Additionally, smaller reporting companies tend to utilize general accounting software packages that lack a rigorous set of software controls.

 

If we fail to have effective controls and procedures for financial reporting in place, we could be unable to provide timely and accurate financial information and be subject to investigation by the Securities and Exchange Commission and civil or criminal sanctions.

 

We must implement additional and expensive procedures and controls in order to grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements, which will increase our costs and require additional management resources.

 

Upon becoming a fully public reporting company, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, including the requirements that we maintain disclosure controls and procedures and adequate internal control over financial reporting. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other SEC and national exchange requirements will increase our costs and require additional management resources. We plan to begin the process of upgrading our procedures and controls and will need to begin implementing additional procedures and controls as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements. If we are unable to complete the required assessment as to the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or if we fail to establish and maintain internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely, accurate and reliable periodic financial statements could be impaired.

 

If we do not establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy of our periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, our ability to obtain additional financing could be impaired or a lack of investor confidence in the reliability and accuracy of our public reporting could cause our stock price to decline.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act of 2012 and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are choosing to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

47 

 

 

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, although we will lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1.07 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

 

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

 

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

 

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to support the development of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, our financial condition, operating results, cash needs, growth plans and the terms of any credit agreements that we may be a party to at the time. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited by Delaware state law. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

 

The elimination of personal liability against our directors and officers under Delaware law and the existence of indemnification rights held by our directors, officers and employees may result in substantial expenses.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended and our Bylaws eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer to the extent permissible under Delaware law. Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation allow for us to and our Bylaws provide that we are obligated to indemnify each of our directors or officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware law and, subject to certain conditions, advance the expenses incurred by any director or officer in defending any action, suit or proceeding prior to its final disposition. Those indemnification obligations could expose us to substantial expenditures to cover the cost of settlement or damage awards against our directors or officers, which we may be unable to afford. Further, those provisions and resulting costs may discourage us or our stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against any of our current or former directors or officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties, even if such actions might otherwise benefit our stockholders.

 

Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. However, prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement related to this prospectus, we will amend our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to include a statement that this exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims arising under federal securities laws. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, as described above.

 

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. As such, stockholders of the Company seeking to bring a claim regarding the internal affairs of the Company may be subject to increased costs associated with litigating in Delaware as opposed to their home state or other forum, precluded from bringing such a claim in a forum they otherwise consider to be more favorable, and discouraged from bringing such claims as a result of the foregoing or other factors related to forum selection. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

48 

 

  

We believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents as it may limit any stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

You should consult your own independent tax advisor regarding any tax matters arising with respect to the securities offered in connection with this offering.

 

Participation in this offering could result in various tax-related consequences for investors. All prospective purchasers of the resold securities are advised to consult their own independent tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the resold securities in their particular situations.

 

IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE RISKS, BUSINESSES ARE OFTEN SUBJECT TO RISKS NOT FORESEEN OR FULLY APPRECIATED BY MANAGEMENT. IN REVIEWING THIS FILING, POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD KEEP IN MIND THAT OTHER POSSIBLE RISKS MAY ADVERSELY IMPACT THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND THE VALUE OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES.

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements reflect the current view about future events. When used in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Such statements, include, but are not limited to, statements contained in this prospectus relating to our business strategy, our future operating results and liquidity and capital resources outlook. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward–looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees of assurance of future performance. We caution you therefore against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

Our ability to effectively operate our business segments;

 

Our ability to manage our research, development, expansion, growth and operating expenses;

 

Our ability to evaluate and measure our business, prospects and performance metrics;

 

Our ability and our national distributor’s ability to compete, directly and indirectly, and succeed in the highly competitive medical devices industry;

 

49 

 

 

Our ability to respond and adapt to changes in technology and customer behavior;

 

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and to develop, maintain and enhance a strong brand; and

 

Other factors (including the risks contained in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”) relating to our industry, our operations and results of operations.

 

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should the underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may differ significantly from those anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended or planned.

 

Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately [*] (or approximately [*] if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) from the sale of the common stock offered by us in this offering, based on public offering price of [*] per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to hire additional employees, commence the commercial launch of our product including training surgeons on The CATAMARAN System procedure, initiating clinical marketing studies that are focused on capturing post-market safety data, gathering system feedback and initiating product refinements, other sales and marketing activities and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Business—Research & Development.”

 

We will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering and could utilize the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock.

 

The table below sets forth the manner in which we expect to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering. All amounts included in the table below are estimates.

 

Description     Amount    
Surgeon Training   $ [*]  

Clinical Marketing Studies

Hiring Staff
  $ [*]  
Product development   $ [*]  

Other Sales and Marketing

Working Capital and General Corporate Purposes

  $ [*]  
Total   $ [*]  

 

The foregoing information is an estimate based on our current business plan. We may find it necessary or advisable to re-allocate portions of the net proceeds reserved for one category to another, and we will have broad discretion in doing so. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a money market or other interest-bearing account.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not declared any cash dividends since inception and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business, including potentially the acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, technologies or products that complement our existing business. The payment of dividends is within the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits, and other factors our board might deem relevant. There are no restrictions that currently limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock other than those generally imposed by applicable state law.

 

50 

 

 

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Prior to this offering, our common stock has not been listed on any stock exchange or quoted on any over-the-counter market or quotation system and there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol _________which listing is a condition to this offering. For more information see the section “Risk Factors.”

As of November 9, 2021, we have issued and outstanding 1,979,907 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held by 7 stockholders of record.

 

We also have outstanding:

· 2,550,763 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by 1 stockholder of record, which are voluntarily convertible by the holder at any time or automatically convertible immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering under certain conditions, in each case, into 2,550,763 shares of our common stock;

 

491,222 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by 17 stockholders of record, which are voluntarily convertible by the holder at any time or automatically convertible immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering under certain conditions, in each case, into 491,222 shares of our common stock;

 

A warrant issued to Exchange Listing, LLC to purchase up to 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $2.60 per share;

 

  Options to purchase 1,459,783 shares of our common stock, 326,689 shares of which are vested.

 

  $12,893,217 of Convertible Notes plus $[*] of accrued and unpaid interest, which convert into [*] shares of our common stock at the closing of this initial public offering.  

 

51 

 

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Incentive Plan

 

On October 1, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan governs equity awards to our employees, directors, officers, consultants and other eligible participants. Under the 2012 Plan there are 1,598,531 shares of common stock reserved for issuance.

 

The types of awards permitted under the Plan include nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and other awards. Each option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify.

 

The Board of Directors has the power to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan without stockholder approval or ratification at any time or from time to time. No change may be made that increases the total number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to incentive awards or reduces the minimum exercise price for options or exchange of options for other incentive awards, unless such change is authorized by our stockholders within one year.

 

Under the Plan, the Company has granted a total of (i) 1,434,818 (of which 90,200 have been canceled) nonqualified stock options to 21 individuals and one entity; (ii) 115,165 incentive stock options to 7 individuals and (iii) 123,500 shares of fully vested restricted stock to three individuals. Upon an initial public offering of the Company, the Company will provide a one-time option grant to Steven M. Foster to maintain his ownership position at 4% of the fully diluted outstanding equity.

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and capitalization, as of September 30, 2021. Such information is set forth on the following basis: 

 

on an actual basis;

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect the (i) the issuance of [●] shares of our common stock by us after September 30, 2021, but prior to the offering; and (ii) the issuance of [*] shares of our common stock to SpineSource, Inc.

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma adjustments discussed in the prior bullet and (i) our receipt of the net proceeds our sale and issuance of [*] shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $[*] per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and after the use of net proceeds therefrom; (ii) the conversion of all outstanding balances of our convertible notes into [*] shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering and (iii) the issuance of [*] shares of common stock to Exchange Listing, LLC at the closing of this initial public offering pursuant to the automatic cashless exercise of its warrant.

 

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2021:

 

52 

 

 

    Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
    Pro Forma
 as
adjusted(2)
 
Cash and Investments   $ 9,271,373     $ [*]     $ [*]  
                         
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest   $ 13,338,211     $ [*]     $ [*]  
Convertible Preferred Stock:                        
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,798,905 and 1,437,628 shares authorized at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively; 2,805,839 shares authorized pro forma; 2,550,763 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted   $ -                  
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 661,897 shares authorized; 491,222 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted     1,271,715              

 

 

 
Stockholders’ Equity:                        
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 7,000,000 shares authorized; 1,891,013 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 13,784,965 shares authorized, 1,979,907 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; [*] shares authorized, [*] shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted   $ 1,891       [*]       [*]  
              [*]       [*]  
Additional paid-in capital   $ 1,149,157       [*]       [*]  
Accumulated deficit   $ (8,692,057 )     [*]       [*]  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   $ (55,627 )                
Non-controlling interest   $ 1,674,125                  
Total stockholders’ deficit   $ (5,922,511 )     [*]       [*]  
Total capitalization   $ 8,687,415     $ [*]     $ [*]  

 

DILUTION

 

Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the as adjusted net tangible book value of their shares of our common stock. Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the public offering price per share and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

 

The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of September 30, 2021, was [●] or $[●] per share. Historical net tangible book value per share of our common stock represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of that date. After giving effect to the sale of [*] shares in this offering at an initial public offering price of $[●] per share for net proceeds of approximately $[●] as if such offering and such share issuances had occurred on December 31, 2020, our pro forma net tangible book value as of [●], would have been $[net tangible book value change] or approximately $[●] per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted pro forma, net tangible book value per share of $[●] to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share of $[●] to new investors who purchase shares of our common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:

 

 Public offering price per share   $  
Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2021   $  
Increase in as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering        
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2021        
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors   $  

 

53 

 

 

After completion of this offering, our existing stockholders would own approximately [●]% and our new investors would own approximately [●]% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

To the extent that outstanding options or warrants are exercised, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

Capitalization Table

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration        
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
Existing stockholders               %   $   (2)       %   $    
New Investors               %   $           %   $    
                %   $           %        

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Some of the numbers included herein have been rounded for convenience of presentation. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

Tenon, a medical device company formed in 2012, has developed a proprietary, U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approved surgical implant system, which we call The CATAMARANTM SIJ Fusion System (The CATAMARAN System) designed to fuse one or both sacroiliac joints (“SI-Joint”) to treat SI-Joint dysfunction that often causes severe lower back pain. Published clinical studies have shown that 15% to 30% of all chronic lower back pain is associated with the SI-Joint. Tenon believes that the implant design and procedure we have developed, along with the 2D and 3D protocols for proper implantation will be received well by the surgeon community who have been looking for a next generation device. Our initial clinical results indicate that The CATAMARAN System implant is promoting fusion across the joint as evidenced by CT scans which is the gold standard widely accepted by the surgeon community. Tenon is preparing for a national launch of The CATAMARAN System through a national distributor to address the greatly underserved market opportunity that exists.

 

We have incurred net losses since our inception in 2012. During 2019 and 2020 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 we had net losses of approximately $586,000, $705,000, and $4,239,000, respectively. As of September 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $8.7 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of equity securities, certain debt-related financing arrangements, and sales of our product. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development, regulatory matters and sales and marketing of our product.

 

54 

 

 

Components of Results of Operations

 

Revenue

 

We derive substantially all our revenue from sales of The CATAMARAN System to limited number of surgeons. Revenue from sales of The CATAMARAN System fluctuates based on volume of cases (procedures performed), discounts, and the number of implants used for a particular patient. Similar to other orthopaedic companies, our revenue can also fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including reimbursement, changes in independent sales representatives and physician activities.

 

Cost of Goods Sold, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

We utilize contract manufacturers for production of The CATAMARAN System implants and instrument sets. Cost of goods sold consists primarily of costs of the components of The CATAMARAN System implants and instruments, quality inspection, packaging, scrap and inventory obsolescence, as well as distribution-related expenses such as logistics and shipping costs. We anticipate that our cost of goods sold will increase in absolute dollars as case levels increase.

 

Our gross margins have been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the cost to have our product manufactured for us, pricing pressure from increasing competition, and the factors described above impacting our revenue.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of consulting expenses, salaries, sales commissions and other cash and stock-based compensation related expenses. We expect operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars, as we continue to invest and grow our business.

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of stock-based compensation expense and commissions to our independent sales representative. Starting in May 2021 commissions to our national distributor have been based on a percentage of sales and we anticipate that these commissions will make up a significant portion of our sales and marketing expenses. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars with the commercial launch of The CATAMARAN System resulting in higher commissions, initiation of The CATAMARAN System surgeon and sales representative training and the start of clinical studies to gain wider surgeon adoption of The CATAMARAN System. Our sales and marketing expenses may fluctuate from period to period due to timing of sales and marketing activities related to the commercial launch of our product.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

Our research and development expenses primarily consist of engineering, product development, regulatory expenses, and consulting services, outside prototyping services, outside research activities, materials, and other costs associated with development of our product. Research and development expenses also include related personnel and consultants’ compensation and stock-based compensation expense. We expense research and development costs as they are incurred. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we improve The CATAMARAN System, develop new products, add research and development personnel, and undergo clinical activities that may be required for regulatory clearances of future products.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, consultants’ compensation, stock-based compensation expense, and other costs for finance, accounting, legal, compliance, and administrative matters. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars to as we add personnel and IT infrastructure to support the growth of our business. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including but not limited to: expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and those of the Nasdaq Capital Market on which our securities will be traded; additional insurance expenses; investor relations activities; and other administrative and professional services. While we expect the general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars, we anticipate that it will decrease as a percentage of revenue over time.

 

55 

 

 

 

Gain (Loss) on Investments

 

Gain (loss) on investments consists of interest income and realized gains and losses from the sale of our investments in money market and corporate debt securities.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense is related to borrowings and includes deemed interest derived from the beneficial conversion prices of notes payable.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

Other income and expenses have not been significant to date.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the period presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,    

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:   2019     2020     2020     2021  
Revenue   $ 53,640     $ 43,820     $ 30,380     $ 107,400  
Cost of goods sold     18,257       18,257       9,129       38,797  
Gross profit     35,383       25,563       21,251       68,603  
Operating expenses:                                
Research and development     371,545       220,884       166,192       925,076  
Sales and marketing     25,618       29,301       25,139       1,473,227  
General and administrative     171,662       311,667       167,888       1,569,239  
Total operating expenses     568,825       561,852       359,219       3,967,542  
Loss from operations     (533,442 )     (536,289 )     (337,968 )     (3,898,939 )
Interest and other income (expense), net:                                
Gain on investments                       1,379  
Interest expense     (52,358 )     (167,846 )     (61,376 )     (340,944 )
Other expense     (28 )     (1,230 )     (1,193 )     (880 )
Net loss     (585,828 )     (705,365 )     (400,537 )     (4,239,384 )
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (76,248 )     (120,187 )     (56,610 )     (33,498 )
Net loss attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc.   $ (509,580 )   $ (585,178 )   $ (343,927 )   $ (4,205,886 )

 

The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of revenue:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:   2019     2020     2020     2021  
Revenue     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost of goods sold     34       42       30       36  
Gross profit     66       58       70       64  
Operating expenses:                                
Research and development     693       504       547       861  
Sales and marketing     48       67       83       1,372  
General and administrative     320       711       553       1,461  
Total operating expenses     1,060       1,282       1,182       3,694  
Loss from operations     (994 )     (1,224 )     (1,112 )     (3,630 )
Interest and other income (expense), net:                                
Gain on investments                       1  
Interest expense     (98 )     (383 )     (202 )     (317 )
Other expense     (0 )     (3 )     (4 )     (1 )
Net loss     (1,092 )     (1,610 )     (1,318 )     (3,947 )
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (142 )     (274 )     (186 )     (31 )
Net loss attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc.     (950 )%     (1,335 )%     (1,132 )%     (3,916 )%

 

56 

 

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2021

 

Revenue, Cost of Goods Sold, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
    2020     2021     $ Change     % Change  
Revenue   $ 30,380     $ 107,400     $ 77,020       254 %
Cost of goods sold     9,129       38,797       29,668       325 %
Gross profit   $ 21,251     $ 68,603     $ 47,352       223 %
Gross margin     70 %     64 %                

 

Revenue. Revenue increased approximately $77,000, or 254%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a 325% increase in the number of surgical procedures in which The CATAMARAN System was used, offset by lower revenue per procedure due to a national distribution agreement in effect for sales from July 2020 through April of 2021 that decreased the amount of revenue that the Company was able to recognize per surgical procedure.

 

Cost of Goods Sold, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin. Total cost of goods sold increased approximately $30,000, or 325%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase in cost of goods sold is due to a 325% increase in the number of surgical procedures. Gross profit increased approximately $47,000, or 223%, to approximately $69,000 due to the increase in the number of surgical procedures. Gross margin percentage decreased from 70% to 64% due to lower revenue per procedure during the first four months of 2021 due to a national distribution agreement in effect for sales from July 2020 through April of 2021 that decreased the amount of revenue that the Company was able to recognize per surgical procedure.

 

Operating Expenses

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
    2020     2021     $ Change     % Change  
Research and development   $ 166,192     $ 925,076     $ 758,884       457 %
Sales and marketing     25,139       1,473,227       1,448,088       5,760 %
General and administrative     167,888       1,569,239       1,401,351       835 %
Total operating expenses   $ 359,219     $ 3,967,542     $ 3,608,323          

 

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased approximately $759,000, or 457%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a $339,000 increase in consulting expenses and $208,000 in payroll expenses. We did not have any employees during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased approximately $1,448,000, or 5,760%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a one-time cash payment of $500,000 plus $380,000 in shares of common stock in connection with the amendment of our sales representative agreement, and approximately $436,000 in shares of restricted stock to consultants.

 

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased approximately $1,401,000, or 835%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase of approximately $437,000 in legal and accounting fees, $303,000 in consulting fees, $264,000 in payroll expenses, and $154,000 in stock-based compensation. The significant increase in general and administrative expenses was a result of the Company’s transition to an operating company with formalization and amendment of consulting and sales representative agreements, an audit of the Company’s 2019 and 2020 consolidated financial statements, and the creation of an infrastructure to support future growth through the hiring of employees and establishment of a facility lease.

 

57 

 

 

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
    2020     2021     $ Change     %
Change
 
Gain on investments   $     $ 1,379     $ 1,379       N/A  
Interest expense     (61,376 )     (340,944 )     (279,568 )     456 %
Other expense     (1,193 )     (880 )     313       (26 %)

  

Gain on Investments. Gain on investments increased approximately $1,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, due to interest on our investments in money market and corporate debt securities. We did not have any investments in corporate debt securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased approximately $280,000, or 456%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to an $12.2 million increase in the level of borrowings associated with closing a new convertible debt offering during May through July 2021.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income and expenses were not significant during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

Revenue, Cost of Goods Sold, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
    2019     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Revenue   $ 53,640     $ 43,820     $ (9,820 )     (18 )%
Cost of goods sold     18,257       18,257             0 %
Gross profit   $ 35,383     $ 25,563     $ (9,820 )     (28 )%
Gross margin     66 %     58 %                

 

Revenue. Revenue decreased approximately $10,000, or 18%, from 2019 to 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a national distribution agreement in effect for sales from July 2020 through April of 2021 that decreased the amount of revenue that the Company was able to recognize per surgical procedure.

 

Cost of Goods Sold, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin. Total cost of goods sold remained the same from 2019 to 2020. This is primarily due to the Company’s inventory used in a similar number of surgical procedures during each year. Gross profit decreased approximately $10,000, or 28%, to $26,000 from 2019 to 2020 due to lower revenue and flat cost of goods sold.

 

Operating Expenses

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
    2019     2020     $ Change     % Change  
 Research and development   $ 371,545     $ 220,884     $ (150,661 )     (41 )%
 Sales and marketing     25,618       29,301       3,683       14 %
 General and administrative     171,662       311,667       140,005       82 %
 Total operating expenses   $ 568,825     $ 561,852     $ (6,973 )        

 

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses decreased approximately $151,000, or 41%, from 2019 to 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a $147,000 reduction in prototype materials expenditures.

 

58 

 

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased approximately $4,000, or 14%, from 2019 to 2020. The increase was primarily due to $13,000 in increased stock-based compensation to an outside sales representative, offset by an $11,000 decrease in commissions expense.

 

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased approximately $140,000, or 82%, from 2019 to 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $82,000 in consulting fees and $41,000 in legal fees as the Company began preparations to position itself for its convertible note offering and an initial public offering.

 

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
    2019     2020     $ Change     % Change  
 Interest expense   $ (52,358 )   $ (167,846 )   $ (115,488 )     221 %
 Other expense     (28 )     (1,230 )     (1,202 )     4,293 %

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased approximately $115,000, or 221%, from 2019 to 2020 primarily due to $88,000 of deemed interest on conversion of debt, as well as the impact of $307,000 of new notes payable issued during 2020 resulting in higher average balances during the year.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income and expenses were not significant during 2019 and 2020.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of September 30, 2021, we had cash, cash equivalents, and investments of $9.3 million. Since inception, we have financed our operations through private placements of preferred stock, debt financing arrangements, and the sale of our products. As of September 30, 2021, we had $13.0 million principal amount of outstanding debt, net of debt discounts.

 

As of September 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $8.7 million. During 2020 and the nine months ended September 30, 2021 we incurred net losses of $0.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively, and expect to incur additional losses in the future. We have not achieved positive cash flow from operations to date. We evaluated our current cash position, historical results, forecasted cashflows, and plans in regards to liquidity. Considering all of these factors, we believe, absent this offering, that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for the next 12 months.

 

Based upon our current operating plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next 12 months from the date of this offering. We continue to face challenges and uncertainties and, as a result, our available capital resources may be consumed more rapidly than currently expected due to (a) the uncertainty of future revenues from The CATAMARAN System; (b) changes we may make to the business that affect ongoing operating expenses; (c) changes we may make in our business strategy; (d) regulatory developments affecting our existing products; (e) changes we may make in our research and development spending plans; and (f) other items affecting our forecasted level of expenditures and use of cash resources.

 

If we need to raise additional capital to fund our operations, funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or suspend one or more of our sales and marketing efforts, research and development activities, or other operations. We may seek to raise any necessary additional capital through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, and collaborations or licensing arrangements. If we do raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, or declaring dividends. If we are unable to raise capital, we will need to delay, reduce, or terminate planned activities to reduce costs. Doing so will likely harm our ability to execute our business plans.

 

59 

 

  

Borrowings

 

During 2015, the Company issued a $53,447 convertible promissory note to a consultant that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. In June 2019, the note and its accrued interest to date was replaced by a $68,359 convertible promissory note that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $1,000,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of June 12, 2021. In May 2021, the note was again replaced by a $68,359 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 7, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 80% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000.

 

During 2016, the Company issued a $117,530 convertible promissory note to a vendor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of January 1, 2019 and remained unpaid during 2019 and 2020. In April 2021, the note was replaced by a $117,530 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of April 30, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 80% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000.

 

During 2018, the Company issued two convertible promissory notes for an aggregate of $305,084 to the minority shareholder of its subsidiary. In September 2019 and June 2020, the Company issued additional convertible promissory notes to the same minority shareholder for $201,309 and $106,620, respectively. These notes, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 10.0%, could be applied to future capital increases for the subsidiary. In November 2020, notes payable and accrued interest totaling $784,895 was converted into the subsidiary’s Series A preferred stock shares, which increased the minority shareholder’s ownership percentage from 39.2% to 43.8%. In connection with the conversion of the notes, the Company recorded deemed interest on beneficial conversion in the amount of $88,238.

 

In October 2019, the Company issued a $70,000 convertible promissory note to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of October 12, 2022. In April 2021, the note was replaced by a $70,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of April 30, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000.

 

In October 2019, the Company issued a $50,000 convertible promissory note to an investor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of October 21, 2022. In May 2021, the note was replaced by a $50,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 3, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000.

 

In November 2020, the Company issued a $200,000 convertible promissory note to the same investor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $2,000,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of November 16, 2022. In May 2021, the note was replaced by a $200,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 3, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing.

 

60 

 

 

In January 2021, the Company issued a promissory note of $130,560 to a law firm. The note bore interest at 3.0% per annum and had a maturity date of the earlier of July 27, 2021, the closing of a debt or equity financing, or the closing of a change in control transaction. The interest rate was to increase to 5.0% if all principal and interest had not been paid by the maturity date. The Company repaid this note and accrued interest in May 2021.

 

In April 2021, the Company issued two convertible promissory notes of $40,000 and $170,000, respectively, to the same vendor described above that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, are automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing.

 

In June 2021, the Company’s subsidiary issued a convertible promissory note for approximately $107,000 to the minority shareholder of its subsidiary. The note was due upon the earlier of a capital increase or December 31, 2021. This convertible promissory note, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was convertible into the subsidiary’s Series A Preferred Stock. The Company repaid this note and accrued interest in October 2021.

 

During the period May through July 2021, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to multiple investors for aggregate proceeds of $12.2 million. The notes, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, are automatically convertible upon an IPO, a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000, or a change of control transaction. The conversion price upon an IPO or a capital stock financing is equal to the lesser of 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers, or the price per share at a Company valuation of $22,500,000. Upon a change of control, noteholders will receive the greater of a 100% premium on the outstanding principal, plus accrued interest, or the conversion of the principal and accrued interest into common stock at a Company valuation of $22,500,000.

 

As of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021 we were in compliance with all of our debt obligations and covenants.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020:

 

    Payments Due By Period                    
          Less than                 More
than
 
    Total     1 year     1-3 years     4-5 years     5 years  
Principal obligations on the debt arrangements (1)   $ 505,889     $ 185,889     $ 320,000     $     $  
Interest obligations on the debt arrangements (2)     69,086       55,508       13,578              
Operating leases                              
Purchase obligations                              
Total   $ 574,975     $ 241,397     $ 333,578     $     $  

 

(1) For further discussion, see Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements.
(2) We had no operating lease obligations as of December 31, 2020.

 

61 

 

 

In June 2021, we entered into a new five-year lease for our Los Gatos, California facility. The total commitment is $1,461,000.

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented below:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,              
    2020     2021     $ Change     % Change  
Net cash (used in) provided by:                                
Operating activities   $ (134,923 )   $ (2,602,326 )   $ (2,467,403 )     1,829 %
Investing activities           (7,878,415     (7,878,415     N/A  
Financing activities     105,273       11,648,309       11,543,036       10,965 %
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash flow     3,244       (4,066 )     (7,310 )     (225 )%
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $ (26,406   $ 1,163,502     $ 1,189,908          

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
    2019     2020     $ Change     % Change  
Net cash (used in) provided by:                                
 Operating activities   $ (235,203 )   $ (167,363 )   $ 67,840       (29 )%
 Investing activities                       N/A  
 Financing activities     321,309       254,800       (66,509 )     (21 )%
 Effect of foreign currency translation on cash flow     1,373       6,230       4,857       354 %
 Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   $ 87,479     $ 93,667     $ 6,188          

 

Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities increased $2.5 million, or 1,829%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2020 to the nine months ended September 30, 2021. The increase in the net cash used in operating activities was primarily due to an increase of $3.8 million in our net loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as we began to utilize the cash received from our convertible debt offering during May through July of 2021, offset by an increase in non-cash interest and stock-based expenses totaling approximately $1.3 million.

 

Net cash used in operating activities decreased approximately $68,000, or 29%, from 2019 to 2020. The decrease in the net cash used in operating activities was primarily due to 2019 sales collected during 2020, and a greater portion of operating expenses remaining in accounts payable and accrued expenses at the end of 2020, as compared to 2019.

 

Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities increased $7.9 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2020 to the nine months ended September 30, 2021. Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to the purchase of $7.9 million of corporate debt securities using the proceeds from our convertible debt offering during May through July of 2021.

 

There was no cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

Cash provided by financing activities increased $11.5 million, or 10,965%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2020 to the nine months ended September 30, 2021. Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 consisted primarily of net proceeds of $0.1 million from the issuance of convertible notes payable. Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 consisted of $12.1 million proceeds from our convertible debt offering, offset by notes payable repayments of $131,000, debt issuance costs of $71,000, and deferred IPO offering costs of $222,000.

 

62 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities decreased approximately $67,000, or 21%, from 2019 to 2020. Cash provided by financing activities during 2019 consisted of net proceeds of $321,000 from the issuance of convertible notes payable. Cash provided by financing activities during 2020 consisted of net proceeds of $307,000 from the issuance of convertible notes payable, offset by payments of debt issuance costs of $22,000, and payments of public offering costs of $30,000.

 

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments, and Use of Estimates

 

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated, and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates. For more detail on our critical accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Investments

 

The Company classifies its investments in marketable debt securities as available-for-sale and records them at fair value in its consolidated balance sheets. The net unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Margin loans for which a right of setoff exists are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as reductions to the investment value. The Company determines any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable debt securities on a specific identification method, and records such gains and losses as a component of other income (expense), net.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of its products to medical groups and hospitals through its independent sales representative and national distributor in Florida and Texas.

 

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"), which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2019, revenue is recognized when control is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services. The Company had no contracts with customers prior to the date of adoption. Under ASC 606, the Company applies the following five step approach: (1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when a performance obligation is satisfied.

 

The Company generates its revenue from the sale of products through an independent sales representative and national distributor to certain hospitals or medical facilities where the products are delivered in advance of a procedure. The performance obligation is the delivery of the products along with the completion of the surgery and therefore, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the customers and completion of the surgery, net of rebates and price discounts. The Company accounts for rebates and price discounts as a reduction to revenue, calculated based on the terms agreed to with the customer. Historically, there has been no significant rebates or price discounts. Sales prices are specified in either the customer contract, agreed price list, or purchase order, which is executed prior to the transfer of control to the customer. As of April 2020, the Company has an agreement in place with a national distributor, which includes standard terms that do not allow for payment contingent on resale of the product, obtaining financing, or other terms that could impact the distributor’s payment obligation. From April 2020 through May 20, 2021, the distributor billed and collected from the end-user customer, was required to pay the Company on the 5th day of the calendar month after the customer paid the distributor, and the Company recognized revenue based on the net amount received from the distributor. Prior to April 2020 and subsequent to May 20, 2021, the Company billed and collected directly with the end-user customers and recognized revenue based on the gross sales price. For direct sales to end-user customers, the Company's standard payment terms are generally net 30 days.

 

The Company offers its standard warranty to all customers. The Company does not sell any warranties on a standalone basis. The Company’s warranty provides that its products are free of material defects and conform to specifications, and includes an offer to replace or refund the purchase price of defective products. This assurance does not constitute a service and is not considered a separate performance obligation. The Company estimates warranty liabilities at the time of revenue recognition and records it as a charge to cost of goods sold.

 

63 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. We account for all stock-based compensation awards using a fair-value method on the grant date and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the requisite service period.

 

We recorded total non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $30,570, $16,649, and $1,023,951 during 2019, 2020, and the nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively. At September 30, 2021, we had $1.6 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock option grants. This amount will be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of 2.7 years. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and, to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

 

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of September 30, 2021 was $_______ million based on the assumed initial public offering price of $_______ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which $______ million related to vested options and $______ million related to unvested options.

 

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options

 

We recognize compensation costs related to stock-based awards granted to employees, directors, and consultants including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards.

 

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions to determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

 

·

Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term for option grants is determined using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the expected term to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual life of the stock-based awards.

 

·

Expected Volatility—Since we have been privately held and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle, or area of specialty.

 

· Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

 

·

Expected Dividend—We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

·

Forfeitures—We account for forfeitures as they occur.

 

64 

 

 

Our board of directors intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of our common stock was determined at each valuation date by a third-party independent valuation firm in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. These valuations took into account numerous factors, including developments at our company and market conditions.

 

The valuations as of December 31 2018, 2019, and 2020 used the income approach to determine the Company’s enterprise value. The income approach recognizes that the value of an investment is premised on the receipt of future economic benefits. Within the income approach, the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) method, estimates the value of the future cash flows that a company will generate in two stages: (1) a discrete projection period; and (2) a terminal value, capturing the value of all cash flows beyond the discrete projection period. The DCF was weighted 100% in these valuations and was based on financial projections provided by management. The key assumptions in the financial projections are the annual revenue, gross margins, annual operating expenses, and investments in working capital and capital equipment. The terminal values were estimated by applying an enterprise value to a revenue multiple. The discrete projected free cash flows and terminal value were discounted to present value using a Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) of 22.9% for 2018, 20.5% for 2019, and 21.7% for 2020. These discounted figures were summed to arrive at the enterprise values.

 

Adjustments were made to the enterprise values for the Company’s cash and debt as of the valuation dates to determine the applicable equity values. The option pricing method (“OPM”) was used to allocate the equity values to our various equity securities including our common stock. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the Company’s equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion rights of the preferred stock. The OPM relies on the Black-Scholes option pricing model and requires assumptions for equity volatility. The equity volatility was determined to be 70.0% based on the volatility rate of certain comparable public companies. A discount for lack of marketability (“DLOM”) of 35% was applied to the common stock in the valuations for years 2018 and 2019. A 30% DLOM was applied in the 2020 valuation.

 

The May 21, 2021 valuation used a hybrid method which combines the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) with the OPM. The PWERM considers a set of discrete potential liquidity scenarios for the Company, the value common stock would receive in each scenario, and the time required and risk inherent in achieving those values. The May 21, 2021 valuation examined the following scenarios for the Company: (i) an IPO; (ii) remaining private and raising capital; and (iii) dissolution. Within the IPO scenario, 100% weighting was placed on the Market Approach for determining the enterprise value. The Market Approach assumes that businesses operating in the same industry will share similar characteristics, and therefore a comparison of the business to similar businesses whose financial information is publicly available may provide a reasonable basis to estimate a subject business’s value. The equity value in the IPO scenario was estimated considering guideline IPOs, the anticipated size of the Company’s offering, and forecasted cash and debt. The estimated common stock value as of the IPO was present valued using a discount rate of 22.4% based on Company’s WACC, less an adjustment of 2.0% to reflect the risk reduction of an IPO event.

 

The August 31, 2021 valuation used a hybrid method which combines the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) with the OPM. The PWERM considers a set of discrete potential liquidity scenarios for the Company, the value common stock would receive in each scenario, and the time required and risk inherent in achieving those values. The August 31, 2021 valuation examined the following scenarios for the Company: (i) an IPO; (ii) remaining private and raising capital; and (iii) dissolution. Within the IPO scenario, 100% weighting was placed on the Market Approach for determining the enterprise value. The Market Approach assumes that businesses operating in the same industry will share similar characteristics, and therefore a comparison of the business to similar businesses whose financial information is publicly available may provide a reasonable basis to estimate a subject business’s value. The equity value in the IPO scenario was estimated considering guideline IPOs, the anticipated size of the Company’s offering, and forecasted cash and debt. The estimated common stock value as of the IPO was present valued using a discount rate of 32.0% based on Company’s WACC, less an adjustment of 5.0% to reflect the risk reduction of an IPO event.

 

In determining the enterprise value within the remain private scenario, 100% weighting was applied to the DCF Method under the income approach, in the same manner as in the December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 valuations. The discount rate in this scenario was determined to be 22.4% based on Company’s WACC. Adjustments were made to the enterprise value for the Company’s cash and debt as of the valuation date to determine the equity value in this scenario. The OPM was used to allocate the equity value to our common stock. The equity volatility rate was determined to be 70.0% based on the volatility rate of certain comparable public companies. DLOMs of (i) 10.0% in the IPO scenario and (ii) 30.0% in the remaining private scenario were applied to the common stock.

 

Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

Common Stock Warrants

 

We account for warrants for shares of common stock as equity in accordance with the accounting guidance for derivatives. The accounting guidance provides a scope exception from classifying and measuring as a financial liability a contract that would otherwise meet the definition of a derivative if the contract is both (i) indexed to the entity’s own stock and (ii) classified in the stockholders’ deficit section of the consolidated balance sheet. We estimate the fair value of our warrants for shares of common stock by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Warrants classified as equity are recorded as additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet and no further adjustments to their valuation are made after the issuance of the warrants.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

65 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1.7 million, $4.3 million, and $1.7 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal, state, and foreign income tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized, our federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2034, 2032, and 2021, respectively, and valuation allowances have been established, where necessary. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We did not record a provision or benefit for income taxes during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 or 2020. We continue to maintain a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.

 

We assess all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the positions sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and we will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit may change as new information becomes available.

 

The Tax Reform Act of 1986 limits the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in certain situations where changes occur in the stock ownership of a company. We have not completed a study to determine whether any ownership changes per the provisions of Section 382 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state provisions, has occurred.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During 2019 and 2020 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

Seasonality

 

Our business could be affected by seasonal variations. For instance, we expect to experience lower sales in the summer months and higher sales in the last quarter of the fiscal year. However, taken as a whole, seasonality does not have a material impact on our financial results.

 

JOBS Act Accounting Election

 

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are exposed to interest rate risks related to our cash and cash equivalents. We had cash and cash equivalents of $246,000 and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively, which consist of bank deposits and money market funds. Our cash balance consisted of bank deposits in 2020. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk; however, historical fluctuations in interest income have not been significant.

 

66 

 

 

We had outstanding debt of $575,000 and $13.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, which accrues interest at a fixed rate of 8.0%. In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into contractual arrangements to reduce our exposure to interest rate risks. We do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates would have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

We operate in one country other than the United States, and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency risks. All of our sales to date have been inside of the United States in US Dollars. Operating expenses related to our Swiss subsidiary are largely denominated in the local currency, Swiss Francs. We do not believe that a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would have a significant impact on our net income. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, we may choose to hedge our exposure in the future.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASC 842, “Leases”. This standard requires lessees to present right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. The new guidance is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach at the beginning of the earliest comparative periods in the financial statements and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and early adoption is permitted. We early adopted ASC 842 upon the inception of our facility lease in June 2021.

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-6, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-6”), which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing the separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature. Upon adoption, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability at amortized cost unless (a) the convertible instrument contains features that require bifurcation as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or (b) the convertible debt instrument was issued at a substantial premium. These changes will reduce reported interest expense and increase reported net income for entities that have issued a convertible instrument that was bifurcated according to previously existing rules. ASU 2020-6 also requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share and the treasury stock method will be no longer available. The new guidance is effective for public entities excluding smaller reporting companies in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. For public business entities that meet the definition of a smaller reporting company, the amendments in ASU 2020-6 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2023. ASU 2020-6 is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2024. We are currently evaluating the impact of adoption of ASU 2020-6 on our consolidated financial statements.

 

BUSINESS

 

Introduction

 

Tenon Medical, Inc. (“Tenon”), a medical device company formed in 2012, has developed a proprietary, U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) cleared surgical implant system, which is designed to optimize sacroiliac joint fixation / fusion surgery and corresponding outcomes. Tenon is preparing a national launch of this system to address the greatly underserved market opportunity that exists in this space.

 

The Opportunity

 

We estimate that over 30 million American adults have chronic lower back painPublished clinical studies have shown that 15% to 30% of all chronic lower back pain is associated with the SI-Joint. For patients whose chronic lower back pain stems from the Sacroiliac Joint (“SI-Joint”), our experience in both clinical trials and commercial settings indicates the system to be introduced by Tenon could be beneficial for patients who are properly diagnosed and screened for surgery by trained healthcare providers.

 

67 

 

 

In 2019, approximately 475,000 patients in the United States were estimated to have received an aesthetic injection to temporarily alleviate pain emanating from the SI-Joint and/or to diagnose SI-Joint pain. Additionally, a number of non-surgical technologies have been introduced in the past 10 years to address patients who do not respond to injection therapy, including systemic oral medications and opioids.

 

To date, the penetration of a surgical solution for this market has been relatively low (5-7%). We believe this is due to complex surgical approaches and suboptimal implant design of existing options. The penetration of this market with an optimized surgical solution is Tenon’s focus.

 

We believe the SI-Joint is the last major joint to be successfully addressed by the orthopaedic implant industry. Studies have shown that disability resulting from disease of the SI-Joint is comparable to the disability associated with a number of other serious orthopaedic conditions, such as knee and hip arthritis and degenerative disc disease, each of which has surgical solutions where an implant is used and a multi-billion-dollar market exists.

 

The SI-Joint

 

 

  

The SI-Joint is a strong weight bearing synovial joint situated between the lumbar spine and the pelvis and is aligned along the longitudinal load bearing axis of the human spine when in an upright posture. It functions as a force transfer conduit where it transfers axial loads bi-directionally from the spine to the pelvis and lower extremities and allows forces to be transmitted from the extremities to the spine. It also provides load sharing between the hip and spine to contribute towards attenuation of impact shock and stress from activities of daily living.

 

The SI-Joint is a relatively immobile joint that connects the sacrum (the spinal segment that is attached to the base of the lumbar spine at the L5 vertebra) and the ilium of the pelvis. Each SI-Joint is approximately 2mm wide and irregularly shaped.

 

Motion of the SI-Joint features vertical shear and rotation. Although the rotational forces about the SI-Joint are relatively low, repetitive motions created by daily activities such as walking, jogging, twisting at the hips, and jumping can increase the stresses on the SI-Joint. If the SI-Joint is compromised through injury or degeneration, the load bearing and motion restraints from the surrounding anatomical structures of the SI-Joint will be compromised resulting in abnormal stress transfers across the joint to these structures, thereby further augmenting the degenerative cascade of the SI-Joint. Eventual pain and cessation of an individual’s normal activities due to a painful and unstable SI-Joint have led to an increase in the recent development of SI-Joint stabilization devices.

 

68 

 

 

Diagnosis

 

Historically, diagnosing pain from the SI-Joint was not routinely a focus of orthopaedic or neurosurgery training during medical school or residency programs. Due to its invasiveness, post-operative pain, and muscle disruption along with a difficult procedure overall, the open SI-Joint fusion procedure was rarely taught in these settings.

 

The emergence of various SI-Joint surgical technologies has generated a renewed discussion of SI-Joint issues. Of particular focus is the diagnostic protocol utilized to properly select patients for SI-Joint surgery. Patients with low back pain typically start with primary care physicians who often refer to pain specialists. Here, the patient will go through traditional physical therapy combined with oral medications (anti-inflammatory, narcotic, etc.). If the patient fails to respond to these steps the pain specialist may move to therapeutic injections of the SI-Joint. These injections may serve to lessen inflammation to the point that the patient is satisfied. However, the impact from these injections is often transient. In this case the patient is often referred to a surgeon to determine if the patient may be a candidate for surgical intervention. A series of provocative tests in clinic, combined with a specific injection protocol to isolate the SI-Joint as the pain generator is then utilized to confirm the need for surgical intervention. Published literature has shown this technique to be a very effective step to determine the best treatment to alleviate pain.

 

Tenon has developed its own protocol to instruct and train the medical community on how to perform provocative maneuvers in a physician’s office that can reveal the SI-Joint as the source of pain. If the provocative tests are positive, surgeons (or other physicians) confirm the diagnosis by injecting a small amount of local anesthetic into the joint under fluoroscopic guidance. The SI-Joint is confirmed as a pain source if the local anesthetic produces immediate and significant pain reduction.

 

Limitations of Existing Treatment Options

 

Surgical fixation and fusion of the SI-Joint with an open surgical technique was first reported in 1908, with further reports in the 1920s. The open procedure uses plates and screws, requires a 6 to 12-inch incision and is extremely invasive. Due to the high invasiveness and associated morbidity, the use of this procedure is limited to cases involving significant trauma, tumor, etc.

 

Less invasive surgical options along with implant design began to emerge over the past 15 years. These options feature a variety of approaches and implant designs and have been met with varying degrees of adoption. Lack of a standard and accepted diagnostic approach, complexity of approach, high morbidity of approach, abnormally high complication rates and inability to radiographically confirm fusion have all been cited as reasons for low adoption of these technologies.

 

Non-Surgical Treatment of Sacroiliac Joint Disease

 

Although a number of non-surgical treatments exist for sacroiliac joint pain, we believe based on literature that none have delivered the long-term pain relief that has been seen with SI-Joint fixation. Although not as yet published, the results experienced by the initial 30 patients treated in our limited release have had a dramatic reduction in pain relief. Non-surgical treatments include:

 

 

Drug Therapy: including opiates and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications.

 

Physical Therapy: which can involve exercises as well as massage.

 

Intra-Articular Injections of Steroid Medications: which are typically performed by physicians who specialize in pain treatment or anesthesia.

 

Radiofrequency Ablation: or the cauterizing of the lateral branches of the sacral nerve roots.

 

69 

 

 

The Market

 

Based on market research and internal estimates, Tenon believes the potential market for surgical intervention of the SI-Joint to be 279,000 procedures annually in the US alone, for a potential annual market in excess of $2.2 billion. These estimates are driven by coding data for SI-Joint injections to treat pain and informed assumptions relative to surgical intervention candidacy

 

Based on public information, we believe that the largest clinical device supplier in this market does approximately 10-11,000 SI-Joint fixations a year representing the largest market share. The other competitive devices that are offered are all products generally part of much larger companies with a variety of orthopaedic devices and as such do not specifically call out the number of specific SI-Joint procedures performed with their products. It is our belief that all other competitive devices represent approximately another 5,000 potential SI-Joint procedures.

 

Based on this analysis we believe the market is vastly underserved and only penetrated 5-7%, leaving tremendous upside for a next generation device that meets the needs of this market.

 

Competitive Landscape

 

We believe Tenon is the first company to develop and manufacture a novel posterior/inferior approach featuring a dual pontoon fixation technology cleared by the FDA expressly for SI-Joint fusion. The approach, referred to as PiSIF™ (Posterior Inferior Sacroiliac Fusion) is focused on these critical aspects of the surgical procedure:

 

1. Safety: the approach trajectory and angle are away from the neural foramen

 

2. Efficiency: the approach is direct to the SI Joint, which allows for visualization of the joint and passes through minimal muscle structures, resulting in a faster and more efficient surgical procedure and reduced post-op pain for the patient

 

3. Targeted Anatomy: the approach places the implant in the aspect of the SI-Joint with the densest bone, providing maximum fixation and resistance to vertical shear. This ensures a secure press fit of the implant, reducing the incidence of revision surgery due to implant loosening, which we believe is the reason for many competitive device failures as reported to the FDA Medical Device Reporting (MDR).

 

Note the trajectory used in the PiSIF™ approach:

70 

 

 

 

 

Over the past several years, other companies have recognized the opportunity and have entered the minimally invasive SI-Joint fixation market. However, all these products are either screw / triangular rod-based or allograft products.

 

In the United States, we believe that our primary competitors will be SI-Bone, Inc., Globus Medical, Inc., Medtronic plc and RTI Surgical, Inc. We also compete against non-hardware products, such as allograft bone implants. These allograft products are comprised of human cells or tissues and are regulated by the FDA differently from implantable medical devices made of metallic or other non-tissue-based materials.  The following chart is a comparison of specifications and features among the various available clinical devices:

 

Current Clinical Device Comparison – SI-Joint

 

 

71 

 

 

We believe from our study of the market that many physicians who have been trained to use one of the existing clinical devices have not adopted the procedure for a variety of reasons. Complexity of approach, high morbidity of approach, abnormally high complication rates and inability to radiographically confirm fusion have all been cited as reasons for low adoption of these technologies

 

The following are the primary factors on which companies compete in our industry:

 

product and clinical procedure effectiveness;
ease of surgical technique and use of associated instruments;
safety;
published clinical outcomes and evidence;
sales force knowledge and service levels;
product support and service, and customer service;
comprehensive training, including disease, anatomy, diagnosis and treatment;
product innovation and the speed of innovation;
intellectual property;
accountability and responsiveness to customers’ demands;
pricing and reimbursement;
scientific (biomechanics) data; and
attracting and retaining key personnel.

 

Tenon believes that refined approaches and improved implant design will open the door to enhanced adoption and further penetration of this important market.

 

The CATAMARAN™ SIJ Fusion System Solution

 

Tenon currently sells The CATAMARAN™ SIJ Fusion System (“The CATAMARAN System”) to a limited number of surgeon advisors to develop the product for a commercial launch. Tenon is planning a limited of The CATAMARAN System in the fourth quarter of 2021 and a full commercial launch in the first quarter of 2022, which will address what we believe is a large market opportunity with a superior product. The CATAMARAN System includes instruments and implants designed to prepare and fixate the SI-Joint for fusion. The CATAMARAN System is distinct from other competitive offerings in the following ways:

 

· Posterior / Inferior Sacroiliac Fusion Approach (PiSIF™)

 

· Reduced Approach Morbidity

 

· Direct And Visualized Approach to the SI-Joint

 

· Single Implant “One and Done” Technique

 

· Insertion Trajectory Away from the Neural Foramen

 

· Autologous Bone Grafting in the Ilium, Sacrum and Bridge

 

· Radiographic Confirmation of Bridging Bone Fusion of the SI-Joint

 

The fixation device and its key features are shown below:

 

Key Features

”Pontoon” in the ilium

“Pontoon” in the sacrum

“Pontoons and Bridge” filled with autologous bone from drilling process

Leading edge osteotome creates defect and eases insertion

 

 

 

 

 

 

72 

 

 

The CATAMARAN System is a singular implant designed with several proprietary components which allow for the “One and Done” feature of the implant. With its patented dual pontoon open cell design which enables the surgeon to pack the pontoons with the patient’s own autologous bone promoting bone fusion across the joint, The CATAMARAN System is designed specially to resist vertical shear and rotation of the joint in which it was implanted, helping stabilize the joint in preparation for eventual fusion.

 

The instruments we have developed are proprietary to The CATAMARAN System and are designed for the procedure to be performed via the previously described PiSIF™ approach.

 

Tenon also has developed a proprietary 2D placement protocol as well as a protocol for 3D navigation utilizing the latest techniques in spine surgery. We believe these Tenon advancements will further ensure the safety of the procedure and encourage more surgeons to adopt the procedure.

 

The CATAMARAN System, as mentioned previously, is placed in the densest aspect of the SI-Joint as confirmed by the pre-op planning images below:

 

 

Surgical Plan Key:

Yellow: Guidewire

Purple: Lateral Pontoon (Ilium)

Green: Medial Pontoon (Sacrum)

 

 

Notes:

 

Upper Right Quadrant: The green and purple pontoons represent the placement in the dense bone inferior – contrasted with the gap superiorly where competitive systems are most often placed, often times resulting in revision surgery.

 

Lower Right Quadrant: The yellow and purple outlines represent The CATAMARAN System pontoons, illustrating the angle of insertion is away from the sacral neuro foramen providing for a much safter trajectory for device implantation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Procedure

 

The CATAMARAN System and its differentiated characteristics allow for an efficient and effective procedure that delivers short-term stabilization and long-term fusion that can be confirmed radiographically. Shown below is an illustration showing the unique placement of The CATAMARAN System inserted posterior / inferior and coming directly down to the joint

 

73 

 

 

 

  

The CATAMARAN System procedure is typically performed under general anaesthesia using a specially designed instrument set we provide to prepare for the posterior/inferior access to the SI-Joint. Specially designed imaging and navigation protocols ensure the surgeon has the proper Entry Point, Trajectory, Angle and Depth (ETAD™) so that the pontoons of The CATAMARAN System are placed for maximum fixation. The CATAMARAN System incorporates two pontoons and is designed so that when the system is impacted into the bone one pontoon is on the Illum side and the other is in the Sacrum side with the bridge spanning the joint, preventing shear and rotation of the joint. The device also features an open cell design where the patient’s own (autologous) bone is packed into the pontoons and the bridge to facilitate fusion across the joint. The leading edge of the bridge is designed to act as an osteotome, providing a self-created deficit upon insertion. These features create an ideal environment for bone ingrowth and fusion. Below is a fluoroscopic image of an implanted CATAMARAN Fixation Device spanning the SI Joint.

 

Tenon believes the surgical approach and implant design it has developed, along with the 2D and 3D protocols for proper implantation will be received well by the surgeon community who have been looking for a next generation device. Our initial clinical results indicate that The CATAMARAN System is promoting fusion across the joint as evidenced by post-op CT scans (the recognized gold standard widely accepted by the surgeon community).

 

Post-Op fluoroscopic image of
implant spanning the SI Joint
  6-Month CT-Scan showing clear
bridging bone fusion
     
     

 

A preliminary 20 case series (Michael Joseph Chaparro, MD, F.A.A.N.S., F.A.C.S.) has documented that The CATAMARAN System does in fact promote fusion across the SI-Joint, which many of our competitors have not been able to demonstrate. While products from our competitors use screws and triangular wedges to treat the SI-Joint, most do not effectively resist the vertical shear and twisting within the joint.

 

74 

 

 

An independent biomechanical study (Lisa Ferrara, Ph.D. OrthoKinetic Technologies, LLC now part of Element) demonstrated that a single CATAMARAN SIJ Fixation Device was superior to predicate device in the areas of Fixation Strength, Shear Stiffness, Dynamic Endurance and Pullout Strength. We hold issued patents on The CATAMARAN System and its unique features including the dual pontoons and the open cell structure for bone graft packing. We also hold an issued patent for the method of placing The CATAMARAN System into the SI-Joint where one pontoon is in the ilium and the other in the sacrum.

 

The CATAMARAN System’s unique design has already demonstrated radiographically confirmed fusion in initial patients. We believe that this beneficial advantage along with a simpler, safer and less painful procedure will make this the procedure of choice for most surgeons. As more surgeons are trained, Tenon intends to run head-to-head clinical trials against other devices to further document the unique attributes of The CATAMARAN System.

 

Coverage and Reimbursement

 

When a Tenon procedure utilizing The CATAMARAN System is performed, the healthcare facility, either a hospital (inpatient or outpatient clinic), and the surgeon submit claims for reimbursement to the patient’s insurer. Generally, the facility obtains a lump sum payment, or facility fee, for SI-Joint fusions. Our products are purchased by the facility, along with other supplies used in the procedure. The facility must also pay for its own fixed costs of operation, including certain operating room personnel involved in the procedure, ICD and other medical services care. If these costs exceed the facility reimbursement, the facility’s managers may discourage or restrict surgeons from performing the procedure in the facility or using certain technologies, such as The CATAMARAN System, to perform the procedure.

 

The Medicare 2021 national average hospital inpatient payment for SI-Joint Procedures ranges from approximately $25,000 to approximately $59,000 depending on the procedural approach and the presence of Complication and Comorbidity/Major Complication and Comorbidity.

 

The Medicare 2021 national average hospital outpatient clinic payment is $15,888. We believe that insurer payments to facilities are generally adequate for these facilities to offer The CATAMARAN System procedure.

 

Surgeons are reimbursed separately for their professional time and effort to perform a surgical procedure. Depending on the surgical approach, the incision size, type and extent of imaging guidance, indication for procedure, and the insurer, The CATAMARAN System procedure may be reported by the surgeon using any one of the applicable following CPT® codes 27279, 27280, 27299.   The Medicare 2021 national average payment for CPT® 27279 is $888 and $1,399 for 27280. CPT® 27299 has no national valuation. Clinicians, however, can present a crosswalk to another procedure believed to be fairly equivalent and/or comparison to a code for which there is an existing valuation.

 

For some governmental programs, such as Medicaid, coverage and reimbursement differ from state to state, and some state Medicaid programs may not pay an adequate amount for the procedures performed with our products, if any payment is made at all. Similar to Medicaid, many private payors’ coverage and payment may differ from one payer to another.

 

We believe that some surgeons view the current Medicare reimbursement amount as insufficient for current SI-Joint procedures, given the work effort involved with the procedure, including the time to diagnose the patient and obtain prior authorization from the patient’s health insurer when necessary. Many private payors require extensive documentation of a multi-step diagnosis before authorizing SI-Joint fusion for a patient. We believe that some private payors apply their own coverage policies and criteria inconsistently, and surgeons may experience difficulties in securing approval and coverage for sacroiliac fusion procedures. Additionally, many private payors limit coverage for open SI-Joint fusion to trauma, tumor or extensive spine fusion procedures involving multiple levels.

 

75 

 

 

We believe the unique design of The CATAMARAN System and the fact The CATAMARAN System may be placed both via an open procedure based on the surgeon’s determination of trauma induced SI-Joint pain or as a minimally invasive approach provides a unique and differentiated approach for the surgeon to determine the reimbursement code that best fits the clinical problem. We believe this is a significant advantage over competitive devices by providing the surgeon the clinical flexibility of offering the best clinical solution and approach for patients.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We will market and sell The CATAMARAN System primarily through an out-sourced national distribution network specializing in orthopaedics and spine sales. This exclusive distributor relationship with SpineSource® provides Tenon access to a large independent sales representative network comprising as many as 750 independent sales representatives that specialize in spine products. Our target customer base includes approximately 12,000 physicians who perform spine and/or pelvic surgical procedures.

 

SpineSource has over 30 years of experience distributing spine and orthopaedic products. Over that period of time, they have developed national contracts which speeds the ability to sell within large hospital networks. SpineSource has also developed close relationships with the independent sales representatives in their network. These relationships are important contact points within the United States as much of the sales of spine and orthopaedic products are sold through close surgeon to sales rep consultative relationships developed over many years. Our national distributor and network of independent sales representatives has extensive training and experience selling medical devices for spine problems and pain management, generally focusing on emerging technologies and markets.

 

In addition to general sales and marketing training, we provide our distribution organization with comprehensive, hands-on cadaveric and dry-lab training sessions focusing on the clinical benefits of The CATAMARAN System and the importance of using the 2D and 3D protocols we have developed. We believe many surgeons have already been trained using one of the alternative products but have not been satisfied with the approach and technology. This provides Tenon with an opportunity to demonstrate to an already-trained-surgeon the unique attributes of The CATAMARAN System.

 

Our business objective is to introduce the Next Generation Implant for Si-Joint Fixation. The past 10 years has seen an acceleration in recognition and discussion of the SI-Joint as a cause of pain that can be treated. However, adoption has been hindered by complexity of the procedure as evidenced by the significant number of reported Medical Device Records (MDR’s). The need for multiple implants and resulting post-op pain has also contributed to low adoption numbers. Our strategy is to provide a safer, faster, and better surgical experience and a significant pain reduction benefit for the patient. Our goals are simple but impactful and as such we plan on the following:

 

·

Educate and inform physicians and other healthcare providers, payors, and patients about the growing body of evidence supporting what we believe is the safety, durable clinical effectiveness, economic benefit, and reduction in opioid use associated with SI-Joint fixation and The CATAMARAN System procedure

·

Utilize the most effective means of training via video and in-person labs demonstrating the ease of use with 2D and 3D navigation. Since many physicians have already been trained but have not incorporated SI-Joint fixation into their practices we will work with these physicians to reengage and train them on the Next Generation of an SI-Joint implant which incorporates a safer and simpler approach

·

Utilize the best approaches of direct-to-consumer outreach to educate patients that there is a safe solution to help them improve their quality of life. Additionally, to reach the broadest physician and patient audience on case study results from around the United States we plan to implement an active social media campaign incorporating Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, etc.

·

Invest in our distributor network to ensure that all Tenon representatives have the latest in marketing and education tools to reduce the time from training to adoption

·

Remain true to our next generation product development strategy by continually bringing out new advancements in and around the SI-Joint and pelvic region.

 

76 

 

 

·

Continue to grow our existing intellectual property portfolio.

 

Regulatory Status

 

Tenon has received 510K clearance to market and sell the Catamaran System. The company plans to begin initial sales in late Q-4 2021 with a full domestic product launch beginning Q-1 2022.

 

Research & Development

 

Our initial development of The CATAMARAN System has incorporated several differentiating features which we believe will make an important contribution for many patients suffering from SI-Joint pain. To our knowledge no other competitive product incorporates these Next Generation features:

 

· Dual Pontoon implant that bridges the targeted joint;

 

· Open cell design designed for utilizing the patient’s own autologous bone for promotion of fusion;

 

· Bridge design between the dual pontoons for enhanced strength;

 

· Leading edge of the implant designed to function as an osteotome providing a self-creating defect feature not available with competitive systems;

 

· Single implant designed with varying pontoon sizes to ensure a robust fixation based on anatomy; and

 

· Additional smaller Catamaran designed for smaller anatomy and/or revision surgery.

 

The Tenon development plan is to expand The CATAMARAN System offering by introducing a series of progressively longer pontoons so that the surgeon has a full complement of sized implants to choose from depending on the patient’s anatomy. These product enhancements will enable the surgeon to optimize the size of each implant to ensure full fixation based on anatomy. Tenon believes based on literature searches of prior SI-Joint fixation technologies that there may be as much as 20% of the implants performed to date where the implant has loosened or been misplaced thereby requiring a revision surgery. Tenon believes that its ability to make The CATAMARAN System a specifically sized fixation device will benefit many patients requiring a revision surgery.

 

The CATAMARAN System shown below has been cleared by the FDA for commercialization. This patented titanium implant incorporates The CATAMARAN SIJ Fixation Device pontoon design and the open cell configuration which we believe, when filled with the patient’s autologous bone, promotes fusion. The 2 images below show a comparison of a competitive implant requiring 3 implants and The CATAMARAN System unique pontoon design showing the need of only 1 implant to cover the same amount of the SI-Joint.

 

     
     
The CATAMARAN™ SIJ Fusion
System Single Implant
 

SI Bone iFuse® Three Implants

 

 

77 

 

 

Our mission will be to continue developing enhancements to The CATAMARAN System to meet our customers’ changing needs and to improve the surgery’s effectiveness. This includes revision surgery options as well as options to complete long fusion constructs in the lumbar spine.

 

Coinciding with our commercial launch, Tenon will initiate some clinical marketing studies. Since we have FDA 510K clearance to market The CATAMARAN System our clinical trial activities are focused on capturing post-market safety and efficacy data. Preliminary plans for clinical study evaluations may include a longitudinal cohort study design with approximately 200 patients. Clinical study endpoints may include, but are not limited to; length of surgical procedure, blood loss, post-op pain, length of stay, duration of non-weight-bearing post-op, radiographic confirmation of fusion and surgical complication rates. Statistical analysis plans may be designed to demonstrate non-inferiority to historical control, as reported in published literature, which may be used for submission to peer reviewed articles / posters / presentations and the like.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Developing and maintaining a strong intellectual property position is an important element of our business. Currently we own all of our intellectual property though our subsidiary, Tenon Technology AG (“TTAG”). We maintain the intellectual property through a combination of patent protection, trademarks, and trade secrets. We have sought, and will continue to seek, patent protection for our technology, for improvements to our technology, as well as for any of our other technologies where we believe such protection will be advantageous.

 

As of September 30, 2021, we own one (1) issued U.S. utility patent, six (6) pending U.S. utility patent applications, three (3) issued foreign utility patents in Australia, Canada and Israel, and three (3) pending foreign utility patent applications in the European Community, Brazil and Japan. The patent claims in one (1) U.S. utility patent application have been allowed and the U.S. utility patent based thereon is scheduled to be issued on October 19, 2021.

 

Our utility patents and patent applications are directed to several different aspects of our sacroiliac (SI) joint stabilization technology and related patent platform. By way of example, our granted patents and pending patent applications cover various structural features of our unique CatamaranTM SI joint prosthesis and means for employing same to stabilize a dysfunctional SI joint.

 

The term of individual patents depends on the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term for a utility patent is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a nonprovisional patent application in the applicable country. Our issued U.S. and foreign utility patents are anticipated to naturally expire around 2031, and our U.S. pending utility patent applications, if issued into patents, are similarly anticipated to naturally expire around 2031, excluding any additional patent term adjustment(s) or extension(s), and assuming payment of all applicable maintenance or annuity fees. Once a patent expires, patent protection ends and an invention enters the public domain allowing anyone to commercially exploit the invention without infringing the patent.

 

We cannot guarantee that patents will be issued from any of our pending applications or that issued patents will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection for our technology. Notwithstanding the scope of the patent protection available to us, a competitor could develop methods or devices that are not covered by our patents or circumvent these patents. Furthermore, although, at present, we are unaware of any patent applications that may result in one or more issued patents that our existing products or technologies may be alleged to infringe, since U.S. and foreign applications can take many months to publish, there may be applications unknown to us that may result in one or more issued patents that our existing products or technologies may be alleged to infringe.

 

As of September 30, 2021, we also have priority rights in and to several significant trademarks that support our products and brand, including eight (8) U.S. trademark applications and four (4) foreign trademark applications in the European Community, Australia and Japan.

 

Regulation

 

Domestic Regulation of Our Products and Business. Our research, development and clinical programs, as well as our manufacturing and marketing operations, are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and other countries. Most notably, all of our products sold in the United States are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA governs the following activities that we perform or that are performed on our behalf, to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses:

 

·

product design, development, and manufacture;

 

·

product safety, testing, labeling, and storage;

 

· record keeping procedures;

 

·

product marketing, sales, distribution and export; and

 

·

post-marketing surveillance, complaint handling, medical device reporting, reporting of deaths, serious injuries or device malfunctions, and repair or recall of products.

 

There are numerous FDA regulatory requirements governing the clearance or approval and marketing of our products. These include:

 

·

product listing and establishment registration, which helps facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory action;

 

·

investigational device exemptions to conduct premarket clinical trials, which include extensive monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements;

 

·

QSR, which requires manufacturers, including contract manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

 

·

labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label use or indication;

 

78 

 

 

·

clearance of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices;

 

·

approval of product modifications that affect the safety or effectiveness of one of our approved devices;

 

·

medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers comply with FDA requirements to report if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction of the device or a similar device were to recur;

 

·

post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval study commitments;

 

·

post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device;

 

·

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask, or under certain conditions order, device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations;

 

·

regulations pertaining to voluntary recalls; and

 

·

notices of corrections or removals.

 

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We and our contract manufacturers are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. Tenon has a robust Supplier Qualification and Audit process as part of our quality system that ensures contract manufacturers, and their suppliers meet all requirements.

 

An FDA pre-approval inspection is not required for the The CATAMARAN System due to its lower device classification, class II versus the higher class III.  As is the case for most medical device firms, Tenon is subject to routine and “for cause” FDA inspections. Routine inspections are mandated by law every 2 years for class II and class III device manufacturers and make up the majority of FDA's inspections.  If a serious public health risk is identified during a routine inspection, the inspection may convert to a “for cause” inspection.  In the current environment, FDA has limited compliance resources and has not been able to perform routine inspections in accordance with the 2-year mandate.  Therefore, FDA uses a risk-based approach when deciding which firms should be selected for a routine inspection. Using the Establishment Registration and Device Listing databases, FDA identifies who manufactures and/or distributes which devices. The firms are then prioritized by risk, class III > class II > class I. Firms that have recently introduced a new device to the market also are given higher priority, as well as those that have had significant prior violations and complaints.  At present, Tenon has not been selected for an FDA inspection.  Tenon uses best practices to secure and maintain regulatory compliance by engaging with suppliers and contract manufacturing firms that are ISO 13485 (or equivalent) compliant and by periodically performing internal, external, and third-party inspections and audits of the facilities and systems to assess compliance.

 

FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either premarket notification, or 510(k), clearance or approval of a PMA from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose lower risks are placed in either Class I or II, which typically requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a premarket notification requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. This process is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Some low-risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life- supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in Class III, requiring a PMA. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the “de novo” process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. All of our currently marketed products are Class II devices, subject to 510(k) clearance.

 

79 

 

 

After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval. The determination as to whether or not a modification could significantly affect the device’s safety or effectiveness is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA guidance. Many minor modifications today are accomplished by a “letter to file” in which the manufacture documents the rationale for the change and why a new 510(k) is not required. However, the FDA may review such letters to file to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. The manufacturer may also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

 

Clinical Trials. Clinical trials are generally required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. Such trials for implanted devices such as the CATAMARAN™ SIJ Fixation Device generally require an investigational device exemption application, or IDE, approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects and study sites, unless the product is deemed a nonsignificant risk device eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials are subject to extensive monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements. Clinical trials must be conducted under the oversight of an institutional review board, or IRB, for the relevant clinical trial sites and must comply with FDA regulations, including but not limited to those relating to good clinical practices. To conduct a clinical trial, we also are required to obtain the subjects’ informed consent in form and substance that complies with both FDA requirements and state and federal privacy and human subject protection regulations. We, the FDA, or the institutional review board, or IRB, could suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not adequately demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain FDA clearance or approval to market the product in the United States.

 

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation. After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

Product listing and establishment registration, which helps facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory action;
QSR, which requires manufacturers, including contract manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;
labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label use or indication;
clearance of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices;
approval of product modifications that affect the safety or effectiveness of one of our approved devices;
post-approval restrictions or condition, including post-approval study commitments;
post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device;
the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can ask, or under certain conditions order, device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations;
regulations pertaining to voluntary recalls; and
notices of corrections or removals.

 

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of some of our subcontractors. Failure by us or by our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which may result in sanctions including, but not limited to:

 

80 

 

 

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

 

unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions

 

customer notifications for repair, replacement, refunds;

 

recall, detention or seizure of our products;

 

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products or modified products;

 

operating restrictions;

 

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted:

 

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or

 

criminal prosecution.

 

The FDA has not yet inspected our contract manufacturer’s manufacturing facilities.

 

Promotional Materials “Off-Label” Promotion. Advertising and promotion of medical devices, in addition to being regulated by the FDA, are also regulated by the Federal Trade Commission and by state regulatory and enforcement authorities. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an unapproved use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine, or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state, or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. In that event, our reputation could be damaged, and adoption of the products would be impaired.

 

In addition, under the federal Lanham Act and similar state laws, competitors, and others can initiate litigation relating to advertising claims.

 

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse

 

Federal and state governmental agencies and equivalent foreign authorities subject the healthcare industry to intense regulatory scrutiny, including heightened civil and criminal enforcement efforts. These laws constrain the sales, marketing and other promotional activities of medical device manufacturers by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements we may have with hospitals, physicians and other potential purchases of our products. Federal healthcare fraud and abuse laws apply to our business when a customer submits a claim for an item or service that is reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid, or other federally funded healthcare programs. Descriptions of some of the laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate follows.

 

81 

 

 

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, items or services for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, and the government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of, or a specific intent to violate, the law. The Anti-Kickback Statute is subject to evolving interpretations and has been applied by government enforcement officials to a number of common business arrangements in the medical device industry. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution; however, those exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and there is no exception or safe harbor for many common business activities. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute, but the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on the totality of the facts and circumstances. A number of states also have anti-kickback laws that establish similar prohibitions that may apply to items or services reimbursed by government programs, as well as by any third-party payors, including commercial payors.

 

The civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, knowingly presenting or causing the presentation of a false or fraudulent claim for payment of federal funds, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. A claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti- Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act. Actions under the False Claims Act may be brought by the government or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Qui tam actions are filed under seal and impose a mandatory duty on the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate such allegations. Most private citizen actions are declined by the Department of Justice or dismissed by federal courts. However, the investigation costs for a company can be significant and material even if the allegations are without merit. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting a false or fictitious or fraudulent claim to the federal government.

 

False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,181 to $22,363 per claim (adjusted annually for inflation). Because of the potential for large monetary exposure, healthcare companies often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant and sometimes material amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages and per claim penalties that may awarded in litigation proceedings. Moreover, to avoid the risk of exclusion from federal healthcare programs as a result of a False Claims Act settlement, companies may enter into corporate integrity agreements with the government, which may impose substantial costs on companies to ensure compliance.

 

In addition, HIPAA created federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, implemented by CMS as the Open Payments program, requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other “transfers of value” made to physicians and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members and payments or other “transfers of value” to such physician owners.

 

Certain states also mandate implementation of corporate compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices, and/or require tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation, and other remuneration to healthcare professionals and entities.

 

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other countries, such as the UK Bribery Act, generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials and/or other persons for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws.

 

Violations of these federal and state fraud abuse laws can subject us to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, including imprisonment, substantial fines, penalties, damages, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid.

 

82 

 

 

Data Privacy and Security Laws

 

HIPAA requires the notification of patients, and other compliance actions, in the event of a breach of unsecured PHI. If notification to patients of a breach is required, such notification must be provided without unreasonable delay and in no event later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach. In addition, if the PHI of 500 or more individuals is improperly used or disclosed, we could be required to report the improper use or disclosure to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, which would post the violation on its website, and to the media. Failure to comply with the HIPAA privacy and security standards can result in civil monetary penalties up to $55,910 per violation, not to exceed $1.68 million per calendar year for non-compliance of an identical provision, and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties with fines up to $250,000 per violation and/or imprisonment.

 

In addition, even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the FTCA, 15 U.S.C § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Medical data is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards. The FTC’s guidance for appropriately securing consumers’ personal information is similar to what is required by the HIPAA Security Rule.

 

We are subject to the supervision of local data protection authorities in those jurisdictions where we are established or otherwise subject to applicable law. We depend on a number of third parties in relation to our provision of our services, a number of which process personal data on our behalf. With each such provider we enter into contractual arrangements to ensure that they only process personal data according to our instructions, and that they have sufficient technical and organizational security measures in place. Where we transfer personal data outside the EEA, we do so in compliance with the relevant data export requirements. We take our data protection obligations seriously, as any improper disclosure, particularly with regard to our customers’ sensitive personal data, could negatively impact our business and/or our reputation.

 

Manufacturing and Supply

 

We do not manufacture any products or component parts and currently use five contract manufacturers to produce all of our instruments, implants and sterilization cases. The majority of our instruments have a secondary manufacturing supplier, and we continually work with additional manufacturers to establish secondary manufacturing suppliers. Our contract manufacturers source and purchase all raw materials used in the manufacture of The CATAMARAN System which includes mainly stainless steel and aluminum for our instruments and sterilization cases and titanium for our implants.

 

We do not currently have manufacturing agreements with any of our contract manufacturers and orders are controlled through purchase orders. The Company does not believe its relationship with any one contract manufacturer is material to its business.

 

We believe the manufacturing operations of our contract manufacturers, and those of the suppliers of our manufacturers, comply with regulations mandated by the FDA, as well as Medical Devices Directive regulations in the EEA. Manufacturing facilities that produce medical devices or component parts intended for distribution world-wide are subject to regulation and periodic planned and unannounced inspection by the FDA and other domestic and international regulatory agencies.

 

In the United States, the product we sell is required to be manufactured in compliance with the QSR, which covers the methods used in, and the facilities used for, the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labelling, quality assurance, packaging, storage, and shipping.

 

We are required to demonstrate continuing compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and will be subject to FDA inspections. Further, we and certain of our contract manufacturers are required to comply with all applicable regulations and current good manufacturing practices. As set forth above, these FDA regulations cover, among other things, the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labelling, packaging, sterilization, storage, and shipping of our products. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is monitored rigorously through periodic inspections. If we or our manufacturers fail to adhere to current good manufacturing practice requirements, this could delay production of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals, recalls, enforcement actions, including injunctive relief or consent decrees, or other consequences, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

83 

 

 

Product Liability and Insurance

 

The manufacture and sale of our products subjects us to the risk of financial exposure to product liability claims. Our products are used in situations in which there is a risk of serious injury or death. We carry insurance policies which we believe to be customary for similar companies in our industry. We cannot assure you that these policies will be sufficient to cover all or substantially all losses that we experience.

 

We endeavor to maintain executive and organization liability insurance in a form and with aggregate coverage limits that we believe are adequate for our business purposes.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

On September 2, 2021, Khalid Mentak, a former director and CEO of the Company filed an arbitration claim against the Company for approximately $3.3 million plus attorneys’ fees and other costs with the American Arbitration Association in the State of California for unpaid wages and other claims. The Company maintains that any such claim should be limited to $600,000 because the services provided by Mr. Mentak are pursuant to and governed by a Consulting Agreement (the “KM Consulting Agreement”) dated March 21, 2021 between the Company and Key Medical Technologies, Inc. (“Key Medical”), a company which Mentak served as CEO. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for further details about the KM Consulting Agreement. The arbitration proceeding was also initiated pursuant to the arbitration provision in the KM Consulting Agreement. Accordingly, as of the date of the claim, the Company has recorded a total of $600,000 in accrued expenses in its consolidated financial statements in respect of these services. An arbitrator has been appointed and the Company anticipates that a preliminary hearing to set a schedule will take place within the next 30 days. While the Company is unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of this matter, it believes the claim for additional compensation is without merit and intends to vigorously defend against it. The Company is currently unable to estimate the costs and timing of the arbitration, including any potential damages, if the other party were to prevail on its claim.

 

We may also from time to time be, party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. As our growth continues, we may become party to an increasing number of litigation matters and claims. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flow or financial position.

 

Employees

 

As of November 9, 2021, we have 8 employees, 5 senior consulting advisors of various specialty including product development, general administrative and accounting. As of November 9, 2021, our national distributor has a network composed of 750 independent sales representatives. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

Property

 

We lease and maintain our primary offices at 104 Cooper Court, Los Gatos, CA 95032. We do not currently own any real estate.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated on June 6, 2012, in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 104 Cooper Court, Los Gatos, CA 95032 and our telephone number is (408) 649-5760. Our website address is www.tenonmed.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following are our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and positions as of November 9, 2021.

 

Name     Age   Position
Steven M. Foster     54   Chief Executive Officer and President, Director
Richard Ginn     56   Chief Technology Officer and Director
Steve Van Dick     66   EVP, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer
Richard Ferrari     68   Executive Chairman of the Board
Frank Fischer1   80   Director nominee
Ivan Howard1   55   Director nominee
Robert K. Weigle1   62   Director nominee
Stephen H. Hochschuler, M.D1   78   Director nominee

  

 

1 Have been asked and have agreed to serve on our Board of Directors effective on the date our common stock is first listed on Nasdaq.

 

84 

 

 

Steven M. Foster is our Chief Executive Officer and President, and is also a director of the Company. Mr Foster has over 30 years of marketing, sales, operations and general management experience. From 2015 to present Mr. Foster has been a principal with CTB Advisors, LLC in Brentwood, Tennessee. CTB Advisors was founded as a single member limited liability company for the purpose of providing medical device organizations and physicians with consultative assistance on commercialization focused projects. Projects included: CRM based surgeon engagement program design, training and implementation for NuVasive (NUVA). Valuation assessment / business plan development of early-stage spine technology including IP assessment and regulatory pathway definition. M&A (SafeOp Surgical) integration project, Alphatech Spine (ATEC). Current Status: Exclusive to ATEC. From 2012 to 2014 Mr. Foster was Global Commercialization President of Safe Orthopaedics SAS, Paris, FR (based in Michigan): There Mr Foster worked on early-stage commercialization of a novel single-use / sterile / traceable surgical kit for lumbar spine fusion. His focus included pre-clinical design, surgeon advisor team development, early marketing, web design, convention presence and P&L preparation and management. Technology reached 200 global surgeries in first 12 months of commercialization. From 1992 to 2012 Mr. Foster was part of the Danek Group Inc., Sofamor Danek, Medtronic Spine organization where he held a variety of marketing, sales administration and general management roles, including as VP / GM of Medtronic Spine’s Western Europe operations from 2007-2010. Mr. Foster received a Bachelor of Science, Business Administration with a concentration in Marketing and Management from Central Michigan University in 1990.

 

Richard Ginn is a founder, the Chief Technology Officer and a director of the Company. Mr. Ginn’s focus is primarily on intellectual property and product development, he has travelled throughout the world to train physicians and participated in multiple FIH trials and is a named inventor on more than 300 patents for medical devices. Over the course of his career he has helped raise more than $100 million in venture capital and has provided an average 10x return to his investors. Mr. Ginn is the founder of TransAortic Medical, an embolic protection device company, and is its President, CEO and a director from 2013 to present. At TransAortic, Mr. Ginn Managed all corporate operations, raised capital to support company needs; managed acquisition of technology by strategic partner; managed all Intellectual Property; and set up European distribution for CE Marked device. Mr. Ginn is the founder of Promed, a large hole femoral closure device company and was the CEO, President and a director from 2012 to 2019. At Promed he managed all corporate operations; raised capital to support company needs; and managed all intellectual property.

 

Steven Van Dick is our Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Van Dick has been the Chief Financial Officer for the Company since June 1, 2021. Mr. Van Dick is a strategic financial and accounting executive with a record of transitioning early-stage companies to commercialization through astute financial management. Respected in the medical device startup community, he develops and leads comprehensive, world-class financial and accounting groups credited for propelling startup companies forward. Across his career Steve has played a key role on the Executive Leadership Teams that successfully completed three separate Initial Public Offering (IPOs) and three mergers/integrations. From 2016 to 2017 Mr. Van Dick was the Chief Financial Officer for Benvenue Medical Inc., a minimally invasive spine company in Santa Clara, California. At Benvenue, Mr. Van Dick was responsible for all accounting, finance and IT functions with his primary focus on developing a long-range financial model and reducing cash burn. From 2010 to 2016, Mr Van Dick was the Vice President, Finance Administration—Chief Financial Officer for Spiracur Inc., a disposable/portable negative pressure wound therapy company in Sunnyvale California. At Spiracur, Mr. Van Dick was responsible for all accounting, finance and IT functions. He managed growth of company from initial commercialization to $12 million annualized run rate, lead the conversion to fully integrated ERP system and developed controls to become Hipaa compliant. Mr Van Dick received a Bachelor of Science, Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from San Jose University in 1977 and an MBA from Santa Clara University in 1984.

 

Richard Ferrari is a founder, a director and Executive Chairman of the Company. Since 2000, Mr. Ferrari has been and currently is a Managing Director of Denovo Ventures a $650Mill venture firm specializing in Medical Devices and Biotechnology.  From January 2019 until April 2021 Mr. Ferrari was employed as CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors of PQ Bypass which culminated is a successful acquisition by Endologix. During the last five years Mr. Ferrari has been and currently is a board member (Executive Chairman) of Medlumics, S.L., a medical device company founded in 2011; a board member (Vice Chairman) of ABS Interventional; a board member (Executive Chairman) of Heart Beam Inc.; a board member of Biomodex Corporation; a board member of Retriever Medical Inc.; a board member of RMx Medical; a board member of Hawthorne Effect, Inc.; a board member and co-founder of TransAortic acquired by Medtronic; Executive Chairman of Sentreheart acquired by Atricure, a board member of Spinal Modualtion sold to St Jude and a board member of Hands of Hope. Mr. Ferrari has raised over $1billion for the companies he has been involved with and been a key member of the various boards M&A teams achieving over $2Bill in Acquisitions.  Mr. Ferrari continues to mentor and advise a number of CEO’s and start-up companies on strategy and building organizations dedicated to delivering excellence. Mr. Ferrari is the creator of Excellence by Choice a series of lectures and presentations to help early-stage companies perform at the highest level of execution. Mr. Ferrari received a Bachelor’s Degree in Education from Ashland University and a MBA from University of South Florida.

 

Frank Fischer has more than 40 years of senior management experience in the medical device industry. He co-founded NeuroPace in December 1997, led the company as its President and Chief Executive Officer from January 2000 through July 2019, served on its Board of Directors since inception and is currently Chairman of the Board. Prior to joining NeuroPace, Mr. Fischer was President and Chief Executive Officer of Heartport, Inc., a cardiac surgery company, from May 1998 until September 1999 and served on Heartport’s Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Fischer was President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Ventritex, Inc., a company that pioneered implantable cardiac defibrillators, from July 1987 until the sale of the company to St. Jude Medical, Inc. in 1997. Before joining Ventritex, he held various management positions at Cordis Corporation from 1977 to 1987 in the cardiac and neurosurgical device areas, serving most recently as President of the Implantable Products Division. Currently he is a member of the Board of Directors of Nevro, Inc., the Board of Trustees of both Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and Babson College as well as the Board of Directors of the Epilepsy Foundation of America. Mr. Fischer holds B.S.M.E. and M.S. in Management degrees from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

 

We believe that Mr. Fischer is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with his experience in leading medical device companies both as a senior executive and as a member of the board of directors.

 

Ivan Howard has been since 2019 and currently is a Vice President and Sr. Specialist in Alternative Investment Fiduciary Risk for Banco Santander, a multinational financial services company. From 2020 Mr. Howard has been and currently serves as Director on the Collier County Farm Bureau board of directors.  From 2016, Mr. Howard has been and currently serves as Chairman of the Hendry/Glades County Farm Service Agency. From 2020 Mr. Howard has been and currently serves on the U.S. Department of Agriculture Advisory Committee on Minority Farmers. From 2018 Mr. Howard has been and is currently a member of the University of Florida College of Biomedical Engineering External Advisory board.

 

We believe that Mr. Howard is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with his financial services and board membership experience.

 

Robert K. Weigle currently is and has been since October 2020, the CEO of Prime Genomics, a saliva-based diagnostics company utilizing Genomics. Mr Weigle is also currently an executive in residence with DigitalDX, a venture capital firm. Mr. Weigle was CEO and a director of Benvenue Medical from May 2009 until August 2020. Benvenue was a Silicon Valley based medical device company, which raised over $200 million in funding. At Benvenue Mr. Weigle led growth from pre-clinical to successful clinical trials to commercial launch of first generation devices in two distinct markets, one for the treatment of compression fractures in the spine and the second for the treatment of degenerative disc disease, resulting in a first full-year run rate exceeding $1 million per month. Mr. Weigle oversaw all early aspects of corporate strategy, including defining, communicating and executing the company’s overall business model; and represented Benvenue to the investment community. Mr. Weigle was also a senior executive at numerous healthcare/medical device companies, including TherOx, Inc, Cardiac Pathways, Baxter Healthcare and Cardima Corporation. Mr. Weigle also has relevant experience at Johnson & Johnson. Mr. Weigle holds a BA in Political Science from University of California, Berkeley.

 

We believe that Mr. Weigle is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with his experience in leading medical device companies both as a senior executive and as a member of the board of directors.

 

Stephen H. Hochschuler, M.D. is a world renowned orthopaedic spine surgeon. Dr. Hochschuler is the co-founder of the Texas Back Institute and founder of Back Systems, Inc., and founding Chairman of Innovative Spinal Technologies, Dr. Hochschuler has severed on numerous boards of directors and advisory boards for medical and scientific institutions. Dr. Hochschuler is a member of numerous national and international professional organizations including the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons; the American Pain Society; North American Spine Society; and the Southwest Chapter of the Society of International Business Fellows. Internationally, he is a member of the International Intradiscal Therapy Society; the International Society for Minimal Intervention in Spinal Surgery; the International Society for the Study of the Lumbar Spine; and is a founding board member of the Spinal Arthroplasty Society. He has also been a founding board member of The American Board of Spine Surgery and The American College of Spine Surgery. He is published in a wide range of professional journals, and has delivered numerous presentations worldwide. Dr. Hochschuler holds a BA from Columbia College and his medical degree from Harvard Medical School.

 

We believe that Dr. Hochschuler is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with his experience in as an orthopaedic spine surgeon and his service on boards of directors and advisory boards of medical and scientific institutions as a member of the board of directors.

 

85 

 

 

Board Composition

 

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of three (3) members, none of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

Directors serve until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified. Officers are appointed to serve for one year until the meeting of the Board following the annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified.

 

Director Independence

 

Prior to the closing of this initial public offering, our board of directors will be composed of a majority of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq. We use the definition of “independence” applied by Nasdaq to make this determination. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) provides that an “independent director” is a person other than an officer or employee of the company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the Company’s Board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The Nasdaq listing rules provide that a director cannot be considered independent if: 

 

the director is, or at any time during the past three (3) years was, an employee of the company;

 

the director or a family member of the director accepted any compensation from the company in excess of $120,000 during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months within the three (3) years preceding the independence determination (subject to certain exemptions, including, among other things, compensation for board or board committee service);

 

the director or a family member of the director is a partner in, controlling shareholder of, or an executive officer of an entity to which the company made, or from which the company received, payments in the current or any of the past three fiscal years that exceed 5% of the recipient’s consolidated gross revenue for that year or $200,000, whichever is greater (subject to certain exemptions);

 

the director or a family member of the director is employed as an executive officer of an entity where, at any time during the past three (3) years, any of the executive officers of the company served on the compensation committee of such other entity; or

 

the director or a family member of the director is a current partner of the Company’s outside auditor, or at any time during the past three (3) years was a partner or employee of the Company’s outside auditor, and who worked on the company’s audit.

 

Under such definitions, our Board has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on the information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment, and affiliations, our Board has determined that [●] are all independent directors of the Company. However, our common stock is not currently quoted or listed on any national exchange or interdealer quotation system with a requirement that a majority of our Board be independent and, therefore, the Company is not subject to any director independence requirements.

 

Board Committees

 

Upon the consummation of this Offering, the Company’s Board will establish three standing committees: Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance. Each of the committees will operate pursuant to its charter. The committee charters will be reviewed annually by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. If appropriate, and in consultation with the chairs of the other committees, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may propose revisions to the charters. The responsibilities of each committee are described in more detail below.

 

Nasdaq permits a phase-in period of up to one year for an issuer registering securities in an initial public offering to meet the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee independence requirements. Under the initial public offering phase-in period, only one member of each committee is required to satisfy the heightened independence requirements at the time our registration statement becomes effective, a majority of the members of each committee must satisfy the heightened independence requirements within 90 days following the effectiveness of our registration statement, and all members of each committee must satisfy the heightened independence requirements within one year from the effectiveness of our registration statement.

 

86 

 

 

Audit Committee. Upon the closing of this initial public offering, we will establish an audit committee consisting of at least three directors, all of which will be “independent” as defined by Nasdaq and include an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The audit committee’s duties will be specified in a charter and include, but not be limited to:

 

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our annual disclosure report;

 

discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

 

discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

 

monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

 

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

 

reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

 

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

 

appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

 

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

 

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

 

approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

 

 The audit committee will be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards. The Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

 

Compensation Committee. Upon the closing of this initial public offering, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of at least three directors, all of which will be “independent” as defined by Nasdaq. The compensation committee’s duties will be specified in a charter and will include, but not be limited to:

 

reviews, approves and determines, or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

87 

 

 

administers our equity compensation plans;

 

reviews and approves, or makes recommendations to our board of directors, regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and

 

establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Upon the closing of this initial public offering, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee consisting of at least two directors, all of which will be “independent” as defined by Nasdaq. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s duties will be specified in a charter and will include, but not be limited to:

 

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

evaluating director performance on our board of directors and applicable committees of our board of directors and determining whether continued service on our board of directors is appropriate

 

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors; and

 

corporate governance matters

 

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

 

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of our risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand our risk identification, risk management, and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, cybersecurity, strategic, and reputational risk.

 

Code of Ethics

 

Our Board plans to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics (“Code”) that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post on our website a current copy of the Code and all disclosures that are required by law in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To our knowledge, none of our current directors or executive officers has, during the past ten (10) years:

 

been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 

had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two (2) years prior to that time;

 

88 

 

 

been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

 

been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

 

been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

 

been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Our executive officers did not receive any compensation in fiscal years 2020 or 2019.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have executed the following employment agreements with our executive officers The material terms of each of those arrangements are summarized below. The summaries are not complete description of all provisions of the employment arrangements and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the written employment arrangements, each filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Foster Employment Agreement. Steven M. Foster, our Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of our Board of Directors, and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of June 1, 2021 (the “Foster Employment Agreement”). The Foster Employment Agreement provides Mr. Foster an annual base salary of $300,000, an annual bonus of up to $120,000 based upon achievement of mutually agreed upon milestones, options to purchase shares of our common stock in an amount sufficient to maintain Mr. Foster’s equity ownership at 4%, which are to be granted at the closing of this initial public offering or upon a change of control of the Company if such change of control occurs prior to the closing of this initial public offering and employee benefits that are generally given to our senior executives.

 

Under the Foster Employment Agreement, in the event that Mr. Foster’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as described in the Foster Employment Agreement) or by Mr. Foster for good reason (as described in the Foster Employment Agreement), Mr. Foster would be entitled to (1) severance equal to his base salary at termination, payable in instalments over the 12-month period following termination and (2) payments in respect of continuing health care coverage for up to twelve months following termination. In addition, upon a change in control of the Company, Mr. Foster would be entitled to (1) vesting of his options granted prior to the date of the Foster Employment Agreement and (2) a lump sum cash payment of one year of his base salary and bonus opportunity then in effect.

 

89 

 

 

If Mr. Foster is terminated for cause or because of death or disability or resigns without good reason, then all vesting of Mr. Foster’s equity awards and payments of compensation will immediately terminate and any severance benefits will be paid in accordance with established policies, if any, then in effect.

 

The Foster Employment Agreement contains restrictive covenants and other obligations relating to non-solicitation of our employees, non-disclosure of our proprietary information and assignment of inventions.

 

Ginn Employment Agreement. Richard Ginn, our founder, Chief Technology Officer and a director of the Company, and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of June 1, 2021 (the “Ginn Employment Agreement”). The Ginn Employment Agreement provides Mr. Ginn an annual base salary of $275,000, an annual bonus of up to 30% of base salary based upon achievement of mutually agreed upon milestones, a second bonus of up to $200,000 based on certain milestones determined by our board of directors and employee benefits that are generally given to our senior executives.

 

Under the Ginn Employment Agreement, in the event that Mr. Ginn’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as described in the Ginn Employment Agreement) or by Mr. Ginn for good reason (as described in the Foster Employment Agreement), Mr. Ginn would be entitled to (1) severance equal to his base salary at termination, payable in instalments over the 12-month period following termination and (2) payments in respect of continuing health care coverage for up to twelve months following termination. In addition, upon a change in control of the Company, Mr. Ginn would be entitled to (1) vesting of his options granted prior to the date of the Ginn Employment Agreement and (2) a lump sum cash payment of one year of his base salary and bonus opportunity.

 

If Mr. Ginn is terminated for cause or because of death or disability or resigns without good reason, then all vesting of Mr. Ginn’s equity awards and payments of compensation will immediately terminate and any severance benefits will be paid in accordance with established policies, if any, then in effect.

 

The Ginn Employment Agreement contains restrictive covenants and other obligations relating to non-solicitation of our employees, non-disclosure of our proprietary information and assignment of inventions.

 

Van Dick Employment Agreement. Steven Van Dick, our Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer, and the Company entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated as of June 1, 2021 (the “Van Dick Employment Agreement”). The Van Dick Employment Agreement provides Mr. Van Dick an annual base salary of $275,000, an annual bonus of up to 30% of base salary based upon achievement of mutually agreed upon milestones and employee benefits that are generally given to our senior executives.

 

Under the Van Dick Employment Agreement, in the event that Mr. Van Dick’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as described in the Van Dick Employment Agreement) or by Mr. Van Dick for good reason (as described in the Van Dick Employment Agreement), Mr. Van Dick would be entitled to (1) severance equal to his base salary at termination, payable in instalments over the 12-month period following termination and (2) payments in respect of continuing health care coverage for up to twelve months following termination. In addition, upon a change in control of the Company, Mr. Van Dick would be entitled to (1) vesting of his options granted prior to the date of the Van Dick Employment Agreement and (2) a lump sum cash payment of one year of his base salary and bonus opportunity.

 

If Mr. Van Dick is terminated for cause or because of death or disability or resigns without good reason, then all vesting of Mr. Van Dick’s equity awards and payments of compensation will immediately terminate and any severance benefits will be paid in accordance with established policies, if any, then in effect.

 

The Van Dick Employment Agreement contains restrictive covenants and other obligations relating to non-solicitation of our employees, non-disclosure of our proprietary information and assignment of inventions. 

 

The above summary description of the named executives’ employment agreement includes some of the general terms and provisions of those agreements. For a more detailed description of those employment agreements, you should refer to such agreements, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Stock Options

 

The Company granted Steven M. Foster an option to purchase 225,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share with a grant date of May 1, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a three-year period and adjustment in certain circumstances as provided therein (31,250 shares of which are vested). In addition, upon an initial public offering of the Company, the Company will provide a one-time option grant to maintain Steven M. Foster’s ownership position at 4% of the fully diluted outstanding equity.

 

The Company granted Richard Ginn (i) an option to purchase 113,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share with a grant date of May 1, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a three-year period commencing April 1, 2021(18,833 shares of which are vested) and (ii) an option to purchase 10,998 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.53 per share with a grant date of July 19, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a three-year period commencing July 19, 2021(917 shares of which are vested).

 

The Company granted Steven Van Dick (i) an option to purchase 113,000 shares of common stock at an exercise of $2.60 per share with a grant date of May 1, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a three-year period that commenced on November 1, 2020 (34,528 shares of which are vested) and (ii) an option to purchase 69,167 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.53 per share with a grant date of July 19, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a three-year period commencing July 19, 2021(5,764 shares of which are vested).

 

The Company granted Richard Ferrari an option to purchase 225,000 shares of common stock at an exercise of $2.60 per share with a grant date of May 1, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a three-year period that commenced on January 1 2021 (56,250 shares of which are vested) and (ii) an option to purchase 321,502 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.53 per share with a grant date of July 19, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a three-year period commencing July 19, 2021 (26,792 shares of which are vested).

 

The Company granted Stephen Hochschuler an option to purchase 17,071 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.31 per share with a grant date of November 15, 2016, all of which are vested.

 

The Company granted Frank Fischer an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share with a grant date of May 7, 2021, subject to monthly equal vesting over a two-year period that commenced immediately (3,125 shares of which are vested).

 

90 

 

 

Board Compensation

 

On May 7, 2021 the Company entered into a Consulting Agreement (the “Ferrari Consulting Agreement”) with Richard Ferrari, a founder of the Company and its Executive Chairman, pursuant to which Mr. Ferrari was to assume the role of Executive Chairman of the Company in exchange for compensation of $22,500 per month starting September 1, 2021 and $350,000 upon the closing of this initial public offering if the market capitalization of the Company exceeds $50 million at the time of the initial public offering or anytime thereafter.

 

None of the other board members receive compensation from the Company for their role as board members.

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information, as of November 9, 2021, with respect to the holdings of (1) each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of a class of Company voting stock, (2) each of our directors, (3) each executive officer, and (4) all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership of a class of voting stock is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes any shares of such class of the Company’s voting stock over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or of which a person has a right to acquire ownership at any time within 60 days of November 9, 2021. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of voting stock held by them. Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based on 1,979,907 shares of common stock, 2,550,763 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 491,222 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in each case, issued and outstanding on November 9, 2021 and [*] shares of common stock issued and outstanding after the offering assuming a common stock offering of [*] shares (excluding [*] shares which may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), plus, for each individual, any securities that individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of November 9, 2021.

 

To the best of our knowledge, except as otherwise indicated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by such person, except to the extent such power may be shared with a spouse. To our knowledge, none of the shares listed below are held under a voting trust or similar agreement, except as noted. To our knowledge, there is no arrangement, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

 

91 

 

 

Name and Address
of Beneficial Owner (1)
  Title   Title of Class(2)   Beneficially
owned
    Percent of Class
Before Offering
    Percent of Class
After Offering
 
Officers and Directors                                
                                 
Steven M. Foster   Chief Executive Officer and President   Common Stock     43,750 (3)     2.2 %*(3)     [* ](3)
                                 
Richard Ginn   Chief Technology Officer   Common Stock     1,109,499 (4)     55.3 %(4)     [* ](4)
                                 
Steven Van Dick   EVP, Finance and Admin and Chief Financial Officer   Common Stock     50,412 (5)     2.5 %(5)     [* ]%(5)
                                 
Richard Ferrari   Chairman of the Board   Common Stock     272,576 (6)     12.9 %(6)     [* ](6)
                                 
Frank Fischer   Director Nominee   Common Stock     4,375 (7)     *       *  
                                 
Ivan Howard   Director Nominee   Common Stock     159,173 (8)     7.9 %      
                                 
Robert K. Weigle   Director Nominee   Common Stock                  
                                 
Stephen H. Hochschuler, M.D   Director Nominee   Common Stock     75,815 (9)     3.78 %(9)     [* ]%(9)
        Series B Preferred Stock     8,944 (10)     1.8 %     [* ]%
                                 
Officers and Directors as a Group (total of 4 persons)                                
        Common Stock     1,615,600       70.3 %     [* ]%
        Series B Preferred Stock     8,944       1.8 %      
                                 
5% Stockholders of a Class of Voting Stock                                
Zuhlke Ventures AG       Common Stock     2,550,763 (11)     56.3 %(11)     [* ]%
        Series A Preferred Stock     2,550,763       100 %     [* ]%
                                 
Richard Ginn   Chief Technology Officer   Common Stock     1,109,499 (4)     55.3 %(4)     [* ]%(4)
                                 
TCTIG, LLC(12)       Common Stock     636,693 (13)     30.5 %(13)     [* ]%(13)
                                 
SpineSource, Inc.(14)       Common Stock     198,407       9.92 %     [* ]%(15)
                                 
Theodore Franklin        Series B Preferred Stock     89,445       18.2 %     [* ]%
                                 
Khalid Mentak        Common Stock     230,729 (16)     11.1 %(16)     [* ]%(16)
        Series B Preferred Stock     71,556       14.6 %     [* ]%
                                 
Marlin W. Hilliard Family Trust(17)        Series B Preferred Stock     89,446       18.2 %     [* ]%
                                 
WS Investment Company, LLC(18)        Series B Preferred Stock     26,883       5.5 %     [* ]%
                                 
K&A Investments Ltd.(19)        Series B Preferred Stock     64,401       13.1 %     [* ]%

 

92 

 

 

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of the named officers and directors and holders of 5% of a class of voting stock of the Company is c/o Tenon Medical, Inc., 104 Cooper Court, Los Gatos, CA 95032.

(2) Each share of our Preferred Stock entitles its holder to one vote per share in all matters submitted to the common stockholders for a vote.

(3) Consists of 43,750 shares of our common stock underlying stock options which that have vested and are exercisable within 60 days of November 9, 2021 and [*] shares of our common stock underlying a one-time option grant to maintain Steven M. Foster’s ownership position at 4% of the fully diluted outstanding equity.

(4) Includes 26,639 shares of our common stock underlying stock options that have vested and are exercisable within 60 days of November 9, 2021.

(5) Consists of 50,412 shares of our common stock underlying stock options that have vested and are exercisable within 60 days of November 9, 2021.

(6) Consists of 113,402 shares of our common stock underlying stock options that have vested and are exercisable within 60 days of November 9, 2021 and 159,174 shares of our common stock (27,339 shares of which are in the form of options) held by TCTIG, LLC and for which Richard Ferrari has voting control.

(7) Consists of 4,375 shares of our common stock underlying stock options that have vested and are exercisable within 60 days of November 9, 2021.

(8) Consists of 159,174 shares of our common stock (27,338 shares of which are in the form of options) held by TCTIG, LLC and for which Ivan Howard has voting control.

(9) Includes 17,071 shares of our common stock underlying options that have vested and are exercisable within 60 days of October 8, 2021; 8,944 shares of our common stock underlying 8,944 shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are convertible within 60 days of November 9, 2021 and [*] shares of our common stock underlying Notes that automatically convert at the closing of this initial public offering. The 8,944 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Notes are held by SHKH LLC, an entity for which Stephen H. Hochschuler has a controlling interest.

(10) Held by SHKH LLC, an entity for which Stephen H. Hochschuler has a controlling interest.

(11) Consists of 2,550,763 shares of our common stock underlying 2,550,763 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are convertible within 60 days of November 9, 2021.

(12) Richard Ferrari, Ivan Howard, Khalid Mentak and Geoff Dillion are the members of TCTIG, LLC and each have a 25% equity interest therein and each have control over how TCTIG, LLC will vote 25% of the shares of our common stock held by TCTIG, LLC.

(13) Includes 109,353 shares of our common stock underlying an option that is exercisable within 60 days of October 8, 2021.

(14) Tom Mitchell is the CEO, President and sole director of SpineSource and has control over the voting and disposition of the shares of our common stock held by SpineSource.

(15) Includes [*] shares that will be issued to SpineSource at the closing of this initial public offering.

(16) Includes 27,338 shares of our common stock underlying an option that is exercisable within 60 days of October 8, 2021; 71,556 shares of common stock that are underlying 71,556 shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are convertible within 60 days of November 9, 2021.

(17) Joe Marlin Hilliard III is the trustee of Marlin W. Hilliard Family Trust and has control over the voting and disposition of the shares of our common stock held by Marlin W. Hilliard Family Trust.

(18) James Terranova is the Managing Director of WS Investment Company, LLC and has control over the voting and disposition of the shares of our common stock held by WS Investment Company, LLC.

(19) Ken Smith and Andrea Smith are managers of K&A Investment Ltd. and each have control over the voting and disposition of the shares of our common stock held by K&A Investment Ltd.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

On May 7, 2021 the Company entered into the “Ferrari Consulting Agreement with Richard Ferrari, a founder of the Company and its Executive Chairman. See “Executive Compensation—Board Compensation for a summary description of the terms of the Ferrari Consulting Agreement.

 

On March 21, 2021 the Company entered into the KM Consulting Agreement, pursuant to which Key Medical was engaged to provide services in the areas of product development, commercial launch of The CATAMARAN System, fund raising and other mutually agreed to services in exchange for compensation of $300,000 upon the closing of a financing of at least $5 million; $300,000 if the financing is for less than $5 million but we achieve annual revenues of $3 million; or $600,000 if prior to a financing we were to be acquired. The KM Consulting Agreement terminated on June 1, 2021. Khalid Mentak, a former director of the Company (and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on the date of the KM Consulting Agreement) is the CEO of Key Medical. Mr. Mentak has filed for arbitration against the Company for claims under the KM Consulting Agreement. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

Khalid Mentak is also the holder of our Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note having a principal amount of $70,000 that was issued on April 30, 2021 and is due on April 30, 2022. The note bears interest at 8% per annum and is subject to automatic conversion upon the closing of this initial public offering at a conversion price equal to 70% of the offering price in this initial public offering. Mr. Mentak is also the holder of 71,556 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

On May 17, 2021, Steven, our Chief Executive Officer, purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $50,000. 

 

On May 17, 2021, the Van Dick Family Trust purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $80,000. Steve Van Dick our Chief Financial Officer is a Trustee of this Trust.

 

On May 17, 2021, Richard Ginn, our Chief Technology Officer, purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $100,000. 

 

On May 17, 2021, Richard Ferrari, our Executive Chairman of the Board, purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $300,000. 

 

On May 17, 2021, Frank Fischer, one of our director nominees, purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $600,000. 

 

On May 17, 2021, Theodore D. Franklin, who currently owns more than 5% of the company’s Series B Preferred Stock, purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $25,000. 

 

On June 24, 2021, Steven H. Hochschuler M.D., one of our director nominees, purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $50,000. 

 

On June 24, 2021, WS Investment Company, LLC, who currently owns more than 5% of the company’s Series B Preferred Stock, purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $125,000. 

 

93 

 

   

On October 31, 2020 the Company entered into a Consulting Agreement (the “Van Dick Consulting Agreement”) with Steven Van Dick, our Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to which Mr. Van Dick was to provide finance and accounting services, budget and financial services and any other mutually agreed upon services in exchange for compensation of $19,000 per month of which $5,000 has been paid each month and the remainder paid in May 2021.

 

On May 20, 2021, the Company entered into the SpineSource Sales Agreement, which became effective when the Company paid SpineSource $500,000 for prior services and issued the SpineSource Shares. Pursuant to the SpineSource Sales Agreement, the Company appointed SpineSource as its exclusive sales representative for marketing, sale, and support for The CATAMARANTM System in the United States and Puerto Rico in exchange for 60% of net sales invoiced by us from product sales that are completed in the United States and Puerto Rico. The SpineSource Sales has a five-year term and automatically renews for five-year periods unless written notice is provided by either party at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the term. Any extension beyond ten (10) years requires a written agreement. The Agreement may also be terminated by the Company if certain minimum sales targets are not achieved by SpineSource as set forth in the SpineSource Sales Agreement. Either party may terminate the SpineSource Sales Agreement for a material breach by the other party, the liquidation, insolvency or bankruptcy of the other party or if the other party ceases to actively engage in the business to which the SpineSource Sales Agreement relates. On June 24, 2021, the Tom and Susan Mitchell Revocable Trust purchased one of our convertible notes in the principal amount of $50,000.  Tom Mitchell, CEO of SpineSource, is a Trustee of this Trust. In connection with the issuance of the SpineSource Shares, the Company entered into the SpineSource Stock Purchase Agreement, which provides SpineSource with anti-dilution protection that maintains its ownership percentage of the Company, prior to the completion of this initial public offering, at no less than 3% on a fully diluted basis. As of November 9, 2021, the Company has issued 88,894 shares to SpineSource pursuant to the anti-dilution protection contained in the SpineSource Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

On October 28, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Zuhlke Ventures AG (“ZV”), the minority shareholder of Tenon Technology AG (“TTAG”), the Company’s Swiss subsidiary. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, ZV agreed to exchange 574,033 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by TTAG, representing all of its ownership interest in TTAG for Tenon Series A Preferred Stock , representing 24% ownership interest in the Company on a fully diluted basis, taking into account (i) all outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) shares issuable upon conversion or exchange of all of the Company’s securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock and the exercise of all outstanding options or warrants; and (iii) the shares of our common stock that are reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any Company equity incentive or similar plan. Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Company has issued ZV 2,550,763 shares of Tenon Series A Preferred Stock. ZV’s shares of Tenon Series A Preferred Stock are subject to anti-dilution protection that maintains ZVs 24% ownership interest in the Company, excluding any shares issued by the Company in an initial public offering or a qualified equity offering of at least $5,000,000 at a per share price of at least $3.3737. The anti-dilution protection terminates upon the earlier of (i) the closing of this initial public offering; (ii) the conversion of the Private Offering Notes; (iii) the repayment of the Private Offering Notes in the case of a change in control of the Company; or (iv) the liquidation of the Company. Also, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Company repaid the convertible note between TTAG and ZV in full in the amount of approximately $114,000, including accrued interest.

 

The above summary description of related part transactions includes some of the general terms and provisions of the agreements related to such transactions. For a more detailed description of those agreements, you should refer to such agreements which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

The following summary description sets forth some of the general terms and provisions of our capital stock. Because this is a summary description, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more detailed description of our capital stock, you should refer to the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), our charter and our bylaws as currently in effect. Copies of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our bylaws are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

General

 

The total number of shares of stock which the Company is authorized to issue is 13,784,965 shares of capital stock, consisting of 10,487,904 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 3,297,061 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:

 

Voting Rights. Each share of our common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted or consented upon by the stockholders. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors.

 

Election of Directors. The holders of our common stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of our Board of Directors.

 

94 

 

 

Dividend Rights. Subject to limitations under Delaware law and preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock that we may decide to issue in the future, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends or other distributions, if any, as may be declared by our Board out of funds legally available therefor.

 

Liquidation Rights. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our business, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock.

 

Other Matters. The holders of our common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges. Our common stock does not entitle its holders to preemptive rights. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

 

Preferred Stock

 

As of November 9, 2021, we have designated 2,805,839 shares of our preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock, of which 2,550,763 are outstanding and designated 491,222 shares of our preferred stock as Series B Preferred Stock (together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), of which 491,222 are issued and outstanding.

 

The holders of our Preferred Stock are entitled to the following rights:

 

Voting Rights. Each share of our Preferred Stock entitles its holder to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which one such share is convertible into. Currently each share of Preferred Stock is entitled to one (1) vote per share. The holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which our common stock shall be entitled to vote.

 

Dividend Rights. The holders of our Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, as and if declared by our board of directors prior to the payment of dividends on our common stock with equal priority with each other. Their right to receive dividends is not cumulative.

 

Liquidation Rights. Each share of Preferred Stock is entitled to a liquidation preference per share with equal priority equal to the sum of (i) the applicable Liquidation Preference plus (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share, or such lesser per share amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable. If upon liquidation the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive with regard to liquidation rights.

 

Voluntary Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock is any time at the option of the holder convertible into a number of shares of our common stock equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for the relevant series and such quotient for a series is referred to as the “Conversion Rate” for such series.

 

The “Original Issue Price” is $3.3737 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $2.795 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

The “Conversion Price” is $3.3737 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $2.795 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price for each series is subject to adjustment as described below

 

Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into a number of shares of our common stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate (i) immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering; provided that the initial public offering is at a price not less than $6.00 per share and the gross proceeds from the offering are not less than $25,000,000 or (ii) upon receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

95 

 

 

Adjustments to Conversion Price. Except for Exempt Additional Issuances, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be adjusted for any additional issuances of common stock below the current Conversion Price for such series by multiplying the Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is shall be the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such additional issuance plus the number of shares of common stock that could be purchased with the aggregate consideration received by the Company for such additional share at the Conversion Price and the denominator is the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the issuance of such additional shares. The Conversion Price for Preferred Stock is also adjusted for stock splits, combinations, stock dividends or reclassifications of either common stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable.

 

Exempt Additional Issuances mean the following issuances of:

 

(1) shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of our Preferred Stock

 

(2) up to 2,805,839 shares of Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(3) shares of our common stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase our common stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements, or such greater number as may be approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(4) shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of options or convertible securities outstanding as of October 1, 2012;

 

(5) shares of our common stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on preferred stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended;

 

(6) shares of our common stock issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into our common stock;

 

(7) shares of our common stock issued or issuable pursuant to an acquisition of another corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(8) shares of our common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(9) shares of our common stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors; and

 

(10) any other shares of our common stock issued or issuable, provided that holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, expressly designate such issuance as being an Exempt Additional Issuance.

 

Election of Directors. So long as any of the of Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of our Board of Directors. So long as any of the of Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of our Board of Directors.

 

96 

 

 

Other Matters. The holders of our Preferred Stock have no subscription or redemption privileges and are not subject to redemption. Our Preferred Stock do not entitle its holders to pre-emptive rights.

 

Additional Preferred Stock. Our charter authorizes our Board to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series without further authorization from stockholders. If at least 200,000 shares of preferred stock are issued and outstanding, an approval of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the preferred stock voting together as a single class is required in order to, among other things as stated in the charter, issue any new class or series of equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the preferred stock.

 

While we do not currently have any plans for the issuance of any additional preferred stock, the issuance of additional preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of the holders of common stock and, therefore, reduce the value of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of the common stock until the Board of Directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock; however, these effects may include:

 

Restricting dividends on the common stock;

 

Diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

Impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or

 

Delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders.

 

Notes

 

During 2021 we issued and amended a number of promissory notes which are described below.

 

On January 27, 2021 we issued a Promissory Note in the principal amount of $130,560.34 to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (the “WSGR Note”). The WSGR Note bears interest at 3% per annum and is due on the earlier of (x) July 27, 2021, (y) the closing of a debt or equity financing of at least $1,000,000 and (z) the closing of a change in control transaction. The interest rate on the WSGR Note increases to 5% per annum if all principal and interest is not paid when due. The WSGR Note was paid in full in May 2021.

 

On April 30, 2021 we issued the following convertible promissory notes: (i) $170,000 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc., which accrues interest at 8% per annum from April 30, 2021 and is due on December 31, 2021 (the “Phoenix Note 1”); (ii) $117,530 Amended and Restated 2015 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc. (the “Phoenix Note 2), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from January 1, 2016 and is due on April 30, 2022; (iii) $40,000 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc., which accrues interest at 8% per annum from April 30, 2021 and is due on December 31, 2021 (the “Phoenix Note 3”); and (iv) $70,000 Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note issued to Khalid Mentak (the “Mentak Note” and together with the Phoenix 1 Note, the Phoenix 2 Note and the Phoenix 3 Note, the “April 30 Notes”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from October 12, 2019 and is due on April 30, 2022. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the April 30 Notes and are not prepayable.

 

On May 3, 2021 we issued the following convertible promissory notes to Paul Orofino: (i) $200,000 Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note (the “Orofino Note 1”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from November 20, 2020 and is due on May 3, 2022; (ii) $50,000 Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “Orofino Note 2 and together with the Orofino Note 1, the “May 3 Notes”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from October 21, 2019 and is due on May 3, 2022. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the May 3 Notes. The May 3 Notes are prepayable.

 

On May 7, 2021 we issued the $68,359 Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note to Lince Consulting, LLC (the “Lince Note”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from June 12, 2019 and is due on May 7, 2022. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the Lince Note. The Lince Note is prepayable.

 

97 

 

 

During the period from May 17, 2021 to July 26, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate $12,177,328 of Convertible Promissory Notes to 125 investors (the “Private Offering Notes” and together with the April 30 Notes, the May 3 Notes and the Lince Note, the “Notes”), which accrues interest at 8% per annum from the date of issuance and are due one year from the date of issuance. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the Private Offering Notes. The Private Offering Notes are not prepayable without the consent of a majority of the holders.

 

Immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering, the Notes will automatically convert into of shares of our common stock as follows:

 

(i) each April 30 Note (other than the Phoenix 2 Note) and May 3 Note will convert into [*] and [*] shares of our common stock, respectively, in each case calculated by dividing the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, by 70% of the per share initial public offering price;

 

(ii) the Lince Note and the Phoenix 2 Note will convert into [*] and [*] shares of our common stock, respectively, in each case calculated by dividing the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on such Note by 80% of the per share initial public offering price;

 

(iii) the Private Offering Notes will convert into [*] shares of our common stock calculated by dividing (x) the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Private Offering Notes by (y) the lesser of (1) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) $22,500,000 by (B) the fully diluted capitalization of the Company and (2) 70% of the per share initial public offering price.

 

Warrants

 

On December 31, 2020, the Company issued to Exchange Listing, LLC warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price $2.60 per share. The warrant expires on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2025, (ii) the acquisition of the Company by another control group, or (iii) immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering. Upon the closing of this initial public offering, the warrant will automatically be exercised on a cashless basis to the extent such net issue exercise would result in issuance of shares. Pursuant to the consulting agreement between the Company and Exchange Listing, LLC, Exchange Listing, LLC has registration rights with respect to the shares underlying the warrants.

 

Options 

 

In 2012 our board of directors and shareholders approved our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). There are currently 1,598,531 shares reserved for issuance under the Plan. The following options were issued under the Plan:

 

On June 19, 2014 we granted three separate non-statutory options to purchase a total of 121,870 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $0.31 per share. The options are fully vested and expire on June 19, 2024.

 

On November 15, 2016 we granted a non-statutory option to purchase 17,071 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $0.31 per share. The option is fully vested and expires on November 15, 2026.

 

On September 8, 2019 we granted a non-statutory option to purchase 43,038 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $0.31 per share. The option vests monthly over a four-year period and expires on September 8, 2029.

 

On May 1, 2021 we granted non-statutory options to 6 individuals to purchase in aggregate 749,000 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. All of the options are subject to three-year monthly vesting and expire on May 1, 2031.

 

On May 7, 2021 we granted non-statutory options to two individuals to purchase in aggregate 25,000 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. One option for 10,000 shares is subject to three-year vesting and the other option for 25,000 shares is subject to two-year vesting and both expire on May 7, 2031.

 

On July 8, 2021 we granted a non-statutory option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. The option vests monthly over a two-year period and expires on July 8, 2031.

 

98 

 

 

On July 19, 2021 we granted non-statutory options to 2 individuals to purchase 339,044 shares of our common stock and we granted incentive stock options to 2 individuals for 80,165 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. The options are subject to three-year monthly vesting and expire on July 19, 2031.

 

On August 10, 2021 we granted non-statutory options to 2 individuals to purchase 27,000 shares of our common stock and we granted incentive stock options to 2 individuals for 15,000 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. Three of these options vest 33% on the first anniversary with the balance of the shares vesting monthly over the next two years and one option is subject to two-year monthly vesting and all options expire on August 10, 2031. We also granted 123,500 of restricted shares of common stock to 3 individuals under the Plan, which vested immediately.

 

On October 8, 2021 we granted non-statutory options to 3 individuals to purchase 24,000 shares of our common stock and we granted incentive stock options to 3 individuals for 20,000 shares of our common stock under the Plan at an exercise price of $3.75 per share. Three of these options vest 33% on the first anniversary with the balance of the shares vesting monthly over the next two years and the remaining options are subject to two-year monthly vesting and all options expire on October 8, 2031.

 

Upon the closing of this initial public offering, the Company will provide a one-time option grant to Steven M. Foster to maintain his ownership position at 4% of the fully diluted equity.

 

From time to time, we expect to continue to issue options under the Plan to various consultants, employees, officers and directors of the Company.

 

Exclusive Forum  

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors or officers, which may discourage lawsuits against us or our directors or officers. Our Certificate of Incorporation also provides that this choice of forum provision does not apply to claims arising under federal securities laws.

 

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

 

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. This statute prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with:

 

  a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”);

 

  an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or

 

  an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder.

 

A “business combination” includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if:

 

  our board of directors approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction; or

 

  after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be VStock Transfer LLC.

 

99 

 

 

Listing

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “_______” which listing is a condition to this offering.

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

There is not currently an established U.S. trading market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

 

Upon completion of the sale of [*] shares of common stock pursuant to this offering, we will have [*] shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full, we will have [*] shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration or qualification under the Securities Act.

 

All previously issued shares of common stock that were not offered and sold in this offering, as well as shares subject to employee stock options, are or will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if such public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least ninety (90) days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the ninety (90) days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

 

1% of the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our officers and directors have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for this offering without the prior written consent of the representative (as defined herein).

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom The Benchmark Company, LLC is acting as the representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriter   Number of
Shares
     
               
The Benchmark Company, LLC     [*]          
                 
Totals:     [*]          

 

100 

 

 

Under the terms of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are committed to purchase, severally and not jointly, all of the shares offered by this prospectus (other than the shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), if the underwriters buy any of such shares. The underwriters’ obligation to purchase the shares is subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, including:

 

  receipt and acceptance of our shares of common stock by the underwriters; and

 

  the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters intend to make a market in our shares of common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

 

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to [*] additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table that bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

Discounts and Commissions and Expenses

 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriters may offer some of the shares to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of up to $[*] per share. The underwriters may offer the shares through one or more of their affiliates or selling agents. If all the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

 

The underwriting discount is equal to the public offering price per share, less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share. The underwriting discount was determined through an arms’ length negotiation between us and the underwriters. We have agreed to sell the shares of our common stock to the underwriters at the offering price of $[●] per share, which represents the public offering price of our shares set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less a 7.0% underwriting discount

 

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option. The underwriting discounts are equal to the public offering price per share less the amount per share the underwriters pay us for the shares.

 

101 

 

 

   

Per Share of

Common Stock

    Total without Over-allotment Option     Total with
Over-allotment Option
 
Public offering price   $       $ [*]     $ [*]  
Underwriting discounts   $       $ [*]     $ [*]  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $       $ [*]     $ [*]  

  

We have agreed to pay the representative a non-accountable expense allowance of 1.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering. We estimate that the total expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and the 1.0% non-accountable expense allowances, will be approximately $[*], all of which are payable by us. This figure includes expense reimbursements we have agreed to pay the representative for reimbursement of its expenses related to the offering up to a maximum aggregate expense allowance of $132,500, for which we have paid a $25,000 advance, which will be returned to us to the extent not offset by actual expenses in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

 

Underwriters’ Warrants

 

As additional compensation to the underwriters, upon consummation of this offering, we will issue to the underwriters or their designees warrants to purchase an aggregate number of shares of our common stock equal to 3% of the number of shares of common stock issued in this offering, at an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the initial public offering price (the “Underwriters’ Warrants”). The Underwriters’ Warrants and the underlying shares of common stock shall not be sold during the offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement date of sales in this offering in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). The Underwriters’ Warrants will be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing 180 days from the commencement date of sales in this offering and will expire on the fifth anniversary of the commencement date of sales in this offering in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A).

 

Tail Financing

 

If, during the period that is six months following the closing of this initial public offering, we consummate a financing with investors with whom we have had a conference call or a meeting arranged by the representative the period in which we engaged the representative, we will pay the representative a fee equal 7% of the proceeds of such financing.

 

Right of First Refusal

 

We have granted to the representative the right to act as lead or joint-lead investment banker, lead or joint book-runner and/or lead or joint placement agent, for any of our future public and private equity and debt offerings, including all equity linked financings, during the six month period following the completion of this initial public offering.

 

Determination of Offering Price

 

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Accordingly, the public offering price will be negotiated between us and the Representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations are:

 

  the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;
  the prospects for our Company and the industry in which we operate;
  An assessment of our management;
  our past and present financial and operating performance;
  our prospects for future earnings;
  financial and operating information and market valuations of publicly traded companies engaged in activities similar to ours;
  the prevailing conditions of United States securities markets at the time of this offering; and
  other factors deemed relevant.

 

102 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Each of our officers, directors, affiliates and holders of more than 5% of our voting stock have agreed, for a period of six months after the closing of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of the representative.

 

The representative may in its sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the representative will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

 

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have also agreed, for a period of six months from the closing date of the offering, that we will not, subject to specified exempt issuances, offer, pledge, issue, sell, contract to sell, purchase, contract to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on a website maintained by the representative and may also be made available on a website maintained by other underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the Representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In connection with the offering, the underwriters or syndicate members may distribute prospectuses electronically. No forms of electronic prospectus other than prospectuses that are printable as Adobe® PDF will be used in connection with this offering.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of shares offered by this prospectus to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for its own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares of common stock that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares of common stock involved is greater than the number of shares of common stock in the over-allotment option. To close out a short position, the underwriters may elect to exercise all or part of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also elect to stabilize the price of our common stock or reduce any short position by bidding for, and purchasing, common stock in the open market.

 

103 

 

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing a security in this offering because the underwriter repurchases that security in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

 

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members, if any, or their affiliates may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock immediately prior to the commencement of sales in this offering, in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Rule 103 generally provides that:

 

a passive market maker may not effect transactions or display bids for our common stock in excess of the highest independent bid price by persons who are not passive market makers:

 

  net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are generally limited to 30% of the passive market maker’s average daily trading volume in our common stock during a specified two-month prior period or 200 shares, whichever is greater, and must be discontinued when that limit is reached; and
  passive market making bids must be identified as such.

 

Certain Relationships

 

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided and may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have or may in the future receive customary fees, however, except for the right of first refusal and the tail financing disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any of the underwriters for any further services.

 

Offer Restrictions Outside the United States

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

Listing

 

We have applied for approval of our common stock for listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “________.” Trading of our common stock on Nasdaq is expected to begin following this prospectus being declared effective by the SEC.

 

104 

 

 

EXPERTS

 

Armanino LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. We have included our consolidated financial statements with their report in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on the report of Armanino LLP, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the securities being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP, New York, New York. Schiff Hardin LLP, Washington, DC, is acting as counsel for the representative of the underwriters with respect to the offering.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, are required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.tenonmed.com. You may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

105 

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Contents

 

  Page
Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements  
Consolidated Balance Sheets F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss F-4
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholder’s Deficit F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 - F-21
   

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 (Unaudited):

 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets F-22
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss F-23
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit F-24
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-25
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements F-26 to F-42

 

F-1

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Tenon Medical Inc.

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tenon Medical Inc. and Subsidiary (collectively the "Company") as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements).

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the related results of its operations and cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Emphasis of Matter

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

  /s/ ArmaninoLLP
  San Jose, California
August 30, 2021  

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.

 

F-2

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Assets                
Current Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 245,635     $ 151,968  
Accounts receivable     14,474       53,768  
Inventory     43,288       61,545  
Prepaid expenses           1,172  
Total current assets     303,397       268,453  
Deferred offering costs     87,504        
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 390,901     $ 268,453  
                 
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Deficit                
Current Liabilities                
Accounts payable   $ 589,191     $ 447,520  
Accrued expenses     663,657       507,194  
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest - current     241,397       734,413  
Total current liabilities     1,494,245       1,689,127  
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest - net of current portion     256,751       122,164  
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest due to related parties     76,827       71,227  
Total Liabilities     1,827,823       1,882,518  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6 and 10)                
Convertible Preferred Stock                
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,437,628 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding            
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 661,897 shares authorized; 491,222 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,372,953     1,271,715       1,271,715  
Stockholders’ Deficit                
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 3,937,550 shares authorized; 1,660,000 shares issued and outstanding     1,660       1,660  
Additional paid-in capital     125,437       51,284  
Accumulated deficit     (4,486,171 )     (3,900,993 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     (56,571 )     (32,409 )
Total Tenon Medical, Inc. stockholders' deficit     (4,415,645 )     (3,880,458 )
Total non-controlling interest     1,707,008       994,678  
Total stockholders’ deficit     (2,708,637 )     (2,885,780 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT   $ 390,901     $ 268,453  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Revenue   $ 43,820     $ 53,640  
Cost of sales     18,257       18,257  
Gross Profit     25,563       35,383  
                 
Operating Expenses                
Research and development expenses     220,884       371,545  
Sales and marketing expenses     29,301       25,618  
General and administrative expenses     311,667       171,662  
Total Operating Expenses     561,852       568,825  
                 
Loss from Operations     (536,289 )     (533,442 )
                 
Other Income (Expense)                
Interest expense     (167,846 )     (52,358 )
Other expense     (1,230 )     (28 )
Total Other Expense     (169,076 )     (52,386 )
Net Loss     (705,365 )     (585,828 )
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (120,187 )     (76,248 )
Net Loss Attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc.   $ (585,178 )   $ (509,580 )
Net Loss Attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc. Per Share of Common Stock                
Basic and diluted   $ (0.35 )   $ (0.31 )
                 
Weighted-Average Shares of Common Stock Outstanding                
Basic and diluted     1,660,000       1,660,000  
                 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss:                
Net loss   $ (705,365 )   $ (585,828 )
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment     (42,958 )     (10,300 )
Total Comprehensive Loss     (748,323 )     (596,128 )
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (138,983 )     (80,286 )
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc.   $ (609,340 )   $ (515,842 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

 

    Series B Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
 Paid-In
    Accumulated     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
    Non-Controlling        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income     Interest     Total  
Balance at January 1, 2019     491,222     $ 1,271,715       1,660,000     $ 1,660     $ 20,714     $ (3,391,413 )   $ (26,147 )   $ 1,074,964     $ (2,320,222 )
Stock-based compensation expense                             30,570                         30,570  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                         (6,262 )     (4,038 )     (10,300 )
Net loss                                   (509,580 )           (76,248 )     (585,828 )
Balance at December 31, 2019     491,222     $ 1,271,715       1,660,000     $ 1,660     $ 51,284     $ (3,900,993 )   $ (32,409 )   $ 994,678     $ (2,885,780 )
Conversion of notes payable to Series A preferred stock of subsidiary, net of issuance costs of $21,820                                               763,075       763,075  
Beneficial conversion feature on conversion of notes payable to Series A preferred stock of subsidiary                                               88,238       88,238  
Warrants issued in connection with consulting agreement                             57,504                         57,504  
Stock-based compensation expense                             16,649                         16,649  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                         (24,162 )     (18,796 )     (42,958 )
Net loss                                   (585,178 )           (120,187 )     (705,365 )
Balance at December 31, 2020     491,222     $ 1,271,715       1,660,000     $ 1,660     $ 125,437     $ (4,486,171 )   $ (56,571 )   $ 1,707,008     $ (2,708,637 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  

F-5

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                
Net loss   $ (705,365 )   $ (585,828 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Non-cash interest expense     167,780       51,491  
Stock-based compensation expense     16,649       30,570  
Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:                
Accounts receivable     39,358       (53,387 )
Inventories     18,257       (61,545 )
Prepaid expenses     1,209       (771 )
Accounts payable     141,285       271,344  
Accrued expenses     153,464       124,162  
Due to related party           (11,239 )
Net cash used in operating activities     (167,363 )     (235,203 )
                 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable     306,620       251,309  
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable due to related parties           70,000  
Deferred offering costs     (30,000 )      
Stock issuance costs on conversion of notes payable to subsidiary preferred stock     (21,820 )      
Net cash provided by financing activities     254,800       321,309  
                 
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash flow     6,230       1,373  
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents     93,667       87,479  
                 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period     151,968       64,489  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period   $ 245,635     $ 151,968  
                 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information                
Cash paid during the year for:        
Interest   $ 66     $ 867  
Income taxes   $ 2,033     $ 1,695  
                 
Non-cash investment and financing activities:                
Subsidiary preferred stock issued upon conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest   $ 784,895     $  
Beneficial conversion feature on conversion of notes payable to subsidiary preferred stock   $ 88,238     $  
Warrants issued for deferred offering costs   $ 57,504     $  
Conversion of accrued interest to convertible note payable   $     $ 14,912  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

1.  Organization and Business

 

Nature of operations

 

Tenon Medical, Inc. (“the Company”), was incorporated in the state of Delaware on June 19, 2012 and was headquartered in San Ramon, California until June 2021 when it relocated to Los Gatos, California. The Company is a medical device company that has developed a novel posterior approach to sacroiliac joint fusion for treatment of the most common types of sacroiliac joint disorders that cause lower back pain. The Company received FDA clearance in 2018 for its primary product, The CATAMARANTM System. The Company is in the early stages of its commercial launch with its primary focus being on the US market.

 

Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiary, Tenon Technology AG (“TTAG”), a Swiss company. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The subsidiary is consolidated from the date of formation (October 3, 2012), being the date on which the Company has power to govern the financial and operating policies of TTAG so as to obtain benefits from its activities, and will continue to be consolidated until the date such control ceases. The financial statements of the subsidiary are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent, using consistent accounting policies in all material respects. Ownership interests in TTAG held by parties other than the Company are presented separately from the Company’s stockholders’ deficit on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of consolidated net loss attributable to the Company and the non-controlling interests are both presented on the face of the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Principles

 

Basis of presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as promulgated in the United States of America.

 

Going concern uncertainty and liquidity requirements

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. There is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Since inception, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. Management expects to incur additional operating losses and negative cash flows from operations in the foreseeable future as the Company continues its product development programs and starts the commercial launch of The CATAMARAN System. Based on the Company’s current level of expenditures and the proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt during May through July 2021, the Company believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 will not provide sufficient funds to enable it to meet its obligations through June 2022.

 

F-7

 

 

The Company plans to raise additional capital by selling shares of capital stock or other equity or debt securities. However, except for the completed convertible promissory note offering described in Note 10, there are no commitments or arrangements for future financings in place at this time, and the Company can give no assurance that such capital will be available on favorable terms or at all. The Company may need additional financing thereafter until it can achieve profitability. Although the Company is actively pursuing an initial public offering (“IPO”) and other possible financing opportunities, it may not be able to raise cash on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining additional funding. Financings, if available, may be on terms that are dilutive to shareholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase the Company’s securities may be lower than the current price of ordinary shares. The holders of new securities may also receive rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to those of existing holders of ordinary shares. If additional financing is not available or is not available on acceptable terms, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate its future commercialization efforts and product development programs, which could adversely affect its future business prospects and its ability to continue as a going concern. 

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates made by management include, but are not limited to, , realization of deferred tax assets, accrued liabilities, obsolescence of inventory, stock-based compensation and the fair value of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock.

 

Impact of COVID-19

 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak to be a pandemic. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s financial results were not significantly affected by the COVID-19 outbreak. The Company has considered all information available as of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements and the Company is not aware of any specific events or circumstances that would require an update to its estimates or judgments, or a revision to the carrying value of its assets or liabilities. These estimates may change as new events occur and additional information becomes available. The extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak affects the Company’s future financial results and operations will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the outbreak, and current or future domestic and international actions to contain and treat it.

 

Segments

 

The Company operates in one business segment. Although the Company’s Swiss subsidiary is located in a different geographical area, management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

 

Accounts receivable are derived from products delivered to customers and are stated at their net realizable value. The Company records an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts in an amount approximating anticipated losses. Individual uncollectible accounts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual accounts appears doubtful. In determining the amount of the allowance, the Company considers its historical level of credit losses. The Company also makes judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations, and the Company assesses current economic trends that might impact the level of credit losses in the future. The Company’s allowances have generally been adequate to cover its actual credit losses. However, since the Company cannot reliably predict future changes in the financial stability of its customers, it cannot guarantee that its allowances will continue to be adequate. If actual credit losses are significantly greater than the allowance, the Company would increase its general and administrative expenses and increase its reported net losses. Conversely, if actual credit losses are significantly less than the Company's reserve, this would eventually decrease the Company’s general and administrative expenses and decrease its reported net losses. Allowances are recorded primarily on a specific identification basis. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.

 

F-8

 

 

Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company establishes the inventory basis by determining the cost based on standard costs approximating the purchase costs on a first-in, first-out basis. The excess and obsolete inventory is estimated based on future demand and market conditions. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of goods sold.

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, inventory consisted entirely of finished goods.

 

Deferred offering costs

 

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, banking and accounting fees relating to the Company’s planned IPO, are capitalized, and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event an anticipated offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Equipment, computers, software, and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over periods ranging from three to seven years, and leasehold improvements over the shorter period of the lease or the life of the asset. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. Deductions are made for retirements resulting from renewals or betterments. The balance of property and equipment was $0 at both December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Long-lived assets

 

The Company regularly reviews the carrying value and estimated lives of all of its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, to determine whether indicators of impairment may exist that warrant adjustments to carrying values or estimated useful lives. The determinants used for this evaluation include management’s estimate of the asset’s ability to generate positive income from operations and positive cash flow in future periods as well as the strategic significance of the assets to the Company’s business objectives.

 

Fair value measurements

 

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement, fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.

 

Observable inputs are those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

F-9

 

 

The fair value hierarchy is categorized into three levels based on the inputs as follows:

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date.

 

Level 2 – Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. The nature of these financial instruments include cash instruments for which quoted prices are available but are traded less frequently, derivative instruments whose fair values have been derived using a model where inputs to the model are directly observable in the market and instruments that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed.

 

Level 3 – Instruments that have little to no pricing observability as of the measurement date. These financial instruments are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

 

The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for assets categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

The Company records convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. Convertible preferred stock is recorded as temporary stockholders’ equity.

 

Income taxes

 

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 income taxes are recorded in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. Under this method, the Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Based on the available evidence, the Company is unable, at this time, to support the determination that it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will be utilized in the future. Accordingly, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company intends to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support its reversal.

 

Current income taxes are based upon the year's income taxable for federal, state and foreign tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are provided for certain income and expenses, which are recognized in different periods for tax and financial reporting purposes.

 

The Company's policy is not to record deferred income taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of its products to medical groups and hospitals through its independent sales representative and national distributor in Florida and Texas.

 

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"), which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2019, revenue is recognized when control is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services. The Company had no contracts with customers prior to the date of adoption. Under ASC 606, the Company applies the following five step approach: (1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when a performance obligation is satisfied.

 

F-10

 

 

The Company generates its revenue from the sale of products through an independent sales representative and national distributor to certain hospital or medical facilities where the products are delivered in advance of a procedure. The performance obligation is the delivery of the products along with the completion of the surgery and therefore, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the customers and completion of the surgery, net of rebates and price discounts. The Company accounts for rebates and price discounts as a reduction to revenue, calculated based on the terms agreed to with the customer. Historically, there has been no significant rebates or price discounts. Sales prices are specified in either the customer contract, agreed price list, or purchase order, which is executed prior to the transfer of control to the customer. As of April 2020, the Company has an agreement in place with a national distributor, which includes standard terms that do not allow for payment contingent on resale of the product, obtaining financing, or other terms that could impact the distributor’s payment obligation. From April 2020 through May 20, 2021, the distributor billed and collected from the enduser customer, was required to pay the Company on the 5th day of the calendar month after the customer paid the distributor, and the Company recognized revenue based on the net amount received from the distributor. Prior to April 2020 and subsequent to May 20, 2021, the Company billed and collected directly from the enduser customers and recognized revenue based on the gross sales price. For direct sales to enduser customers, the Company's standard payment terms are generally net 30 days.

 

The Company offers its standard warranty to all customers. The Company does not sell any warranties on a standalone basis. The Company’s warranty provides that its products are free of material defects and conform to specifications, and includes an offer to replace or refund the purchase price of defective products. This assurance does not constitute a service and is not considered a separate performance obligation. The Company estimates warranty liabilities at the time of revenue recognition and records it as a charge to cost of goods sold.

 

Contract modifications generally do not occur during the performance of the Company’s contracts. 

 

Payments received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no remaining performance obligations that would give rise to deferred revenue.

 

Costs associated with product sales include commissions and are recorded in sales and marketing expenses during the same period as the corresponding revenues.

 

Research and development

 

The Company engages in improving existing products and new product development efforts. Research and development expenses relating to these efforts are expensed as incurred.

 

Leases

 

The Company had no lease agreements during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. See Note 10.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation awards using a fair-value method on the grant date and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the requisite service period.

 

In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-07, Improvements to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 expands the scope of ASC 718 to include share-based payments issued to non-employees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to non-employees and employees will be substantially aligned. ASU 2018-07 supersedes Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. The Company adopted this standard effective for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the adoption did not have any material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11

 

 

Foreign currency translation and other comprehensive income

 

The functional currency of Tenon Technology AG is the Swiss franc. Accordingly, TTAG’s assets and liabilities are translated from their respective functional currency into U.S. Dollars at period-end rates, and TTAG’s revenue and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate for the period. Adjustments resulting from this translation process are classified as other comprehensive income or loss and shown as a separate component of equity.

 

When intercompany foreign currency transactions between entities included in the consolidated financial statements are of a long-term investment nature (i.e., those for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future) foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from those transactions are included in stockholders’ equity (deficit) as accumulated other comprehensive loss or income. When intercompany transactions are deemed to be of a short-term nature, translation adjustments are required to be included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has determined that settlement of TTAG’s intercompany balances are not anticipated in the foreseeable future, and therefore such translation adjustments are included in stockholders’ deficit as accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

Net loss per share

 

Basic net loss per share is based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net loss per share is based on the assumption that all potential common stock equivalents (convertible preferred stock, stock options, and warrants) are converted or exercised. The calculation of diluted net loss per share excludes potential common stock equivalents if the effect is anti-dilutive. The Company’s weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic and diluted are the same because the effect of the potential common stock equivalents is anti-dilutive.

 

The Company had the following dilutive common stock equivalents as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 which were excluded from the calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive.

 

Year Ended December 31,   2020     2019  
Common shares convertible from preferred stock     491,222       491,222  
Common shares convertible from minority interest     1,798,905       1,493,764  
Common shares convertible from notes payable     245,148       144,615  
Outstanding warrants     50,000        
Outstanding stock options     181,979       181,979  
Total     2,767,254       2,311,580  

 

Recent accounting standards not yet adopted

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASC 842, “Leases”. This standard requires lessees to present right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. The new guidance is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach at the beginning of the earliest comparative periods in the financial statements and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2021.

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-6, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-6”), which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing the separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature. Upon adoption, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability at amortized cost unless (a) the convertible instrument contains features that require bifurcation as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or (b) the convertible debt instrument was issued at a substantial premium. These changes will reduce reported interest expense and increase reported net income for entities that have issued a convertible instrument that was bifurcated according to previously existing rules. ASU 2020-6 also requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share and the treasury stock method will be no longer available. The new guidance is effective for public entities excluding smaller reporting companies in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. For public business entities that meet the definition of a smaller reporting company, the amendments in ASU 2020-6 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2023. ASU 2020-6 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of ASU 2020-6 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12

 

 

3.  Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

December 31,   2020     2019  
Accrued compensation   $ 582,906     $ 478,505  
Accrued commissions     32,328       21,456  
Other accrued expenses     48,423       7,233  
Total accrued expenses   $ 663,657     $ 507,194  

 

4.  Debt

 

Convertible notes payable – parent company

 

During 2015, the Company issued a $53,447 convertible promissory note to a consultant that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. In June 2019, the note and its accrued interest to date was replaced by a $68,359 convertible promissory note that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $1,000,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of June 12, 2021. In May 2021, the note was again replaced by a $68,359 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 7, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 80% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled approximately $8,000 and $3,000, respectively.

 

During 2016, the Company issued a $117,530 convertible promissory note to a vendor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of January 1, 2019 and remained unpaid during 2019 and 2020. In April 2021, the note was replaced by a $117,530 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of April 30, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 80% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled approximately $47,000 and $38,000, respectively.

 

In October 2019, the Company issued a $70,000 convertible promissory note to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of October 12, 2022. In April 2021, the note was replaced by a $70,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of April 30, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled approximately $7,000 and $1,000, respectively.

 

F-13

 

 

In October 2019, the Company issued a $50,000 convertible promissory note to an investor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of October 21, 2022. In May 2021, the note was replaced by a $50,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 3, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled approximately $5,000 and $1,000, respectively.

 

In November 2020, the Company issued a $200,000 convertible promissory note to the same investor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $2,000,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of November 16, 2022. In May 2021, the note was replaced by a $200,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 3, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at December 31, 2020 totaled approximately $2,000.

 

Principal payments on the convertible notes payable are due as follows:

 

2021   $ 185,889  
2022     320,000  
Total principal     505,889  
Accrued interest     69,086  
Total principal and interest   $ 574,975  

 

Convertible notes payable – subsidiary

 

During 2018, the Company’s subsidiary issued two convertible promissory notes for an aggregate of $305,084 to TTAG’s minority shareholder. In September 2019 and June 2020, the Company’s subsidiary issued additional convertible promissory notes to the same minority shareholder for $201,309 and $106,620, respectively. These notes, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 10.0%, could be applied to future TTAG capital increases. Accrued interest on these notes totaled approximately $63,000 at December 31, 2019. In November 2020, notes payable and accrued interest totaling $784,895 were converted into TTAG Series A preferred stock shares, which increased the minority shareholder’s ownership percentage from 39.2% to 43.8%. In connection with the conversion of the notes, the Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature of $88,238.

 

5.  Stockholders’ Equity

 

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated February 18, 2014, authorizes the issuance of 3,937,550 shares of common stock and 2,099,525 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share. The Company increased the number of authorized shares in April 2021 (Note 10).

 

Preferred Stock

 

Shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have been set aside for the potential conversion of TTAG Series A shares owned by its minority shareholder.

 

F-14

 

 

In a series of closings from 2012 through 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 491,222 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at $2.795 per share for proceeds of $1,271,715, net of stock issuance costs.

 

The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of total stockholders’ deficit because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events that are not solely within the control of the Company, the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable of occurring at December 31, 2020. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only if, and when, it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

 

Conversion

 

At the option of the holder, shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into Common Stock at a conversion rate of one-to-one, subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. Automatic conversion will occur in the event of a firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company at a price of at least $6.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combination and similar events, and with total gross proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000, before deduction of underwriters' commissions and expenses.

 

Redemption

 

The shares of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are redeemable only upon acquisition or liquidation of the Company.

 

Liquidation preference

 

With respect to any distributions in connection with a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or in connection with the sale of voting control of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, by way of merger, acquisition, consolidation or similar transaction, prior to any distribution to Common Stockholders, the holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive $0.853 and $2.795 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, adjusted to reflect any dividends previously paid. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full liquidation preference amounts, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available shall be distributed ratably among the preferred stockholders in proportion to the preferential amount to which each holder is entitled.

 

After payment of the liquidation preferences, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each holder.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of vested shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders and each such holder shall be entitled to one vote per share of Common Stock held. The holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote together with the Common Stock as a single class on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of their respective Series A and Series B Preferred Stock at the time such shares are voted. The holders of a majority of the preferred Stock have additional voting rights as specified in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Common stock

 

The Company has reserved shares of common stock for the following potential future issuances.

 

Year Ended December 31,   2020     2019  
Shares convertible from preferred stock     491,222       491,222  
Shares convertible from minority interest     1,798,905       1,493,764  
Outstanding warrants     50,000        
Outstanding stock options     181,979       181,979  
Shares available for future equity award grants     191,731       191,731  
Total     2,713,837       2,358,696  

 

F-15

 

 

Equity awards

 

In 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the Tenon Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the issuance of Common Stock options, appreciation rights, and other awards to employees, directors, and consultants. The number of shares that may be issued under the Plan may not exceed 373,710 shares. Options issued under the Plan generally vest over a four-year period with cliff vesting for the first year and have a 10-year expiration date. In April, July, and August 2021, the Company increased the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan (Note 10).

 

The Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions in accordance with authoritative guidance related to equity-based payments. Compensation expense in 2020 and 2019 includes the portion of awards vested in the periods for all equity-based awards granted, based on the grant date fair value estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, consistent with authoritative guidance, using the weighted-average assumptions in the table below:

 

Years Ended December 31,   2020     2019  
Expected volatility     N/A       49.39 %
Dividend yield     N/A       0 %
Risk-free interest rate     N/A       1.70 %
Expected terms in years     N/A       5.77  

 

Expected Volatility - The expected volatility is based on a peer group in the industry in which the Company does business.

 

Dividend Yield - The Company has not, and does not, intend to pay dividends.

 

Risk-free Interest Rate - The Company applies the risk-free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant consistent with the expected term of the award.

 

Expected Term in Years - The Company calculated the expected term using the Simplified Method. This method uses the average of the contractual term of the option and the weighted-average vesting period in accordance with authoritative guidance.

 

Forfeitures – The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

 

Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the Company in accordance with authoritative guidance.

 

A summary of the Company’s share option activity is as follows:

 

    Number of Shares     Weighted Average Exercise Price     Intrinsic Value  
Options outstanding at December 31, 2018     142,070     $ 0.31          
Granted     60,109     $ 0.31          
Forfeited     (20,200 )   $ 0.31          
Options outstanding at December 31, 2019     181,979     $ 0.31          
Options outstanding at December 31, 2020     181,979     $ 0.31     $ 416,732  
Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2020     152,390     $ 0.31     $ 348,974  

 

F-16

 

 

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

Exercise Price     Number
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life in
Years
    Number
Exercisable
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life in
Years
 
$ 0.31       181,979       4.93       152,390       4.20  
          181,979       4.93       152,390       4.20  

 

The intrinsic value for options exercised represents the difference between the estimate of fair value based on the valuation of the shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the share option.

 

The following table sets forth stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

December 31,   2020     2019  
Research and development   $     $ 26,408  
Selling, general, and administrative     16,649       4,162  
Total stock-based compensation expense   $ 16,649     $ 30,570  

 

As of December 31, 2020, there was approximately $46,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.68 years.

 

The weighted-average fair value of grant date awards granted in 2019 was $1.55 per share. There were 191,731 stock option shares available to be issued at December 31, 2020.

 

Warrants

 

During 2020, the Company issued warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock to a consultant. The warrants are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. The fair value of the warrants on the grant date was $1.15 per warrant, which was calculated based on the following weighted-average assumptions, using a Black-Scholes option valuation model: expected term of 5.00 years; expected volatility of 51.88%; dividend yield of 0%, and risk-free interest rate of 0.30%. The Company recorded deferred offering costs of approximately $58,000 associated with these warrants during 2020.

 

6.  Commitments and Contingencies

 

Sales Representative Agreement

 

In April 2020 the Company entered into an Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement, under which the counterparty to the agreement (the “Representative”) received exclusive rights to market, promote, and distribute The CATAMARANTM Systemin the United States and Puerto Rico. The agreement is for an initial period of five years, and automatically renews for an additional five years unless written notice is given by either party prior to April 27, 2023. The agreement provides for a bonus to be paid to the Representative upon an acquisition or IPO. In May 2021 the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement. In June 2021 the Company issued a $50,000 convertible note payable to the CEO of the Representative. See Note 10.

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may possibly be named as a defendant in various lawsuits; there are no such lawsuits currently pending nor is management aware of any such potential lawsuits.

 

F-17

 

 

7.  Concentrations

 

Credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents.

 

The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions located in California and Switzerland. Accounts at the U.S. financial institutions are secured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents.

 

The Company grants unsecured credit to its customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and a cash deposit is generally not required. Management believes its credit policies do not result in significant adverse risk and historically has not experienced significant credit-related losses.

 

Currency risk

 

The Company’s subsidiary, Tenon Technology AG, realizes a portion of its expenses in Swiss francs. Consequently, certain assets and liabilities are exposed to foreign currency fluctuations. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately $64,000 and $61,000, respectively, of the Company's net monetary assets were denominated in Swiss francs. The Company has not entered into any hedging transactions to reduce the exposure to currency risk.

 

8.  Income Taxes

 

Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act

 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted and signed into law in response to the market volatility and instability resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. It includes a significant number of tax provisions and lifts certain deduction limitations originally imposed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Act”). The changes are mainly related to: (1) the business interest expense disallowance rules for 2019 and 2020; (2) net operating loss rules; (3) charitable contribution limitations; (4) employee retention credit; and (5) the realization of corporate alternative minimum tax credits. The Company does not anticipate the application of the CARES Act provisions to materially impact the overall consolidated financial statements.

 

The components of loss before income taxes are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,   2020     2019  
United States   $ (429,882 )   $ (390,517 )
Foreign     (273,450 )     (193,616 )
Loss before income taxes   $ (703,332 )   $ (584,133 )

 

The components of current income tax expense are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,   2020     2019  
Federal   $     $  
State     800       800  
Foreign     1,233       895  
Total income tax expense   $ 2,033     $ 1,695  

 

F-18

 

 

Significant components of the Company's net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

December 31,   2020     2019  
Deferred tax assets                
Net operating loss   $ 996,990     $ 918,304  
Intangibles     260,219       291,145  
Accruals and reserves     183,654       146,737  
Total gross deferred tax asset     1,440,863       1,356,186  
Valuation allowance     (1,440,863 )     (1,356,186 )
Net deferred tax assets   $     $  

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2020, management considered whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized, and determined that a valuation allowance was required for those deferred tax assets that are not expected to provide future tax benefits. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.

 

A reconciliation of the expected tax computed at the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to the total provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 follows:

 

    2020     2019  
Expected tax at 21%     (21.00 %)     (21.00 %)
State taxes, net of federal benefit     (6.01 %)     (6.55 %)
Foreign taxes     0.18 %     0.15 %
Non-deductible expenses     15.08 %     1.01 %
Change in valuation allowance     12.04 %     26.68 %
Provision for income taxes     0.29 %     0.29 %

 

At December 31, 2020, the Company has available net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,653,000 for federal income tax purposes, of which approximately $1,431,000 were generated after 2017 and can be carried forward indefinitely under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The remaining federal net operating loss of approximately $222,000, which was generated prior to 2018, will start to expire in 2034 if not utilized.

 

At December 31, 2020, the net operating losses for state purposes are approximately $4,338,000 and will begin to expire in 2032 if not utilized. In addition, the Company had foreign net operating losses of approximately $1,652,000 at December 31, 2020 that will start to expire in 2021 if not utilized.

 

The Company has not completed a study to determine whether any ownership change per the provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state provisions, has occurred. Utilization of the Company's net operating loss and income tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of the net operating loss and income tax credit carryover that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an "ownership change" as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders.

 

Uncertain tax positions

 

In accordance with authoritative guidance, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company has no material uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020.

 

F-19

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. There were no accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

 

The Company is subject to U.S. federal and state income tax, and in the normal course of business, its income tax returns are subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2020, the 2017 through 2020 tax years remain subject to examination in the U.S. federal tax and various state tax jurisdictions. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine the period from 2013 through 2020 where net operating losses and income tax credits were generated and carried forward and make adjustments to the amount of the net operating loss and income tax credit carryforward amount. The Company is not currently under examination by federal or state jurisdictions.

 

9.  Related Party Transactions

 

During 2019 the Company issued a convertible note payable to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. See Note 4.

 

During 2018 through 2020, the Company’s subsidiary issued convertible promissory notes to TTAG’s minority shareholder. In November 2020, these notes payable and accrued interest were converted into TTAG shares. See Note 4.

 

The Company has a consulting agreement with a company owned by the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Under this consulting agreement, the Chief Executive was to provide services from 2015 through June 1, 2021. Total payments under the consulting agreement of $600,000 are to be paid as follows: (a) $300,000 paid upon closing of financing round of at least $5,000,000, followed by twelve monthly payment of $25,000 per month; (b) $300,000 paid upon achieving at least $3,000,000 of annual revenue and a financing round of less than $5,000,000; or (c) the entire $600,000 payable immediately upon an acquisition of the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded consulting expense of approximately $100,000 and $100,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately $558,000 and $458,000 owed to this party was included in accrued expenses in respect of these services.

 

10.  Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 30, 2021, the date which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

In January 2021, the Company issued a promissory note of $130,560 to a law firm. The note bore interest at 3.0% per annum and had a maturity date of the earlier of July 27, 2021, the closing of a debt or equity financing, or the closing of a change in control transaction. The interest rate was to increase to 5.0% if all principal and interest had not been paid by the maturity date. The Company repaid this loan and accrued interest in May 2021.

 

During April and May 2021, the Company replaced convertible promissory notes with aggregate face amounts of $505,889. See Note 4.

 

In April 2021, the Company issued two convertible promissory notes of $40,000 and $170,000 to the vendor described in Note 4 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, are automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing.

 

In April 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the number of authorized shares of the Company to 9,460,802, consisting of 7,000,000 shares of common stock and 2,460,802 shares of preferred stock; increased the number of authorized shares of Series A preferred stock to 1,798,905; and increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to 1,325,031. In July 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to 1,475,031. In August 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan from 1,475,031 shares to 1,598,531 shares, and approved the form of a 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2021 Equity Incentive Plan will be adopted and effective as of the business day immediately prior to the registration date of the S-1 and in connection with the Company’s IPO.

 

F-20

 

  

In May 2021, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement, which revised certain terms and conditions in the Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement described in Note 6. In connection with the amendment agreement, the Company paid $500,000 cash and issued 107,513 shares of common stock to the Representative. In addition, the Representative received anti-dilution protections to maintain ownership of 3.0% of the fully diluted equity of the Company through the date of an initial public offering. The amended agreement restructured the calculation of the bonus paid to the Representative upon an acquisition, removed the bonus payable upon an IPO, and allows the Company to terminate the amended agreement as long as the bonus paid to the Representative is at least $6,000,000.

 

In June 2021, the Company issued a convertible promissory note for an aggregate of $108,086 to TTAG’s minority shareholder. The note is due upon the earlier of a capital increase or December 31, 2021. This note, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, can be applied to future TTAG capital increases.

 

In June 2021, the Company entered into a facility lease agreement for its company headquarters in Los Gatos, California with escalating base rent payments of approximately $23,000 to $26,000 per month from June 2021 until the lease termination in June 2026. The total lease commitment over the lease term is approximately $1,461,000.

 

From May through July 2021, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to multiple investors for aggregate proceeds of $12,177,328, with maturity dates twelve months from the issuance dates. Of this amount, $620,000 of notes were issued to related officers, directors, and their family members, and a $50,000 note was issued to the CEO of the Representative described in Note 6. The notes, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, are automatically convertible upon an IPO, a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000, or a change of control transaction. The conversion price upon an IPO or a capital stock financing is equal to the lesser of 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers, or the price per share at a Company valuation of $22,500,000. Upon a change of control, noteholders will receive the greater of a 100% premium on the outstanding principal, plus accrued interest, or the conversion of the principal and accrued interest into common stock at a Company valuation of $22,500,000.

 

During August 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of 123,500 shares of restricted common stock to several individuals under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The shares are 100% vested.

 

F-21

 

  

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

    September 30,
2021
   

December 31,
2020

 
      (Unaudited)          
Assets              
Current Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,409,137     $ 245,635  
Investments     7,862,236        
Accounts receivable     70,100       14,474  
Inventory     22,429       43,288  
Prepaid expenses     102,115        
Total current assets     9,466,017       303,397  
                 
Fixed assets - net     17,170        
Deposits     26,250        
Operating lease right-of-use asset     1,133,756        
Deferred offering costs     309,893       87,504  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 10,953,086     $ 390,901  
                 
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Deficit                
Current Liabilities                
Accounts payable   $ 274,766     $ 589,191  
Accrued expenses     830,225       663,657  
Current portion of operating lease liability     213,741        
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest - current, net of debt discount of $50,104 and $0 at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     13,257,184       241,397  
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest due to related parties         81,027        
Total current liabilities     14,656,943       1,494,245  
                 
Operating lease liability - net of current portion     946,939        
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest - net of current portion           256,751  
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest due to related parties           76,827  
Total Liabilities     15,603,882       1,827,823  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)                
                 
Convertible Preferred Stock                
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,798,905 and 1,437,628 shares authorized at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively; 0 shares issued and outstanding            
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 661,897 shares authorized; 491,222 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,372,953     1,271,715       1,271,715  
Stockholders’ Deficit                
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 7,000,000 and 3,937,550 shares authorized at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively; 1,891,013 and 1,660,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively     1,891       1,660  
                 
Additional paid-in capital       1,149,157       125,437  
Accumulated deficit       (8,692,057 )     (4,486,171 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)       (55,627 )     (56,571 )
Total Tenon Medical, Inc. stockholders' deficit     (7,596,636 )     (4,415,645 )
Total non-controlling interest         1,674,125       1,707,008  
Total stockholders’ deficit     (5,922,511 )     (2,708,637 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT   $ 10,953,086     $ 390,901  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-22  

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(Unaudited) 

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2021     2020  
Revenue   $ 107,400     $ 30,380  
Cost of sales     38,797       9,129  
Gross Profit     68,603       21,251  
                 
Operating Expenses                
Research and development expenses     925,076       166,192  
Sales and marketing expenses     1,473,227       25,139  
General and administrative expenses     1,569,239       167,888  
Total Operating Expenses     3,967,542       359,219  
Loss from Operations     (3,898,939 )     (337,968 )
                 
Other Income (Expense)                
Gain on investments     1,379        
Interest expense     (340,944 )     (61,376 )
Other expense     (880 )     (1,193 )
Total Other Expense     (340,445 )     (62,569 )
                 
Net Loss     (4,239,384 )     (400,537 )
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (33,498 )     (56,610 )
Net Loss Attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc.   $ (4,205,886 )   $ (343,927 )
                 
Net Loss Attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc. Per Share of Common Stock                
Basic and diluted   $ (2.43 )   $ (0.21 )
Weighted-Average Shares of Common Stock Outstanding                
Basic and diluted     1,733,581       1,660,000  
                 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss:                
Net loss   $ (4,239,384 )   $ (400,537 )
Unrealized gain on investments     155        
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment     1,559       (32,965 )
Total Comprehensive Loss     (4,237,670 )     (433,502 )
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest     (32,883 )     (69,532 )
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Tenon Medical, Inc.   $ (4,204,787 )   $ (363,970 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-23  

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit 

(Unaudited) 

 

    Series B
Convertible
 Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
 Paid-In
    Accumulated     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
    Non-
Controlling
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income     Interest     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2020     491,222     $ 1,271,715       1,660,000     $ 1,660     $ 125,437     $ (4,486,171 )   $ (56,571 )   $ 1,707,008     $ (2,708,637 )
Stock-based compensation expense                             208,475                         208,475  
Common stock issued for services                 231,013       231       815,245                         815,476  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                         944       615       1,559  
Net loss                                   (4,205,886 )           (33,498 )     (4,239,384 )
Balance at September 30, 2021     491,222     $ 1,271,715       1,891,013     $ 1,891     $ 1,149,157     $ (8,692,057 )   $ (55,627 )   $ 1,674,125     $ (5,922,511 )

 

    Series B
Convertible
 Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
    Accumulated     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
    Non-
Controlling
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Income     Interest     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2019     491,222     $ 1,271,715       1,660,000     $ 1,660     $ 51,284     $ (3,900,993 )   $ (32,409 )   $ 994,678     $ (2,885,780 )
Stock-based compensation expense                             12,487                         12,487  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                         (20,043 )     (12,922 )     (32,965 )
Net loss                                   (343,927 )           (56,610 )     (400,537 )
Balance at September 30, 2020     491,222     $ 1,271,715       1,660,000     $ 1,660     $ 63,771     $ (4,244,920 )   $ (52,452 )   $ 925,146     $ (3,306,795 )

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-24  

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2021     2020  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                
Net loss   $ (4,239,384 )   $ (400,537 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Gain on investments     (1,379 )      
Non-cash interest expense     339,699       61,327  
Stock-based compensation expense     208,475       12,487  
Common stock issued for services     815,476        
Depreciation and amortization    

543

       
Amortization of operating lease right-to-use asset     61,633        
Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:                
Accounts receivable     (55,657 )     50,571  
Inventories     20,859       9,129  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (128,406 )     646  
Accounts payable     241,854       48,550  
Accrued expenses     168,670       82,904  
Operating lease liability     (34,709 )      
Net cash used in operating activities     (2,602,326 )     (134,923 )
                 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities                
Purchases of investments     (7,860,702 )      
Purchases of fixed assets     (17,713 )      
Net cash used in investing activities     (7,878,415 )      
                 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable     12,072,055       105,273  
Repayment of notes payable     (130,560 )      
Debt issuance costs     (70,797 )      
Deferred offering costs     (222,389 )      
Net cash provided by financing activities     11,648,309       105,273  
                 
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash flow     (4,066 )     3,244  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents     1,163,502       (26,406 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period     245,635       151,968  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period   $ 1,409,137     $ 125,562  
                 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information                
Cash paid during the year for:                
Interest   $ 1,245     $ 49  
Income taxes   $ 802     $ 1,134  
                 
Non-cash investment and financing activities:                
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities   $ 1,195,389     $  
Conversion of accounts payable to convertible notes payable   $ 555,560     $  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-25  

 

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

1. Organization and Business

 

Nature of operations

 

Tenon Medical, Inc. (“the Company”), was incorporated in the state of Delaware on June 19, 2012 and was headquartered in San Ramon, California until June 2021 when it relocated to Los Gatos, California. The Company is a medical device company that has developed a novel posterior approach to sacroiliac joint fusion for treatment of the most common types of sacroiliac joint disorders that cause lower back pain. The Company received FDA clearance in 2018 for its primary product, The CATAMARAN System. The Company is in the early stages of its commercial launch with its primary focus being on the US market.

 

Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiary, Tenon Technology AG (“TTAG”), a Swiss company. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The subsidiary is consolidated from the date of formation (October 3, 2012), being the date on which the Company has power to govern the financial and operating policies of TTAG so as to obtain benefits from its activities, and will continue to be consolidated until the date such control ceases. The financial statements of the subsidiary are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent, using consistent accounting policies in all material respects. Ownership interests in TTAG held by parties other than the Company are presented separately from the Company’s stockholders’ deficit on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of consolidated net loss attributable to the Company and the non-controlling interests are both presented on the face of the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Principles

 

Basis of presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as promulgated in the United States of America.

 

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2021, and the consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are unaudited. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2021 and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are also unaudited. The consolidated results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021 or for any other future annual or interim period. The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 included herein was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of that date.

 

  F-26  

 

 

These interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.

 

Going concern uncertainty and liquidity requirements

 

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. There is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Since inception, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. Management expects to incur additional operating losses and negative cash flows from operations in the foreseeable future as the Company starts the commercial launch of The CATAMARAN System and continues product development programs. Based on the Company’s current level of expenditures and the proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt during May through July 2021, the Company believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2021 will not provide sufficient funds to enable it to meet its obligations through June 2022.

 

The Company plans to raise additional capital by selling shares of capital stock or other equity or debt securities. However, there are no commitments or arrangements for future financings in place at this time, and the Company can give no assurance that such capital will be available on favorable terms or at all. The Company may need additional financing thereafter until it can achieve profitability. Although the Company is actively pursuing an initial public offering (“IPO”) and other possible financing opportunities, it may not be able to raise cash on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining additional funding. Financings, if available, may be on terms that are dilutive to shareholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase the Company’s securities may be lower than the current price of ordinary shares. The holders of new securities may also receive rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to those of existing holders of ordinary shares. If additional financing is not available or is not available on acceptable terms, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate its future commercialization efforts and product development programs, which could adversely affect its future business prospects and its ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates made by management include, but are not limited to, realization of deferred tax assets, accrued liabilities, obsolescence of inventory, stock-based compensation and the fair value of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock.

 

Impact of COVID-19

 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak to be a pandemic. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s financial results were not significantly affected by the COVID-19 outbreak. The Company has considered all information available as of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements and the Company is not aware of any specific events or circumstances that would require an update to its estimates or judgments, or a revision to the carrying value of its assets or liabilities. These estimates may change as new events occur and additional information becomes available. The extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak affects the Company’s future financial results and operations will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the outbreak, and current or future domestic and international actions to contain and treat it.

 

  F-27  

 

 

Segments

 

The Company operates in one business segment. Although the Company’s Swiss subsidiary is located in a different geographical area, management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

 

Investments

 

The Company classifies its investments in marketable debt securities as available-for-sale and records them at fair value in its consolidated balance sheets. The net unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Margin loans for which a right of setoff exists are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as reductions to the investment value. The Company determines any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable debt securities on a specific identification method, and records such gains and losses as a component of other income (expense), net.

 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

 

Accounts receivable are derived from products delivered to customers and are stated at their net realizable value. The Company records an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts in an amount approximating anticipated losses. Individual uncollectible accounts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual accounts appears doubtful. In determining the amount of the allowance, the Company considers its historical level of credit losses. The Company also makes judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations, and the Company assesses current economic trends that might impact the level of credit losses in the future. The Company’s allowances have generally been adequate to cover its actual credit losses. However, since the Company cannot reliably predict future changes in the financial stability of its customers, it cannot guarantee that its allowances will continue to be adequate. If actual credit losses are significantly greater than the allowance, the Company would increase its general and administrative expenses and increase its reported net losses. Conversely, if actual credit losses are significantly less than the Company's reserve, this would eventually decrease the Company’s general and administrative expenses and decrease its reported net losses. Allowances are recorded primarily on a specific identification basis. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company establishes the inventory basis by determining the cost based on standard costs approximating the purchase costs on a first-in, first-out basis. The excess and obsolete inventory is estimated based on future demand and market conditions. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of goods sold.

 

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, inventory consisted entirely of finished goods.

 

Deferred offering costs

 

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, banking and accounting fees relating to the Company’s planned IPO, are capitalized, and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event an anticipated offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Equipment, computers, software, and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over periods ranging from three to seven years, and leasehold improvements over the shorter period of the lease or the life of the asset. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. Deductions are made for retirements resulting from renewals or betterments.

 

  F-28  

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

The Company regularly reviews the carrying value and estimated lives of all of its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, to determine whether indicators of impairment may exist that warrant adjustments to carrying values or estimated useful lives. The determinants used for this evaluation include management’s estimate of the asset’s ability to generate positive income from operations and positive cash flow in future periods as well as the strategic significance of the assets to the Company’s business objectives.

 

Fair value measurements

 

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement, fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.

 

Observable inputs are those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

The fair value hierarchy is categorized into three levels based on the inputs as follows:

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date.

 

Level 2 – Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. The nature of these financial instruments include cash instruments for which quoted prices are available but are traded less frequently, derivative instruments whose fair values have been derived using a model where inputs to the model are directly observable in the market and instruments that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed.

 

Level 3 – Instruments that have little to no pricing observability as of the measurement date. These financial instruments are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

 

The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for assets categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

The Company records convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. Convertible preferred stock is recorded as temporary stockholders’ equity.

 

  F-29  

 

 

Income taxes

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 income taxes are recorded in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. Under this method, the Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Based on the available evidence, the Company is unable, at this time, to support the determination that it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will be utilized in the future. Accordingly, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Company intends to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support its reversal.

 

Current income taxes are based upon the year's income taxable for federal, state and foreign tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are provided for certain income and expenses, which are recognized in different periods for tax and financial reporting purposes.

 

The Company's policy is not to record deferred income taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of its products to medical groups and hospitals through its independent sales representative and national distributor in Florida and Texas.

 

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"), which the Company adopted effective January 1, 2019, revenue is recognized when control is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services. The Company had no contracts with customers prior to the date of adoption. Under ASC 606, the Company applies the following five step approach: (1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when a performance obligation is satisfied.

 

The Company generates its revenue from the sale of products through an independent sales representative and national distributor to certain hospital or medical facilities where the products are delivered in advance of a procedure. The performance obligation is the delivery of the products along with the completion of the surgery by the surgeon and therefore, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the customers and completion of the surgery, net of rebates and price discounts. The Company accounts for rebates and price discounts as a reduction to revenue, calculated based on the terms agreed to with the customer. Historically, there has been no significant rebates or price discounts. Sales prices are specified in either the customer contract, agreed price list, or purchase order, which is executed prior to the transfer of control to the customer. As of April 2020, the Company had an agreement in place with a national distributor, which includes standard terms that do not allow for payment contingent on resale of the product, obtaining financing, or other terms that could impact the distributor’s payment obligation. From April 2020 through May 20, 2021, the distributor billed and collected from the enduser customer, was required to pay the Company on the 5th day of the calendar month after the customer paid the distributor, and the Company recognized revenue based on the net amount received from the distributor. Prior to April 2020 and subsequent to May 20, 2021, the Company billed and collected directly from the enduser customers and recognized revenue based on the gross sales price. For direct sales to enduser customers, the Company's standard payment terms are generally net 30 days.

 

The Company offers its standard warranty to all customers. The Company does not sell any warranties on a standalone basis. The Company’s warranty provides that its products are free of material defects and conform to specifications, and includes an offer to replace or refund the purchase price of defective products. This assurance does not constitute a service and is not considered a separate performance obligation. The Company estimates warranty liabilities at the time of revenue recognition and records it as a charge to cost of goods sold.

 

Contract modifications generally do not occur during the performance of the Company’s contracts. Payments received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no remaining performance obligations that would give rise to deferred revenue.

 

  F-30  

 

 

Costs associated with product sales include commissions and are recorded in sales and marketing expenses during the same period as the corresponding revenues.

 

Research and development

 

The Company engages in improving existing products and new product development efforts. Research and development expenses relating to these efforts are expensed as incurred.

 

Leases

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASC 842, “Leases”. This standard requires lessees to present right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. The new guidance is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach at the beginning of the earliest comparative periods in the financial statements and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2021 and implemented this guidance upon the inception of its new Los Gatos facility lease in June 2021.

 

The Company had no lease agreements during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation awards using a fair-value method on the grant date and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the requisite service period.

 

In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-07, Improvements to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 expands the scope of ASC 718 to include share-based payments issued to non-employees for goods or services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to non-employees and employees will be substantially aligned. ASU 2018-07 supersedes Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. The Company adopted this standard effective for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the adoption did not have any material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Foreign currency translation and other comprehensive income

 

The functional currency of Tenon Technology AG is the Swiss franc. Accordingly, TTAG’s assets and liabilities are translated from their respective functional currency into U.S. Dollars at period-end rates, and TTAG’s revenue and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate for the period. Adjustments resulting from this translation process are classified as other comprehensive income or loss and shown as a separate component of equity.

 

When intercompany foreign currency transactions between entities included in the consolidated financial statements are of a long-term investment nature (i.e., those for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future) foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from those transactions are included in stockholders’ equity (deficit) as accumulated other comprehensive loss or income. When intercompany transactions are deemed to be of a short-term nature, translation adjustments are required to be included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has determined that settlement of TTAG’s intercompany balances are not anticipated in the foreseeable future, and therefore such translation adjustments are included in stockholders’ deficit as accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

Net loss per share

 

Basic net loss per share is based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net loss per share is based on the assumption that all potential common stock equivalents (convertible preferred stock, stock options, and warrants) are converted or exercised. The calculation of diluted net loss per share excludes potential common stock equivalents if the effect is anti-dilutive. The Company’s weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic and diluted are the same because the effect of the potential common stock equivalents is anti-dilutive.

 

  F-31  

 

 

The Company had the following dilutive common stock equivalents as of September 30, 2021 and 2020 which were excluded from the calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive.

 

    September 30,     September 30,  
    2021     2020  
Common shares convertible from preferred stock     491,222       491,222  
Common shares convertible from minority interest     1,798,905       1,493,764  
Common shares convertible from notes payable     5,046,502       152,269  
Outstanding warrants     50,000        
Outstanding stock options     1,415,783       181,979  
Total     8,802,412       2,319,234  

 

Recent accounting standards not yet adopted

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-6, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-6”), which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing the separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature. Upon adoption, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability at amortized cost unless (a) the convertible instrument contains features that require bifurcation as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or (b) the convertible debt instrument was issued at a substantial premium. These changes will reduce reported interest expense and increase reported net income for entities that have issued a convertible instrument that was bifurcated according to previously existing rules. ASU 2020-6 also requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share and the treasury stock method will be no longer available. The new guidance is effective for public entities excluding smaller reporting companies in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. For public business entities that meet the definition of a smaller reporting company, the amendments in ASU 2020-6 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2023. ASU 2020-6 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of ASU 2020-6 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Investments

 

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s investments at fair value as of September 30, 2021:

 

    Level 1  
Corporate debt securities   $ 7,862,236  

 

Cost and fair value of available-for-sale investments as of September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

   

Amortized

Cost

   


Unrealized

Gains

   

Unrealized

Losses

   

Fair

Value

 
Corporate debt securities   $ 7,862,081       307       (152 )   $ 7,862,236  

 

The following table presents fair values and gross unrealized losses recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income as of September 30, 2021, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position:

 

   

Less Than

12 Months

   

Unrealized

Losses

 
Corporate debt securities   $ 1,506,180     $ (152 )

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company did not recognize any significant other-than-temporary impairment losses because the Company does not intend to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, there was a net gain of approximately $1,000 included in the Company’s net loss. Accrued interest as of September 30, 2021 was approximately $4,000 and is included in prepaid expenses in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

Bonds mature from October 2021 to March 2022 and earn interest between 0.11% and 0.17% per annum.

 

  F-32  

 

 

4. Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2021     2020  
Accrued compensation   $ 649,808     $ 582,906  
Accrued professional fees     159,057        
Accrued commissions     21,360       32,328  
Other accrued expenses           48,423  
Total accrued expenses   $ 830,225     $ 663,657  

 

5. Debt

 

During 2015, the Company issued a $53,447 convertible promissory note to a consultant that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. In June 2019, the note and its accrued interest to date was replaced by a $68,359 convertible promissory note that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $1,000,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of June 12, 2021. In May 2021, the note was again replaced by a $68,359 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 7, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 80% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 totaled approximately $13,000 and $8,000, respectively.

 

  F-33  

 

 

During 2016, the Company issued a $117,530 convertible promissory note to a vendor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 90% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of January 1, 2019 and remained unpaid during 2019 and 2020. In April 2021, the note was replaced by a $117,530 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of April 30, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 80% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 totaled approximately $54,000 and $47,000, respectively.

 

In April 2021, the Company issued two convertible promissory notes of $40,000 and $170,000 to the same vendor, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, are automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest for these two notes at September 30, 2021 totaled approximately $7,000.

 

In October 2019, the Company issued a $70,000 convertible promissory note to the Company’s then Chief Executive Officer that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of October 12, 2022. In April 2021, the note was replaced by a $70,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of April 30, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 totaled approximately $11,000 and $7,000, respectively.

 

In October 2019, the Company issued a $50,000 convertible promissory note to an investor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $500,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of October 21, 2022. In May 2021, the note was replaced by a $50,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 3, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or $1.9565 per share in the event of a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 totaled approximately $8,000 and $5,000, respectively.

 

In November 2020, the Company issued a $200,000 convertible promissory note to the same investor that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, was automatically convertible upon a preferred stock financing of at least $2,000,000, at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. The note had a maturity date of November 16, 2022. In May 2021, the note was replaced by a $200,000 convertible promissory note with a maturity date of May 3, 2022 that, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, is automatically convertible upon an IPO or a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is equal to 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers in the future financing. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. Accrued interest at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 totaled approximately $14,000 and $2,000, respectively.

 

  F-34  

 

 

In January 2021, the Company issued a promissory note of $130,560 to a law firm. The note bore interest at 3.0% per annum and had a maturity date of the earlier of July 27, 2021, the closing of a debt or equity financing, or the closing of a change in control transaction. The interest rate was to increase to 5.0% if all principal and interest had not been paid by the maturity date. The Company repaid this note and accrued interest in May 2021.

 

During 2018, the Company’s subsidiary issued two convertible promissory notes for an aggregate of $305,084 to TTAG’s minority shareholder. In September 2019 and June 2020, the Company’s subsidiary issued additional convertible promissory notes to the same minority shareholder for $201,309 and $106,620, respectively. These notes, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 10.0%, could be applied to future TTAG capital increases. Accrued interest on these notes totaled approximately $63,000 at December 31, 2019. In November 2020, notes payable and accrued interest totaling $784,895 were converted into TTAG Series A preferred stock shares, which increased the minority shareholder’s ownership percentage from 39.2% to 43.8%. In connection with the conversion of the notes, the Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature of $88,238.

 

In June 2021, the Company’s subsidiary issued a convertible promissory note for approximately $107,000 to TTAG’s minority shareholder. The note is due upon the earlier of a capital increase or December 31, 2021. This note, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, can be applied to future TTAG capital increases. Accrued interest at September 30, 2021 totaled approximately $3,000. The Company repaid this note and accrued interest in October 2021 (Note 12).

 

From May through July 2021, in multiple rounds of closings the Company issued convertible promissory notes to multiple investors for aggregate proceeds of approximately $12,177,000, with maturity dates twelve months from the issuance dates. Of this amount, $620,000 of notes were issued to related officers, directors, and their family members, and a $50,000 note was issued to the CEO of the Representative described in Note 8. The notes, along with accrued interest at an annual rate of 8.0%, are automatically convertible upon an IPO, a capital stock financing of at least $5,000,000, or a change of control transaction. The conversion price upon an IPO or a capital stock financing is equal to the lesser of 70% of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers, or the price per share at a Company valuation of $22,500,000. Upon a change of control, noteholders will receive the greater of a 100% premium on the outstanding principal, plus accrued interest, or the conversion of the principal and accrued interest into common stock at a Company valuation of $22,500,000. Since the conversion is contingent upon an event outside the Company’s control, the beneficial conversion feature will be recorded once the contingency is met. The Company recorded debt issuance costs of approximately $71,000 as a discount on the convertible notes payable balance. As of September 30, 2021, there was a remaining unamortized discount of approximately $50,000. Accrued interest at September 30, 2021 totaled approximately $279,000.

 

6. Leases

 

In June 2021, the Company entered into a facility lease agreement for its company headquarters in Los Gatos, California. This non-cancelable operating lease expires in June 2026. The Company includes options that are reasonably certain to be exercised as part of the determination of lease terms. The Company may negotiate termination clauses in anticipation of any changes in market conditions, but generally these termination options are not exercised. Residual value guarantees are generally not included within operating leases. In addition to base rent payments, leases may require the Company to pay directly for taxes and other non-lease components, such as insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses, which may be dependent on usage or vary month-to-month.  Non lease components were considered and determined not to be material. The Company determined if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract in accordance with guidance detailed in the new standard and performed the lease classification test as of the lease commencement date. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease’s commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When a lease did not provide an implicit rate, the Company used its estimated incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of future payments.

 

  F-35  

 

 

Operating lease costs for the facility lease during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were approximately $85,000, and were included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2021     2020  
Operating lease right-of-use assets $ 1,133,756     $  —  
                 
Operating lease liability, current   $ (213,741 )   $  
Operating lease liability, noncurrent     (946,939 )      
Total operating lease liabilities $ (1,160,680 )   $  

 

Future maturities of operating lease liabilities as of September 30, 2021 were as follows:

 

Three months ending December 31, 2021      $ 69,969  
2022       284,076  
2023       292,596  
2024       301,368  
2025       310,410  
2026       144,375  
Total lease payments       1,402,794  
Less: imputed interest       (242,114 )
Present value of operating lease liabilities      $ 1,160,680  

 

Other information:

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021   $ 58,308  
Remaining lease term - operating leases (in years)     4.71  
Average discount rate - operating leases     8.0 %

 

7. Stockholders’ Equity

 

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated April 30, 2021, authorizes the issuance of 7,000,000 shares of common stock and 2,460,802 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share. The Company increased the number of authorized shares in October 2021 (Note 12).

 

Preferred Stock

 

Shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have been set aside for the potential conversion of TTAG Series A shares owned by its minority shareholder. See Note 12 for a description of this conversion.

 

In a series of closings from 2012 through 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 491,222 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at $2.795 per share for proceeds of $1,271,715, net of stock issuance costs.

 

The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of total stockholders’ deficit because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events that are not solely within the control of the Company, the shares would become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable of occurring at December 31, 2020. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only if, and when, it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

 

  F-36  

 

 

Conversion

 

At the option of the holder, shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into Common Stock at a conversion rate of one-to-one, subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. Automatic conversion will occur in the event of a firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company at a price of at least $6.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combination and similar events, and with total gross proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000, before deduction of underwriters' commissions and expenses.

 

Redemption

 

The shares of the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are redeemable only upon acquisition or liquidation of the Company.

 

Liquidation preference

 

With respect to any distributions in connection with a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or in connection with the sale of voting control of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, by way of merger, acquisition, consolidation or similar transaction, prior to any distribution to Common Stockholders, the holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive $0.853 and $2.795 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, adjusted to reflect any dividends previously paid. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full liquidation preference amounts, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available shall be distributed ratably among the preferred stockholders in proportion to the preferential amount to which each holder is entitled.

 

After payment of the liquidation preferences, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each holder.

 

Voting rights

 

The holders of vested shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders and each such holder shall be entitled to one vote per share of Common Stock held. The holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote together with the Common Stock as a single class on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of their respective Series A and Series B Preferred Stock at the time such shares are voted. The holders of a majority of the preferred Stock have additional voting rights as specified in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Common stock

 

The Company has reserved shares of common stock for the following potential future issuances.

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2021     2020  
Common shares convertible from preferred stock     491,222       491,222  
Common shares convertible from minority interest     1,798,905       1,798,905  
Outstanding warrants     50,000       50,000  
Outstanding stock options     1,415,783       181,979  
Shares available for future equity award grants     59,248       191,731  
Total     3,815,158       2,713,837  

 

  F-37  

 

 

Equity awards

 

In 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the Tenon Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan, as amended in August 2021, provides for the issuance of Common Stock options, appreciation rights, and other awards to employees, directors, and consultants. The number of shares that may be issued under the Plan may not exceed 1,598,531 shares. Options issued under the Plan generally vest over a four-year period with cliff vesting for the first year and have a 10-year expiration date.

 

In August 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the form of the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2021 Equity Incentive Plan will be adopted and become effective as of the business day immediately prior to the registration date of the S-1 and in connection with the Company’s IPO.

 

The Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions in accordance with authoritative guidance related to equity-based payments. Compensation expense during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 includes the portion of awards vested in the periods for all equity-based awards granted, based on the grant date fair value estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, consistent with authoritative guidance, using the weighted-average assumptions in the table below:

 

    Nine months ended  
    September 30,  
    2021     2020  
Expected volatility     52.36 %      N/A   
Dividend yield     0 %      N/A   
Risk-free interest rate     0.99 %      N/A   
Expected term in years     5.75        N/A   

 

Expected Volatility - The expected volatility is based on a peer group in the industry in which the Company does business.

 

Dividend Yield - The Company has not, and does not, intend to pay dividends.

 

Risk-free Interest Rate - The Company applies the risk-free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant consistent with the expected term of the award.

 

Expected Term in Years - The Company calculated the expected term using the Simplified Method. This method uses the average of the contractual term of the option and the weighted-average vesting period in accordance with authoritative guidance.

 

Forfeitures – The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

 

Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the Company in accordance with authoritative guidance.

 

A summary of the Company’s share option activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 is as follows:

 

    Number
of Shares
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
    Intrinsic Value  
Options outstanding at December 31, 2020     181,979     $ 0.31          
Granted     1,273,804     $ 2.95          
Forfeited     (40,000 )   $ 2.60          
Options outstanding at September 30, 2021     1,415,783     $ 2.63     $ 1,592,732  
Options vested and exercisable at September 30, 2021     324,501     $ 1.55     $ 715,341  

 

  F-38  

 

 

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of September 30, 2021 is as follows:

 

Exercise Price     Number
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life in
Years
    Number
Exercisable
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life in
Years
 
$ 0.31       181,979       4.18       160,460       3.67  
$ 2.60       747,595       9.58       136,849       9.58  
$ 3.53       486,209       9.80       27,192       9.80  
                                     
          1,415,783       8.96       324,501       6.68  

 

The intrinsic value for options exercised represents the difference between the estimate of fair value based on the valuation of the shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the share option.

 

The following table sets forth stock-based compensation expense recognized for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020:

 

    Nine months ended  
    September 30,  
    2021     2020  
Research and development   $ 35,671     $  
Sales and marketing     18,425       12,487  
General and administrative     154,379        
Total stock-based compensation expense   $ 208,475     $ 12,487  

 

As of September 30, 2021, there was approximately $1,620,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.67 years.

 

The weighted-average fair value of grant date awards granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $1.43 per share. There were 59,248 stock option shares available to be issued at September 30, 2021.

 

Common stock issued for services

 

During May 2021, the Company issued 107,513 shares of common stock to the Representative described in Note 8, for which the Company recorded sales and marketing expense of approximately $379,000.

  

During August 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of 123,500 shares of restricted common stock to several individuals under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The shares were 100% vested at the grant date. In connection with the issuance of these restricted common stock shares, the Company recorded sales and marketing expense totaling approximately $436,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

 

Warrants

 

During 2020, the Company issued warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock to a consultant. The warrants are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. The fair value of the warrants on the grant date was $1.15 per warrant, which was calculated based on the following weighted-average assumptions, using a Black-Scholes option valuation model: expected term of 5.00 years; expected volatility of 51.88%; dividend yield of 0%, and risk-free interest rate of 0.30%. The Company recorded deferred offering costs of approximately $58,000 associated with these warrants during 2020.

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Sales Representative Agreement

 

  F-39  

 

 

In April 2020 the Company entered into an Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement, under which the counterparty to the agreement (the “Representative”) received exclusive rights to market, promote, and distribute The CATAMARAN System in the United States and Puerto Rico. The agreement is for an initial period of five years, and automatically renews for an additional five years unless written notice is given by either party prior to April 27, 2023. The agreement provided for a bonus to be paid to the Representative upon an acquisition or IPO.

 

In May 2021, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement, which revised certain terms and conditions in the Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement. In connection with the amendment agreement, the Company paid $500,000 cash and issued 107,513 shares of common stock to the Representative, for which the Company recorded a combined total of approximately $880,000 as sales and marketing expense during the nine months ended September 30, 2021. In addition, the Representative received anti-dilution protections to maintain ownership of 3.0% of the fully diluted equity of the Company through the date of an initial public offering. The amended agreement restructured the calculation of the bonus paid to the Representative upon an acquisition, removed the bonus payable upon an IPO, and allows the Company to terminate the amended agreement as long as the bonus paid to the Representative is at least $6,000,000.

 

  F-40  

 

  

In June 2021 the Company issued a $50,000 convertible note payable to the CEO of the Representative, as part of the convertible debt offering described in Note 5.

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may possibly be named as a defendant in various lawsuits. As described in Note 11, in September 2021 the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company filed an arbitration claim against the Company.

 

9. Concentrations

 

Credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents.

 

The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions located in California and Switzerland. Accounts at the U.S. financial institutions are secured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents.

 

The Company grants unsecured credit to its customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and a cash deposit is generally not required. Management believes its credit policies do not result in significant adverse risk and historically has not experienced significant credit-related losses.

 

Currency risk

 

The Company’s subsidiary, Tenon Technology AG, realizes a portion of its expenses in Swiss francs. Consequently, certain assets and liabilities are exposed to foreign currency fluctuations. At September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, approximately $90,000 and $64,000, respectively, of the Company's net monetary assets were denominated in Swiss francs. The Company has not entered into any hedging transactions to reduce the exposure to currency risk.

 

10. Income Taxes

 

The Company has operations in both the United States and Switzerland, as such it is subject to tax in both countries. The income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was approximately $1,000 and $1,000 respectively. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had no material uncertain tax positions.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the US federal, certain state, and Switzerland with varying statutes of limitations. The Company is not currently subject to tax examinations by any taxing jurisdiction. However, in the event of any such examination of its tax years 2021 and 2020, there may or may not be an impact on the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards and credits. The Company does not anticipate that any potential tax adjustments resulting from such examinations will have a significant impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted and signed into law in response to the market volatility and instability resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. It includes a significant number of tax provisions and lifts certain deduction limitations originally imposed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Act”). The changes are mainly related to: (1) the business interest expense disallowance rules for 2019 and 2020; (2) net operating loss rules; (3) charitable contribution limitations; (4) employee retention credit; and (5) the realization of corporate alternative minimum tax credits. The Company does not anticipate the application of the CARES Act provisions to materially impact the overall consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-41  

 

  

11. Related Party Transactions

 

During 2019 the Company issued a convertible note payable to the then Chief Executive Officer of the Company. See Note 5.

 

During 2018 through 2020, the Company’s subsidiary issued convertible promissory notes to TTAG’s minority shareholder. In November 2020, all of the outstanding notes payable and accrued interest were converted into TTAG shares. In June 2021, the Company’s subsidiary issued an additional convertible promissory note to the same minority shareholder. See Note 5.

 

The Company had a consulting agreement with a company owned by the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Under this consulting agreement, the Chief Executive was to provide services from 2015 through June 1, 2021. Total payments under the consulting agreement of $600,000 are to be paid as follows: (a) $300,000 paid upon closing of financing round of at least $5,000,000, followed by twelve monthly payments of $25,000 per month; (b) $300,000 paid upon achieving at least $3,000,000 of annual revenue and a financing round of less than $5,000,000; or (c) the entire $600,000 payable immediately upon an acquisition of the Company. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 the Company recorded consulting expense of approximately $42,000 and $75,000, respectively. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, approximately $600,000 and $558,000 owed to this party was included in accrued expenses in respect of these services. The consulting agreement expired on June 1, 2021 at which time the consultant resigned as Chief Executive Officer. In September 2021, the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company filed an arbitration claim against the Company for approximately $3,346,000 plus attorneys’ fees and other costs with the American Arbitration Association in the State of California for unpaid wages and other claims.  An arbitrator has been appointed and the Company anticipates that a preliminary hearing to set a schedule will take place within the next 30 days. While the Company is unable to provide any assurances as to the ultimate outcome of this matter, it believes the claim for additional compensation is without merit, and intends to vigorously defend against it. The Company is currently unable to estimate the costs and timing of the arbitration, including any potential damages if the other party were to prevail on its claim. No additional amounts relating to this matter have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements as of the date these financial statements were made available for issuance.

 

During May and June 2021, $620,000 of the convertible notes described in Note 5 were issued to related officers, directors, and their family members.

 

12. Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 9, 2021, the date which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

In October 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the number of authorized shares of the Company to 13,784,965, consisting of 10,487,904 shares of common stock and 3,297,061 shares of preferred stock; increased the number of designated shares of Series A preferred stock to 2,805,839; and decreased the number of designated shares of Series B preferred stock to 491,222.

 

On October 28, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with TTAG’s minority shareholder. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, TTAG’s minority shareholder agreed to exchange 574,033 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by TTAG, representing all of its ownership interest in TTAG for Tenon Series A Preferred Stock, representing 24% ownership interest in the Company on a fully diluted basis. Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Company has issued TTAG’s minority shareholder 2,550,763 shares of Tenon Series A Preferred Stock. These shares are subject to anti-dilution protection that maintains TTAG’s minority shareholder’s 24% ownership interest in the Company, excluding any shares issued by the Company in an initial public offering or a qualified offering of at least $5,000,000 at a per share price of at least $3.3737. The anti-dilution protection terminates upon the earlier of (i) the closing of an initial public offering; (ii) the conversion of the $12,177,000 convertible promissory notes described in Note 5; (iii) the repayment of the $12,177,000 convertible promissory notes described in Note 5, in the case of a change in control of the Company; or (iv) the liquidation of the Company.

 

During October 2021 and pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Company repaid the convertible promissory note issued by TTAG and due to TTAG’s minority shareholder described in Note 5 in full in the amount of $114,000, including accrued interest.

 

During October 2021, the Company issued 88,894 shares of common stock to the Representative described in Note 8 pursuant to the Representative’s anti-dilution protections.

  

  F-42  

 

 

Through and including, [*], 2021, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Common Stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

[*] Shares

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 The Benchmark Company

 

 

 

  

Part II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA filing.

 

    Amount  
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ [*]  
FINRA filing fee     [*]  
NASDAQ listing fee     [*]  
Accountants’ fees and expenses     [*]  
Legal fees and expenses     [*]  
Printing and engraving expenses     [*]  
Miscellaneous     [*]  
Total expenses   $ [*]  

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 102 of the General Company Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) permits a Company to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a Company to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our charter, as amended provides that no director of the Company shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

 

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a Company has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, or a person serving at the request of the Company for another Company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the Company, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Our charter, as amended provides that we will indemnify to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the DGCL or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (and the Company, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or is or was serving at the request of the Company in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Company) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided, however, the Company shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (i) such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors and (ii) the indemnification does not relate to any liability arising under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended, or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise.

 

II-1

 

  

If a claim is not paid in full by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where any undertaking required by the By-laws of the Company has been tendered to the Company) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Company to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Indemnification shall include payment by the Company of expenses in defending an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us within the last three years which was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(a) Issuance of Capital Stock.

 

Common Stock

 

On May 19, 2021, the Company issued 107,513 shares of common stock to an accredited investor.

 

On August 10, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of 123,500 shares of restricted common stock to several individuals under its 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

During October 2021, the Company issued 88,894 shares of common stock to SpineSource, Inc. pursuant to an anti-dilution provision.

 

The issuance of the capital stock listed above was deemed exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering. The recipient of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

II-2

 

  

(b) Option Grants.

 

On September 8, 2019, the Company issued 43,038 options to an individual at an exercise price of $0.31 per share. The options are subject to 25% vesting after the first year, and then equal monthly vesting over a three-year period.

 

On May 1, 2021, the Company issued a total of 749,000 options to various individuals at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. The options are subject to equal monthly vesting over a three-year period.

 

On May 7, 2021, the Company issued a total of 68,595 options to various individuals at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. The options are subject to either (i) equal monthly vesting over a two-year period or (ii) equal monthly vesting over a three-year period.

 

 On July 8, 2021, the Company issued a total of 25,000 options to an individual at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. The options are subject to equal monthly vesting over a two-year period.

 

On July 19, 2021, the Company issued a total of 419,209 options to various individuals at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. The options are subject to equal monthly vesting over a three-year period.

 

On August 10, 2021 the Company issued a total of 42,000 options to various individuals at an exercise price of $3.53 per share. The options are subject to equal monthly vesting over a two or three-year period.

 

On October 8, 2021 the Company issued a total of 44,000 options to various individuals at an exercise price of $3.75 per share. The options are subject to equal monthly vesting over a two or three-year period.

 

The options described above were deemed exempt from registration in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering. The recipients of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

(c) Warrants.

 

On December 31, 2020, the Company issued to Exchange Listing, LLC warrants to purchase a total of 50,000 shares of Company common stock at the exercise price $2.60 per share. This note was paid in fully in May 2021.

 

The warrant described above were deemed exempt from registration in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering. The recipients of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

(d) Issuance of Notes.

 

On January 27, 2021, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $130,560.34 to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati.

 

On April 30, 2021 the Company issued the Amended and Restated 2015 Convertible Promissory Note with a principal amount of $117,530 and a per annum interest rate of 8%. The original note was issued on January 1, 2016 in the same principal amount. Upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company, the balance of such note will convert immediately prior to the initial public offering at a price equal to 80% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering.

 

On April 30, 2021 the Company issued the Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note with a principal amount of $70,000 and a per annum interest rate of 8%. The original note was issued on October 12, 2019 in the same principal amount. Upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company, the balance of such note will convert immediately prior to the initial public offering at a price equal to 70% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering.

 

II-3

 

  

On April 30, 2021 the Company issued the Convertible Promissory Note with a principal amount of $40,000 and a per annum interest rate of 8%. Upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company, the balance of such note will convert immediately prior to the initial public offering at a price equal to 70% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering.

 

On April 30, 2021 the Company issued the Convertible Promissory Note with a principal amount of $170,000 and a per annum interest rate of 8%. Upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company, the balance of such note will convert immediately prior to the initial public offering at a price equal to 70% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering.

 

On May 3, 2021 the Company issued the Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note with a principal amount of $200,000 and a per annum interest rate of 8%. The original note was issued on November 20, 2020 in the same principal amount. Upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company, the balance of such note will convert immediately prior to the initial public offering at a price equal to 70% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering.

 

On May 3, 2021 the Company issued the Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note with a principal amount of $50,000 and a per annum interest rate of 8%. The original note was issued on October 21, 2019 in the same principal amount. Upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the Company, the balance of such note will convert immediately prior to the initial public offering at a price equal to 70% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering.

 

During the period from May 17, 2021 to July 26, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate $12,177,328 of Convertible Promissory Notes to 125 investors, which accrues interest at 8% per annum from the date of issuance and are due one year from the date of issuance. Principal and interest is due in full at maturity on the notes. The notes are not prepayable without the consent of a majority of the holders. Upon an initial public offering of the Company, the balance of such notes will convert immediately prior to the initial public offering at a price equal to the lesser of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the fully diluted capitalization of the Company and (ii) 70% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering.

 

The notes described above were deemed exempt from registration in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering. The recipients of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits: Reference is made to the Exhibit Index following the signature pages hereto, which Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated into this Item.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules are omitted because the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the financial statements and the related notes.

 

II-4

 

  

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

 

(A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

(B) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(5) That for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

II-5

 

  

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to any charter provision, by law or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6

 

  

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of New York, State of New York, on November 9, 2021.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
   
  By:   /s/Steven M. Foster
    Steven M. Foster
   

Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Steven M. Foster and Steven Van Dick his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and re-substitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including pre- and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pre- or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name   Position   Date
         
 /s/Steven M. Foster   Chief Executive Officer and President, Director   November 9, 2021
Steven M. Foster   (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
 /s/Richard Ginn   Chief Technology Officer and Director   November 9, 2021
Richard Ginn        
         
 /s/Steven Van Dick   Chief Financial Officer   November 9, 2021
Steven Van Dick   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
 /s/Richard Ferrari   Director   November 9, 2021
Richard Ferrari        

 

II-7

 

  

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
3.2   Bylaws of The Registrant.
3.3   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.4   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.5   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.6   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
4.1*   Form of Underwriter Warrant.
5.1*   Opinion of Counsel to Registrant.
10.1   Promissory Note, dated January 27, 2021 having a principal amount of $130,560.34 and issued to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.2   Convertible Promissory Note dated April 30, 2021 having a principal of $170,000 and issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc..
10.3   Amended and Restated 2015 Convertible Promissory Note dated April 30, 2021 having a principal amount $117,530 and issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc.
10.4   Convertible Promissory Note dated April 30, 2021 having a principal amount of $40,000 issued to Phoenix DeVentures Inc.
10.5   Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note dated April 30, 2021 having a principal amount $70,000 and issued to Khalid Mentako
10.6   Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note dated May 3, 2021 having a principal amount $200,000 and issued to Paul Orofino
10.7   Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note dated May 3, 2021 having a principal amount $50,000 and issued to Paul Orofino
10.8   Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note dated May 7, 2021 having a principal amount $68,359 and issued to Lince Consulting
10.9   Convertible Promissory Note dated June 24, 2021 having a principal amount of $50,000 and issued to Thomas J. Mitchell, II and Susan L. Mitchell, Revocable Living Trust dated June 12, 2000, as amended and restated
10.10   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock dated December 31, 2020 issued to Exchange Listing, LLC
10.11   Tenon Medical, Inc 2012 Equity Incentive Plan
10.12  

Amended and Restated Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement dated May 20, 2021 between SpineSource, Inc. and the Registrant

10.13  

The Common Stock Purchase Agreement between SpineSource, Inc. and the Registrant

10.14   Convertible Promissory Note dated May 18, 2021 having a principal amount of $100,000 and issued to Richard Ginn
10.15   Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2021 between Steven M. Foster and the Registrant
10.16   Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2021 between Richard Ginn and the Registrant
10.17   Consulting Agreement dated May 7, 2021 by and between Richard Ferrari and the Registrant
10.18   Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2021 between Steven Van Dick and the Registrant
10.19   Agreement and Consent of Director Nominee dated October 8, 2021 from Frank Fischer
10.20   Agreement and Consent of Director Nominee dated October 8, 2021 from Ivan Howard
10.21   Agreement and Consent of Director Nominee dated October 8, 2021 from Stephen H. Hochschuler
10.22   Agreement and Consent of Director Nominee dated October 8, 2021 from Robert Weigle
10.23   Exchange Agreement dated as of October 27, 2021 among Zuhlke Ventures AG, Tenon Technology AG and the Registrant
10.24   Convertible Promissory Note dated May 18, 2021 having a principal amount of $100,000 and issued to Richard Ginn
10.25   Convertible Promissory Note dated May 17, 2021 having a principal amount of $250,000 and issued to Theo Franklin
10.26   Convertible Promissory Note dated June 17, 2021 having a principal amount of $125,000 and issued to WS Investment Company, LLC (21A)
10.27   Convertible Promissory Note dated May 18, 2021 having a principal amount of $300,000 and issued to the Ferrari Family Trust
10.28   Convertible Promissory Note dated May 17, 2021 having a principal amount of $600,000 and issued to Frank M. Fischer
10.29   Convertible Promissory Note dated May 17, 2021 having a principal amount of $50,000 and issued to Steven M. Foster
21.1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1   Consent of Armanino, LLP, dated November 9, 2021
23.2*   Consent of Counsel to Registrant (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney.

 

* To be filed by Amendment.

 

II-8

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:49 PM 10/01/2012

FILED 06:56 PM 10/01/2012

SRV 121087760 - 5172409 FILE

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

Tenon Medical, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

 

1.       The name of the Corporation is Tenon Medical, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 19, 2012.

 

2.       This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.       The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenon Medical, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Geoff Dillon, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on October 1, 2012.

 

  /s/ Geoff Dillon
  Geoff Dillon
  President and CEO

 

  -1-  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 4,294,842, consisting of 3,039,921 shares of Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 1,254,921 shares of Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share, 879,250 of which shares shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock, and 375,671 of which shares shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1.            Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)       “Conversion Price” shall mean $0,853 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $2,795 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(b)       “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Stock or Common Stock.

 

(c)       “Corporation” shall mean Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

(d)       “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of (a) dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or (b) the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

    -2-

 

 

(e)       “Dividend Rate” shall mean an annual rate of $0.0682 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and an annual rate of $0.2236 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(f)       “Liquidation Preference” shall mean $0,853 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $2,795 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(g)       “Options” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(h)       “Original Issue Price” shall mean $0,853 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $2,795 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(i)       “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, collectively.

 

(j)       “Recapitalization” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

 

2.            Dividends.

 

(a)       Preferred Stock. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Preferred Stock.

 

(b)       Common Stock. Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior dividend rights of the Preferred Stock.

 

    -3-

 

 

(c)       Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(d)       Waiver of Dividends. Any dividend preference of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series.

 

(e)       Consent to Certain Distributions. As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California Corporations Code, Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply with respect to payments made by the Corporation in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, or (iii) repurchases of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons.

 

3.           Liquidation Rights.

 

(a)       Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).

 

(b)       Remaining Assets. After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution by the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

(c)       Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

    -4-

 

 

(d)         Reorganization. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (each of the events referred to in (i) through (iii) are referred to herein as a “Liquidation”). The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of at least a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following events shall be deemed to be a Liquidation: (X) a consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, (Y) a merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation, or (Z) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation.

 

(e)         Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

 

(i)       if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

 

(ii)       if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

 

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

 

For the purposes of this Section 3(e), “trading day” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “closing prices” or “closing bid prices” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or a Nasdaq Stock Market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

 

    -5-

 

 

4.           Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a)       Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate” for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

 

(b)       Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that the offering price per share is not less than $6.00 (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $25,000,000 (the “Qualified Public Offering”), or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event”).

 

(c)       Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, he shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation (if requested by the Corporation) to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

 

    -6-

 

 

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (except for a conversion in connection with an Automatic Conversion Event as set forth in the preceding paragraph), and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

 

(d)           Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

 

(i)           Special Definition. For purposes of this Section 4(d), “Additional Shares of Common” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

 

(1)       shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock;

 

    -7-

 

 

(2)       up to 879,250 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion thereof;

 

(3)       shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements, or such greater number as may be approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(4)       shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(5)       shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4(e), 4(f), 4(g) or 4(h) hereof;

 

(6)       shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to an Automatic Conversion Event;

 

(7)       shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(8)       shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(9)       shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors; and

 

(10)       any other shares of Common Stock issued or issuable, provided that holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, expressly designate such issuance as being excluded from the definition of Additional Shares of Common hereunder.

 

(ii)           No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(1)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(iii)          Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

 

    -8-

 

 

(1)          no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

(2)          if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f), 4(g) and 4(h) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

 

(3)          no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

 

(4)          upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

 

(a)       in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

    -9-

 

 

(b)       in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(iv)(l)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

 

(5)          if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

 

(iv)         Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received (or deemed received) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued (or deemed issued). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate; provided that any such reduction, regardless of amount, shall be made immediately prior to the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock. For the purposes of this Section 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

 

(1)       Special Adjustment of Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price equal to the consideration per share received by the Corporation for such Additional Shares of Common so issued.

 

    -10-

 

 

(v)           Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

 

(1)           Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

 

(a)       insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

 

(b)       insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

(c)       in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(2)          Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing

 

(x)       the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

 

(y)       the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(e)       Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

    -11-

 

 

(f)       Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

(g)       Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of Common Stock, in each such event the Conversion Price then in effect for each series of Preferred Stock shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect for such series of Preferred Stock by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issues or the close of business on such record date and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(g) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

(h)       Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 (“Liquidation Rights"), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by Recapitalization, capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(i)       Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock,

 

    -12-

 

 

(j)          Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock (other than Series A Preferred Stock) may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, and (ii) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of Series A Preferred Stock may be waived by at least a majority of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(k)          Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

 

(i)       to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

 

(ii)       to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

 

(iii)       to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

 

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution ) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

 

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

 

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

 

(l)       Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

    -13-

 

 

5.           Voting.

 

(a)       Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

 

(b)       No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

 

(c)       Preferred Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date fixed for a stockholders meeting or the effective date of a written consent. The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock. Holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.

 

(d)       Election of Directors. So long as any of the of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) remains outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (a “Series B Director”). So long as any of the of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) remains outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (a “Series A Director”). The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “Common Director”).

 

(e)       Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation.

 

(f)       Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

 

6.           Amendments and Changes. As long as at least 200,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of the Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis:

 

    -14-

 

 

(a)       amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation (including pursuant to a merger) if such action would adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

 

(b)       adversely alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise;

 

(c)       increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

 

(d)       authorize or create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) or issue or obligate itself to issue any new class or series of equity security (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock;

 

(e)       enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a Liquidation pursuant to Section 3(d);

 

(f)       declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation;

 

(g)       authorize the redemption of the capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, and (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at a price not greater than the amount paid by such persons for such shares pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; or

 

(h)       amend this Section 6.

 

7.           Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

8.           Redemption. The shares of Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

 

9.           Reissuance of Shares. Shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

    -15-

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

1.       To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

2.       The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

3.       Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

    -16-

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS OF

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

 

Adopted June 19, 2012

 

     

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
   
Article I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS 1
     
1.1 Place of Meetings 1
1.2 Annual Meeting 1
1.3 Special Meeting 1
1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings 2
1.5 Quorum 2
1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 2
1.7 Conduct of Business 3
1.8 Voting 3
1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 3
1.10 Record Dates 4
1.11 Proxies 5
1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 5
     
Article II — DIRECTORS 5
     
2.1 Powers 5
2.2 Number of Directors 5
2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors 6
2.4 Resignation and Vacancies 6
2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 7
2.6 Conduct of Business 7
2.7 Regular Meetings 7
2.8 Special Meetings; Notice 7
2.9 Quorum; Voting 7
2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 8
2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors 8
2.12 Removal of Directors 9
     
Article III — COMMITTEES 9
     
3.1 Committees of Directors 9
3.2 Committee Minutes 9
3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees 9
3.4 Subcommittees 10
     
Article IV — OFFICERS 10
     
4.1 Officers 10
4.2 Appointment of Officers 10
4.3 Subordinate Officers 10
4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 11
4.5 Vacancies in Offices 11
4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 11
4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 11
     
Article V — INDEMNIFICATION 11
     
5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings 11

 

     

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

    Page
     
5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company 12
5.3 Successful Defense 12
5.4 Indemnification of Others 12
5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses 12
5.6 Limitation on Indemnification 13
5.7 Determination; Claim 13
5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights 13
5.9 Insurance 14
5.10 Survival 14
5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification 14
5.12 Certain Definitions 14
     
Article VI — STOCK 14
     
6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares 14
6.2 Special Designation on Certificates 15
6.3 Lost Certificates 15
6.4 Dividends 15
6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements 16
6.6 Registered Stockholders 16
6.7 Transfers 16
     
Article VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER 16
     
7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings 16
7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission 16
7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address 17
7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful 17
7.5 Waiver of Notice 17
     
Article VIII — GENERAL MATTERS 18
     
8.1 Fiscal Year 18
8.2 Seal 18
8.3 Annual Report 18
8.4 Construction; Definitions 18
     
Article IX — AMENDMENTS 18

 

ii  

 

 

BYLAWS

 

Article I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1       Place of Meetings.  Meetings of stockholders of Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

1.2       Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

 

1.3       Special Meeting.  A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

 

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

 

(i)       be in writing;

 

(ii)       specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

 

(iii)       be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

 

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 

     

 

 

1.4       Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

1.5       Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

 

1.6       Adjourned Meeting; Notice.  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

  2   

 

 

1.7       Conduct of Business.  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

1.8       Voting.  The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

1.9       Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

 

  3   

 

 

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

1.10       Record Dates.  In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

  4   

 

 

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

1.11       Proxies.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

1.12       List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Article II — DIRECTORS

 

2.1       Powers.  The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

2.2       Number of Directors.  The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

  5   

 

 

2.3       Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.  Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.4       Resignation and Vacancies.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

 

(i)       Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

(ii)       Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

  6   

 

 

2.5       Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.  The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

2.6       Conduct of Business.  Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

2.7       Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

2.8       Special Meetings; Notice.  Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i)       delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii)       sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii)       sent by facsimile; or

 

(iv)       sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

2.9       Quorum; Voting.  At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

  7   

 

 

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

2.10       Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

2.11       Fees and Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

  8   

 

 

2.12       Removal of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

Article III — COMMITTEES

 

3.1       Committees of Directors.  The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

 

3.2       Committee Minutes.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

3.3       Meetings and Actions of Committees.  Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i)       section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

 

(ii)       section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

 

(iii)       section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

 

(iv)       section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

 

(v)       section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

 

(vi)       section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

 

(i)       the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii)       special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

  9   

 

 

(iii)       notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

3.4       Subcommittees.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

Article IV — OFFICERS

 

4.1       Officers.  The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

4.2       Appointment of Officers.  The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

 

4.3       Subordinate Officers.  The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

  10   

 

 

4.4       Removal and Resignation of Officers.  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

4.5       Vacancies in Offices.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3.

 

4.6       Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.  Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

4.7       Authority and Duties of Officers.  Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

Article V — INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1       Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  11   

 

 

5.2       Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

5.3       Successful Defense.  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

5.4       Indemnification of Others.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

5.5       Advanced Payment of Expenses.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section Error! Reference source not found., no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

  12   

 

 

5.6       Limitation on Indemnification.  Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

(i)       for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

(ii)       for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iii)       for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iv)       initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

(v)       if prohibited by applicable law.

 

5.7       Determination; Claim.  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V, to the extent such person is successful in such action. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

5.8       Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

  13   

 

 

5.9       Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

5.10       Survival.  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

5.11       Effect of Repeal or Modification.  A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

5.12       Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article V, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article V.

 

Article VI — STOCK

 

6.1       Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares.  The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

  14   

 

 

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

6.2       Special Designation on Certificates.  If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

6.3       Lost Certificates.  Except as provided in this section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

6.4       Dividends.  The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

  15   

 

 

6.5       Stock Transfer Agreements.  The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

6.6       Registered Stockholders.  The Company:

 

(i)        shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii)       shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii)       shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

6.7       Transfers.  Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

 

Article VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

7.1       Notice of Stockholder Meetings.  Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7.2       Notice by Electronic Transmission.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(i)       the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

 

(ii)       such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  16   

 

 

(i)       if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii)       if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii)       if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv)       if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

7.3       Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address.  Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

7.4       Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful.  Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

7.5       Waiver of Notice.  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  17   

 

  

Article VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1       Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

8.2       Seal.  The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.3       Annual Report.  The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

 

8.4       Construction; Definitions.  Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

Article IX — AMENDMENTS

 

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

  18   

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 08:15 PM 09/23/2013

FILED 06:35 PM 09/23/2013

SRV 131119264 - 5172409 FILE

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

Geoff Dillon certifies that:

 

1.       He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Tenon Medical, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”).

 

2.       The name of the Corporation is Tenon Medical, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 19, 2012.

 

3.       ARTICLE IV of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 4,473,730, consisting of 3,129,365 shares of Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 1,344,365 shares of Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share, 968,694 of which shares shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock, and 375,671 of which shares shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock”.”

 

4.       This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(signature page follows)

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenon Medical, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Geoff Dillon, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on September 23, 2013.

 

  /s/ Geoff Dillon
  Geoff Dillon
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:40 PM 02/18/2014

FILED 07:36 PM 02/18/2014

SRV 140194269 - 5172409 FILE

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

Richard Ginn certifies that:

 

1.       He is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Tenon Medical, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”).

 

2.       The name of the Corporation is Tenon Medical, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 19, 2012.

 

3.       ARTICLE IV of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 6,037,075, consisting of 3,937,550 shares of Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 2,099,525 shares of Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share, 1,437,628 of which shares shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock”, and 661,897 of which shares shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock”.”

 

4.       This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(signature page follows)

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenon Medical, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Richard Ginn, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on February 18, 2014.

 

  /s/ Richard Ginn
  Richard Ginn
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 05:50 PM 04/30/2021

FILED 05:50 PM 04/30/2021

SR 20211544490 - File Number 5172409

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

Tenon Medical, Inc, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.       The name of the Corporation is Tenon Medical, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 19, 2012.

 

2.       ARTICLE IV of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 9,460,802, consisting of 7,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 2,460,802 shares of Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share, 1,798,905 of which shares shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock”, and 661,897 of which shares shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock”.”

 

3.       This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(signature page follows)

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenon Medical, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Kal Mentak, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on April 30, 2021.

 

  /s/ Kal Mentak
  Kal Mentak
  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.6

 

 

Delaware

The First State

Page 1

 

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “TENON MEDICAL, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE EIGHTEENTH DAY OF OCTOBER, A.D. 2021, AT 7:47 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

5172409 8100

SR# 20213544492

Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State
 

Authentication: 204443517

Date: 10-19-21

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

 

     

 

  

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:47 PM 10/18/2021

FILED 07:47 PM 10/18/2021

SR 20213544492 - File Number 5172409

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

Tenon Medical, Inc, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.           The name of the Corporation is Tenon Medical, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 19, 2012,

 

2.           ARTICLE IV of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 13,784,965 consisting of 10,487,904 shares of Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 3,297,061 shares of Preferred Stock, $0,001 par value per share, 2,805,839 of which shares shall be designated Series A Preferred Stock”, and 491,222 of which shares shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock”.”

 

3.           ARTICLE V, Section 1(a), 1(e), 1(f), and 1(h) of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(a) “Conversion Price” shall mean $3.3737 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $2,795 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).”

 

“(e) “Dividend Rate” shall mean an annual rate of $0.12205 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and an annual rate of $0.2236 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.)”

 

“(f) “Liquidation Preference” shall mean $1.52561 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $4,98104 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.)”

 

“(h) “Original Issue Price” shall mean $3.3737 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock and $2,795 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).”

 

4.           ARTICLE V, Section 4(d)(i)(2) of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(2) shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion thereof;”

 

     

 

  

5.           ARTICLE VIII of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended to insert the following after the first paragraph:

 

“Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of clauses (a) through (d), any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following that determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII are held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of those provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of those provision to other persons and circumstances will not in any way be affected or impaired. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE VIII. This Article VIII does not apply to claims arising under United States federal securities laws.

 

6.           ARTICLE X of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“1.          To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

2.          The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

3.          Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.”

 

     

 

  

7.          This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(signature page follows)

 

     

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenon Medical, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Steven Foster, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on October 18, 2021.

 

  /s/Steven Foster
  Steven Foster
  Chief Executive Officer

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

January 27, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company”) promises to pay to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“Holder”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum equal to the aggregate principal amount of one hundred thirty thousand, five hundred sixty dollars and thirty-four cents ($130,560.34), together with interest from the date hereof at a rate equal to three percent (3%) per annum1, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder shall be due and payable on the earliest of (i) July 27, 2021; (ii) the closing of a Debt Financing or Equity Financing, (iii) the closing of a Change of Control transaction, (iv) the Company becomes cash flow positive and is in a position to make payment on the outstanding invoices, or (v) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below) (the “Maturity Date”). If all unpaid principal and accrued interest shall not be paid when otherwise due, the interest rate per annum on this note shall increase from three percent (3%) per annum to five percent (5%) per annum.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Holder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.       Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)       “Change of Control” shall mean: (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation), unless the stockholders of record of the Company immediately prior to any such transaction (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s acquisition or otherwise) are holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the surviving entity or acquiring entity immediately thereafter (and for purposes of this calculation equity securities that any stockholder of the Company owned immediately prior to such merger or consolidation as a stockholder of another party to the transaction shall be disregarded); (ii) a sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets (including all exclusive licenses currently owned by the Company) of the Company (or any series of related transactions resulting in the sale or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company); or (iii) a transaction or series of transactions in which a person or group of persons (as defined in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) acquires beneficial ownership (as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the Company.

 

 

1 NTD – Confirm that the interest rate is at least the amount of the AFR.

 

     

 

 

(b)       the “Company” includes the corporation initially executing this Note and any Person which shall succeed to or assume the obligations of the Company under this Note.

 

(c)       “Debt Financing or Equity Financing” shall mean a debt or equity financing of the Company the gross proceeds of which equal or exceed $1,000,000.00.

 

(d)       “Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 4 hereof.

 

(e)       “Holder” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

(f)       “Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations owed by the Company to Holder arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.

 

(g)       “Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

(h)       “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(i)       “Subsidiary” shall mean (a) any corporation of which more than 50% of the issued and outstanding equity securities having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company, (b) any partnership, joint venture, or other association of which more than 50% of the equity interest having the power to vote, direct or control the management of such partnership, joint venture or other association is at the time directly or indirectly owned and controlled by the Company, (c) any other entity included in the financial statements of the Company on a consolidated basis.

 

2.       Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at such time as the principal amount hereunder shall be due.

 

3.       Prepayment. This Note may be prepaid at any time.

 

     

 

 

4.       Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note:

 

(a)       Payment. The Company fails to make any payment under this Note when due; or

 

(b)       Breaches of Covenants. The Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Note (other than as set forth in clause (a) above) and such failure shall continue for 15 days;

 

(c)       Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) become insolvent (as such term may be defined or interpreted under any applicable statute), (vi) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(d)       Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 30 days of commencement.

 

5.       Rights of Holder upon Default. Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default, immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

6.       Notice Prior to Change of Control. The Company shall provide to Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the consummation of a transaction or series of related transactions that would constitute or result in a Change of Control. Such notice shall include the anticipated closing date of such transaction or series of related transactions and the material terms of such transaction or series of related transactions. The Company shall promptly provide Holder with written updates to such notice of any changes to the anticipated closing date or to the material terms of such transaction or series of related transactions.

 

     

 

 

7.       Successors and Assigns. Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Sections 9 and 10 below, the rights and obligations of the Company and Holder shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

8.       Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

9.       Transfer of this Note. With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note, Holder will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof. Transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

10.       Assignment by the Company. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of the Holder.

 

11.       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to Holder, at such Holder’s address or facsimile number set forth in the signature page below, or at such other address as such Holder shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to Company, at 2110 Omega Rd, Ste F, San Ramon, CA 94583, or at such other address or facsimile number as Company shall have furnished to the Holder in writing. All such notices and communications shall be effective (a) when sent by Federal Express or other overnight service of recognized standing, on the business day following the deposit with such service; (b) when mailed, by registered or certified mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through the United States Postal Service, upon receipt; (c) when delivered by hand, upon delivery; and (d) when faxed, upon confirmation of receipt.

 

12.       No Impairment. The Company will not through any amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or any reorganization, Change of Control transaction, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note.

 

13.       Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

14.       Waivers. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

     

 

 

15.       Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

The Company has caused this Note to be issued as of January 27, 2021

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
  By: /S/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO
  Date: 1/27/2021
  Address: 2110 omega rd suite F san ramon CA 94583

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

 

By: /s/ Christine Macachor  
Name: Christine Macachor  
Title: Sr. Collections Manager  

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.       On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B. Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.       The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. The Note.

 

(a)       Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)       Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)       Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.              Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a)       Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

     

 

 

(b)       Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated there by (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)       Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)       Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.       Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)       Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)       Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)       Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)       Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)       Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e)       Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(f)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)       Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of April 30, 2021.

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
     
  Name: Kal Mentak
     
  Title: CEO

 

  Note Amount:   /s/ Jeffrey J Christian
  $170,000   (Signature)
       
      Jeffrey J Christian
      (Print Name)
       
      Phoenix DeVentures Inc.
      (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the
      Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

     

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$170,000 April 30, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Phoenix DeVentures Inc. (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of One Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ($170,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1. Payments.

 

(a) Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)           Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.       Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)       Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)       Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.            Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4. Conversion.

 

(a)       Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)       Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c) Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5. Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  -4-  

 

  

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription

Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(b)       Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (i)       one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)       Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)       Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)       Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)       Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)       Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)       Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -7-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2015 CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$117,530.00 April 30, 2021

  

This Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”) and Phoenix DeVentures Inc. (“Investor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investor purchase from the Company a Convertible Promissory Note, dated January 1, 2016, in the principal amount of $117,530.00 (the “Existing Note”).

 

WHEREAS, Section 6(b) of the Existing Note provides that the Existing Note may amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Supermajority in Interest of Investors (as defined in the Existing Note).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Investor desire to amend and restated the Existing Note in its entirety, as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Company and the Investor agree and the Existing Note shall be amended and restated and replaced in its entirety by this Note, and the parties to this Note further agree as follows:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Phoenix DeVentures Inc. (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of One Hundred Seventeen Thousand Five Hundred Thirty Dollars ($117,530.00) (the “Principal Amount”), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with simple interest from January 1, 2016 on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8.0%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of this Note (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by Investor, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

   

 

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.       Principal Amount. The Principal Amount represents all amounts owed by the Company to Investor as of the date of this Note pursuant to the Consulting Agreement. By acceptance of this Note, Investor releases and forever discharges the Company from any and all obligations and liabilities owed to Investor pursuant to the Consulting Agreement as of the date of this Note.

 

2.       Payments.

 

(a)        Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)       Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Supermajority in Interest of Investors.

 

3.       Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note:

 

(a)       Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20)

Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

(b)       Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)       Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

4.       Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 3(b) or 3(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Supermajority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 3(b) and 3(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Supermajority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by this Note or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

  -2-  

 

 

5.       Conversion.

 

(a)        Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)        Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

(c)        Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 5(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 5(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 5(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 5(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 5(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 5(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(iii)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

6.       Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital), (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital) or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Consulting Agreement” shall mean the Consulting Agreement dated February 5, 2013 between the Company and Investor.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 3 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

  -4-  

 

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 80% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering

 

“Notes” shall mean this Note and the other 2015 convertible promissory notes executed and delivered on or about the date hereof.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

“Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to $1.9565.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Supermajority in Interest” shall mean Investors holding at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

7.       Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 7(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 7(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -5-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)       Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Supermajority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investors’ written consent or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to Investor, at Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Attn: President, 90 N. Main Avenue, Suite 6, Morgan Hill, California 95037, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)       Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(e)       Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)       Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)       Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)       Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)       Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note or any of the transactions contemplated herein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -7-  

 

 

In witness whereof, this Amended and Restated Note is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
   
  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:        
   
INVESTOR  
   
PHOENIX DEVENTURES INC.  
     
By: /s/ Jeffrey J Christian  
Name: Jeffrey J Christian  
Title: CEO  
     
Address:  
   
18655 Madrone Parkway  
Morgan Hill, CA 95037  
   
Email:    
jeffchristian@phoenixdeventures.com  

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2015 Convertible Promissory Note]

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.       On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.       Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.       The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.       Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.        The Note.

 

(a)       Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)       Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)       Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.        Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

   

 

 

(a)       Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

(b)       Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)       Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)       Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company’s current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.       Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)       Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)       Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4.        Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)       Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)       Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)       Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(e)       Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

(f)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)       Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of April 20, 2021.

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

Note Amount: /s/ Jeffrey J Christian
$40,000            Signature)
   
  Jeffrey J Christian
  (Print Name)
   
  Phoenix DeVentures Inc.
  (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the
Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

   

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

   

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

 

$40,000.00 April 30, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Phoenix DeVentures Inc. (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000.00), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.        Payments.

 

(a)        Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)       Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

(c)       Demand Repayment Upon a Qualified Financing. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Qualified Financing or Qualified Debt Financing at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of a Qualified Financing or Qualified Debt Financing (the “Financing Notice”). Upon a request given within five (5) business days of the Financing Notice, the Investor may demand repayment of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest. Payment under this Section 1(c) shall be due and payable within 30 days of the initial closing of such Qualified Financing or Qualified Debt Financing.

 

  -2-  

 

 

2.       Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)       Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20)

Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

(b)       Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)       Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.       Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.        Conversion.

 

(a)       Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(b)       Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, and the Investor has not elected to receive repayment of the Note pursuant to Section 1(c), then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

(c)       Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(iii)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.        Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

“Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Debt Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells debt securities for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of prior indebtedness that is converted into, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such debt securities) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.        Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)       Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (i) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)       Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(e)       Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)       Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)       Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)       Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)       Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -8-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2019 CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$70,000 April 30, 2021

 

This Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”) and Kal Mentak (“Investor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investor purchase from the Company a Convertible Promissory Note, dated October 12, 2019, in the principal amount of $70,000 (the “Existing Note”).

 

WHEREAS, Section 6(b) of the Existing Note provides that the Existing Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Investor desire to amend and restated the Existing Note in its entirety, as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Company and the Investor agree and the Existing Note shall be amended and restated and replaced in its entirety by this Note, and the parties to this Note further agree as follows:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company promises to pay to Investor, or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of $70,000 (the “Principal Amount”), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with simple interest from October 12, 2019 on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to Eight Percent (8.0%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of this Note (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by Investor, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

     

 

 

1. Payments.

 

(a)       Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)       Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.       Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note:

 

(a)       Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20)

Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

(b)       Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)       Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.       Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by this Note or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4. Conversion.

 

(a)       Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

(c) Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(iii)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.       Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital), (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital) or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering

 

Majority in Interest” shall mean Investors holding at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

“Notes” shall mean this Note and the other 2019 convertible promissory notes executed and delivered on or about the date hereof.

 

  -4-  

 

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to $1.9565.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -5-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)       Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investors’ written consent or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to Investor, at Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Attn: President, , or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)       Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)       Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)       Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)       Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(h)       Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)       Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note or any of the transactions contemplated herein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -7-  

 

  

In witness whereof, this Note is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
   
  Tenon Medical, Inc.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
     
  Name: Kal Mentak
     
  Title: CEO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

 

INVESTOR

 

LINCE CONSULTING, LLC

a California Limited Liability Company

 

By: /s/ Kal Mentak  
     
Name: Kal Mentak  
     
Title: CEO  

 

Address:    
     
2110 omega road suite F    
     
san ramon ca 94583    
     
Email:    
kmentak@tctig.com    

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note]

 

     

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$200,000.00 May 3, 2021

 

This Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”) and Paul Orofino (“Investor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investor purchase from the Company a Convertible Promissory Note, dated November 20, 2020, in the principal amount of $200,000 (the “Existing Note”).

 

WHEREAS, Section 6(b) of the Existing Note provides that the Existing Note may amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Investor desire to amend and restated the Existing Note in its entirety, as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Company and the Investor agree and the Existing Note shall be amended and restated and replaced in its entirety by this Note, and the parties to this Note further agree as follows:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company promises to pay to Investor or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from November 20, 2020 on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of this Note (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

   

 

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.           Payments.

 

(a)       Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)       Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.           Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)         Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

(b)         Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)         Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.           Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

  -2-  

 

 

4.            Conversion.

 

(a)          Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)          Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

(c)          Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(iii)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.           Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription

Agreements.

 

  -4-  

 

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -5-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)          Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)          Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (i) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)         Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)         Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)         Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(g)          Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)         Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)          Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -7-  

 

 

In witness whereof, this Note is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
   
  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak  
  Name: Kal Mentak  
  Title: CEO  

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
   
INVESTOR  
   
By: /s/ Paul Orofino  
Name: Paul Orofino  
Title:    
   
Address:  
   
5695 Via De La Plata Cir Delray Beach FL 33484  
   
President  
   
Email:  
paul.orofino@mdsinc.me  

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note]

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2019 CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$50,000 May 3, 2021

 

This Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Paul Orofino (“Investor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investor purchase from the Company a Convertible Promissory Note, dated October 21, 2019, in the principal amount of $50,000 (the “Existing Note”).

 

WHEREAS, Section 6(b) of the Existing Note provides that the Existing Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Investor desire to amend and restated the Existing Note in its entirety, as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Company and the Investor agree and the Existing Note shall be amended and restated and replaced in its entirety by this Note, and the parties to this Note further agree as follows:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company promises to pay to Investor, or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of $50,000 (the “Principal Amount”), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with simple interest from October 21, 2019 on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to Eight Percent (8.0%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of this Note (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by Investor, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

   

 

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.            Payments.

 

(a)           Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)          Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.           Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note:

 

(a)          Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20)

Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

(b)          Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)          Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.           Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by this Note or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

  -2-  

 

 

4.            Conversion.

 

(a)          Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)          Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

(c)          Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(iii)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.             Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital), (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital) or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering

 

  -4-  

 

 

Majority in Interest” shall mean Investors holding at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

“Notes” shall mean this Note and the other 2019 convertible promissory notes executed and delivered on or about the date hereof.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to $1.9565.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -5-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)          Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investors’ written consent or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)          Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to Investor, at Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA, 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)          Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(e)          Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)          Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)         Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)         Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)          Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note or any of the transactions contemplated herein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -7-  

 

 

In witness whereof, this Note is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
   
  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak  
  Name: Kal Mentak  
  Title: CEO  

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
   
INVESTOR  
   
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
   
Address:  
   
   
   
Email:  
   

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note]

 

   

 

 

In witness whereof, this Note is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
   
  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
   
INVESTOR  
   
By: /s/ Paul Orofino  
Name: Paul Orofino  
Title: President  
   
Address:  
   
5695 Via De La Plata Cir Delray Beach FL 33484  
Delray Beach FL 33484  
   
Email:  
paul.orofino@mdsinc.me  

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note]

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2019 CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$68,359 May 7, 2021

 

This Amended and Restated Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”) and Lince Consulting, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Investor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investor purchase from the Company a Convertible Promissory Note, dated June 12, 2019, in the principal amount of $68,359.00 (the “Existing Note”).

 

WHEREAS, Section 6(b) of the Existing Note provides that the Existing Note may amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Supermajority in Interest of Investors (as defined in the Existing Note).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Investor desire to amend and restated the Existing Note in its entirety, as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Company and the Investor agree and the Existing Note shall be amended and restated and replaced in its entirety by this Note, and the parties to this Note further agree as follows:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Company promises to pay to Investor, or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Sixty Eight Thousand Three Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars ($68,359.00) (the “Principal Amount”), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with simple interest from June 12, 2019 on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to Eight Percent (8.0%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of this Note (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by Investor, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

   

 

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.           Principal Amount. The Principal Amount represents all amounts owed by the Company to Investor as of the date of this Note pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, and subsequent 2015 Convertible Promissory Note. By acceptance of this Note, Investor releases and forever discharges the Company from any and all obligations and liabilities owed to Investor pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, and subsequent 2015 Convertible Promissory Note as of the date of this Note.

 

2.           Payments.

 

(a)          Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)         Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Supermajority in Interest of Investors.

 

3.           Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note:

 

(a)          Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

(b)          Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)          Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

4.          Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 3(b) or 3(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Supermajority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 3(b) and 3(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Supermajority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by this Note or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

  -2-  

 

 

5.           Conversion.

 

(a)          Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)         Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

(c)         Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 5(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 5(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 5(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(ii)           Conversion Pursuant to Section 5(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 5(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 5(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)         Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

6.             Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital), (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (other than in connection with a financing of the Company with the principal purposes of raising capital) or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Consulting Agreement” shall mean the Consulting Agreement dated October 13, 2012 between the Company and Investor.

 

subsequent 2015 Convertible Promissory Note” shall mean the Company’s 2015 Convertible Promissory Note to Investor which matured on or about December 15, 2018.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 3 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

  -4-  

 

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 80% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering

 

“Notes” shall mean this Note and the other 2015 convertible promissory notes executed and delivered on or about the date hereof.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

“Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to $1.9565.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Supermajority in Interest” shall mean Investors holding at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

7.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 7(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

  -5-  

 

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 7(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)          Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Supermajority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investors’ written consent or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)          Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to Investor, at Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA, 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)          Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(e)          Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)          Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)          Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)         Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)          Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note or any of the transactions contemplated herein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -7-  

 

 

In witness whereof, this Amended and Restated Note is executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
   
  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak  
  Name: Kal Mentak  
  Title: CEO  

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
   
INVESTOR  
   
By: /s/ Nance Lince  
Name: Nance Lince  
Title: President & CEO  
   
Address:  
   
111 Deerwood Road, Suite 200  
San Ramon, CA 94583  
   
Email:  
nlince@linceconsulting.com  

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated 2019 Convertible Promissory Note]

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.             Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.            The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.            Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            The Note.

 

(a)          Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)          Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)          Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.            Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a)          Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

   

 

 

(b)          Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)          Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)          Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)          No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.            Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)           Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-

 

 

(b)          Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)          Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)          No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)          Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)          Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)          Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e)         Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-

 

 

(f)          Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)          Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of June 24, 2021     .

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
  By: /s/ Steven Foster
  Name: Steven Foster
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Note Amount: /s/ Thomas J. Mitchell, II
$50 000.00          (Signature)
   
  Thomas J. Mitchell, II
  (Print Name)
   
  "Thomas J. Mitchell, II and Susan L. Mitchell, Revocable Living Trust dated January 12, 2000, as amended and restated".
  (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

   

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

   

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$50,000 June 24, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Thomas J. Mitchell, II and Susan L. Mitchell, Recovable Living Trust dated January 12, 2000, as amended and restated (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.           Payments.

 

(a)           Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)          Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.            Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)          Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

  -2-

 

 

(b)          Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)          Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.          Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.           Conversion.

 

(a)          Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)          Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-

 

 

(c)           Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)           if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)         if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d)         Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-

 

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.           Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  -5-

 

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -6-

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -7-

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)          Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)         Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)         Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)         Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)         Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)         Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

  -8-

 

 

(h)         Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)         Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -9-

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Steven Foster
  Name: Steven Foster
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

   

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. This warrant must be surrendered to the coMPANY or its transfer agent as a condition precedent to the sale, transfer, pledge or hypothecation of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

TENON MEDICAL, INC.
 

Dated as of December 31, 2020

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

 

Warrant to Purchase

50,000 Shares of

Common Stock

(subject to adjustment)

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Exchange Listing, LLC, or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares”), in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “Warrant” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Capital Market Advisory Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2020, by and between the Company and the Holder.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

1. Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

 

(a)       Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to 50,000 Shares, as may be adjusted pursuant hereto, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8.

 

(b)       Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $2.60, subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “Exercise Price”).

 

(c)       Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, prior to (or in connection with) the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

 

 

 

 

2. Exercise of the Warrant.

 

(a)       Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1, by:

 

(i)       the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “Notice of Exercise”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

 

(ii)       the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b).

 

(b)       Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y (A – B)
A

 

Where:

X = The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder
     
Y = The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
     
A = The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)
     
B = The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

 

(i)       where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal, as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value; and

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

(ii)       if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(c)       Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

 

(d)       No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

(e)       Conditional Exercise. The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the notice of exercise.

 

(f)       Automatic Exercise. If the Holder of this Warrant has not elected to exercise this Warrant prior to expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, then this Warrant shall automatically (without any act on the part of the Holder) be exercised pursuant to Section 2(b) effective immediately prior to the expiration of the Warrant to the extent such net issue exercise would result in the issuance of Shares, unless Holder shall earlier provide written notice to the Company that the Holder desires that this Warrant expire unexercised. If this Warrant is automatically exercised, the Company shall notify the Holder of the automatic exercise as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Holder shall surrender the Warrant to the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(g)       Reservation of Stock. The Company agrees during the term the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use its best efforts to take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its common stock to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company represents and warrants that all shares that may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant will, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3.            Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

 

(a)       Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “Warrant Register”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

 

(b)       Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

 

(c)       Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “Assignment Form”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

(d)       Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

(e)       Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate, or a book entry, in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate, or make such book entry, unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue or entry thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

5.            Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

 

(a)       Restrictions on Transfers. This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares (the “Securities”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder, and

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

(i)       there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

(ii)       (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

 

(b)       Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(c)       Securities Law Legend. Each certificate, instrument or book entry representing the Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be notated with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. This certificate must be surrendered to the coMPANY or its transfer agent as a condition precedent to the sale, TRANSFER, pledge OR hypothecation of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

(d)       Market Stand-off Legend. Each certificate, instrument or book entry representing the Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall also be notated with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(e)       Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

 

(f)       Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(c) notated on any certificate evidencing the Shares and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed, and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities (to the extent the securities are certificated), if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration, qualification or legend.

 

(g)       No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status. The Holder agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. The Holder will promptly notify the Company in writing if the Holder or, to the Holder’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

6.             Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

 

(a)       Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “Reorganization”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

(b)       Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “Reclassification”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(c)       Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of common stock are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

(d)       Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 5(g), the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.            Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

 

(a)       the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 5(g), (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities;

 

(b)       the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(c)       any of the events set forth in Section 8 below, then

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Warrants.

 

8.            Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

 

(a)       5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on December 31, 2025;

 

(b)       (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation, but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes and any transaction effected primarily for purposes of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent), or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(c)       Immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offering and sale of the Company’s common stock.

 

9.            No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

10.           Market Stand-off. The Holder of this Warrant hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may notate each such certificate, instrument or book entry with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(d) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

11.          Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)       No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

(b)       Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

(c)       Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

(d)       Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

(e)       Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Holder understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

(f)       Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Holder has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to “accredited investor” status. Any such information is true, correct, timely and complete.

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

(g)       Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

(h)       Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(i)       No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

(j)       Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

(k)       Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

(l)       Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

(m)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. Neither (i) the Holder, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by the Holder is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the acceptance of this Warrant, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by the Company and the holders of warrants representing not less than a majority of the Shares issuable upon exercise of any and all outstanding Warrants, which majority does not need to include the consent of the Holder. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 9(a) shall be binding upon each holder of the Warrants, each future holder of such Warrants and the Company; provided, however, that no special consideration or inducement may be given to any such holder in connection with such consent that is not given ratably to all such holders, and that such amendment must apply to all such holders equally and ratably in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall promptly give notice to all holders of Warrants of any amendment effected in accordance with this Section 9(a).

 

(b)       Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

 

(c)       Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to the Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(i)       if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

 

(ii)       if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to James Huie, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Warrant be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Warrant or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

(d)       Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(e)       Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the Holder and the Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California), in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

 

(f)       Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

(g)       Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(h)       Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the Holder and the Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or related to this Warrant. If the waiver of jury trial set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Warrant shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict the Holder or the Company from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(i)       California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

  - 12 -  

 

 

(j)       Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

 

(k)       Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

(signature page follows)

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  
     
  Address:  

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

EXCHANGE LISTING, LLC

 

By:    
     
Name:    
     
Title:    

 

Address:

 

1111 S Roop St.

Unit 100

Carson City, NV 89702 

 

(Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of Tenon Medical, Inc.)

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: TENON MEDICAL, INC. (the “Company”)

 

Attention: President

 

(1) Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:    
     
Type of security:    

 

(2) Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

¨ A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

¨ The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3) Conditional Exercise. Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

¨ Yes                     ¨         No

 

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

(4) Stock. Please make a book entry and, if the shares are certificated, issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨ The undersigned

 

  ¨ Other—Name:  
       
    Address:  
       
       

 

(5) Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

¨ The undersigned

 

  ¨ Other—Name:  
       
    Address:  
       
       

 

¨ Not applicable

 

  A-1  

 

 

(6) Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8) Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

   
  (Print name of the warrant holder)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
   
   
  (Date)
   
   
  (Fax number)
   
   
  (Email address)

 

(Signature page to the Notice of Exercise) 

 

  A-2  

 

 

EXHIBIT A-l

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:    
     
COMPANY: TENON MEDICAL, INC.  
     
SECURITIES: THE WARRANT ISSUED ON DECEMBER 31, 2020 (THE “WARRANT”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

 

DATE:    

 

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

1.       No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

2.       Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

 

3.       Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

4.       Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

5.       Access to Data. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information that it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. The Investor understands that any such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

  A-1-1  

 

 

6.       Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The Investor has furnished or made available any and all information requested by the Company or otherwise necessary to satisfy any applicable verification requirements as to “accredited investor” status. Any such information is true, correct, timely and complete.

 

7.       Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

8.       Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

9.       No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

10.       Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

11.       Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

  A-1-2  

 

 

12.       Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

13.       Market Stand-off. The Investor agrees that the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may notate each such certificate, instrument or book entry with a legend with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Investor agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the relevant underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.

 

14.       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. Neither (i) the Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by the Investor is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the purchase or acquisition of the Securities, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

(signature page follows)

 

  A-1-3  

 

 

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

  INVESTOR
   
   
  (Print name of the investor)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name and title of signatory, if applicable)
   
   
  (Street address)
   
   
  (City, state and ZIP)

 

  A-1-4  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:    
     
COMPANY: TENON MEDICAL, INC.  
     
WARRANT: THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED ON DECEMBER 31, 2020 (THE “WARRANT”)

 

DATE:  

 

(1) Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“Assignor”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“Assignee”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

Name of Assignee:  
   
Address of Assignee:  
   
   
   
Number of Shares Assigned:  

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________________ as attorney to make such transfer on the books of Tenon Medical, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(2) Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (the “Securities”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(3) Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(4) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(5) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. Neither (i) Assignee, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s securities held or to be held by Assignee is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer of the Securities, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

  - 1 -  

 

 

Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR   ASSIGNEE
     
     
(Print name of Assignor)   (Print name of Assignee)
     
     
(Signature of Assignor)   (Signature of Assignee)
     
     
(Print name of signatory, if applicable)   (Print name of signatory, if applicable)
     
     
(Print title of signatory, if applicable)   (Print title of signatory, if applicable)
     
Address:   Address:
     
     
     
     

 

  - 2 -  

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

· to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

· to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

· to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a)           “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)           “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c)           “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

 

(d)           “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f)           “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)           Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

 

 

 

(ii)           Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(g)          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(h)           “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(i)            “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(j)            “Company” means Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(k)           “Consultant” means any individual, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Consultant” shall not include any entity or any non-natural person.

 

(l)            “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(m)          “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(n)           “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(o)           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(p)           “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(q)           “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)           If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)           If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii)           In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(r)            “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(s)           “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(t)           “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(u)           “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

 

(v)           “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(w)           “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(x)           “Plan” means this 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(y)           “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(z)           “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(aa)         “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(bb)         “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(cc)         “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(dd)         “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)           Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 373,710 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(b)           Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

 

(c)           Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

4. Administration of the Plan.

 

(a)           Procedure.

 

(i)           Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii)           Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

(b)           Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)           to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)          to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)         to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)         to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

  -5-  

 

 

(v)          to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi)         to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)        to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(viii)       to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

 

(ix)          to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

 

(x)           to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

 

(xi)          to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xii)         to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

(xiii)        to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c)           Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

5.             Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.             Stock Options.

 

(a)           Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(b)           Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(c)           Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)           Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(e)           Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

(i)           Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

(ii)          Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(iii)         Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

(f)           Exercise of Option.

 

(i)           Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(ii)          Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

  -8-  

 

 

(iii)         Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv)         Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)           Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)           Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(c)           Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d)           Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e)           Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

  -9-  

 

 

(f)           Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i)            The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

(ii)           The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

8. Restricted Stock.

 

(a)           Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)           Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c)           Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d)           Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

(e)           Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f)           Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g)           Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

  -10-  

 

 

(h)           Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

9. Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)           Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b)           Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(c)           Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d)           Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

(e)           Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

10.           Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

11.           Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

  -11-  

 

 

12. Limited Transferability of Awards.

 

(a)           Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)           Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

 

(a)           Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

 

(b)           Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

  -12-  

 

 

(c)           Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

  -13-  

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

14. Tax Withholding.

 

(a)           Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b)           Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

15.           No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

16.           Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

  -14-  

 

 

17.           Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

18.           Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a)          Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)          Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)          Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

19.          Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

(a)          Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)          Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

20.          Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

21.          Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

  -15-  

 

 

22.          Information to Participants. Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

  -16-  

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXCLUSIVE SALES REPRESENTATIVE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EXCLUSIVE SALES REPRESENTATIVE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated May 20, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 2110 Omega Road, Suite F, San Ramon, CA 94583 (“Company”) and SpineSource, Inc., a Missouri corporation having a place of business at 17826 Edison Avenue, Chesterfield, MO 63005 (“Representative”), (each herein referred to by name or individually, as a “Party,” or collectively, as the “Parties”) for the purpose of defining the rights and duties of the Parties in connection with the representation by Representative of certain Company products.

 

BACKGROUND

 

Company and Representative previously entered into an “Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement,” dated April 27, 2020, as amended on December 15, 2020 (the “Prior Agreement”), under which Representative received exclusive rights to market, promote and distribute Company’s “Catamaran” product in the United States and Puerto Rico. Company believes that the Prior Agreement is not conducive to its raising capital for expansion, which capital Company believes is necessary to optimize the “Catamaran” product for full commercial launch and market expansion. Accordingly, the Parties have agreed to amend, restate and supersede the Prior Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1. Definitions.

 

1.1           “affiliate” means, with respect a specified entity, any other entity which Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with the specified entity, but only for so long as such Control exists. For purposes of this definition, “Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 below.

 

1.2           “Applicable Laws” means all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any governmental entity or Regulatory Authority that apply to the Products in the Territory or otherwise to the activities contemplated under this Agreement, including without limitation (i) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations; (ii) the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act; and (iii) regulations and guidelines of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and other Regulatory Authorities.

 

1.3           “Acquire” or “Acquisition” means (a) the acquisition of Control of Company, whether in one or a series of related transactions, by a Third Party by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination; (b) the acquisition by a Third Party of more than fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock of Company in one or a series of related transactions; (c) the acquisition by a Third Party of all or substantially all of the business, assets, and/or liabilities of Company; and/or (d) any other transaction or series of related transactions in which Control of Company is acquired by a Third Party. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the term Acquisition shall not include: (a) any sale or assignment for the benefit of creditors, such as in connection with a plan of liquidation or dissolution adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors; or (b) an equity financing or any other transaction in which the stockholders that Control Company as of the date prior to the closing date of such transaction possess Control of the surviving entity in such transaction immediately after the closing of such transaction; or (c) the Company’s issuance of shares of its common stock in a registered initial public offering on any public exchange for the sole purpose for working capital of the Company. The term “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the company whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

1.4           “Acquisition Bonus” shall be the amount calculated in accordance with Exhibit C to this Agreement.

 

1.5           “Calendar Quarter” means a three-consecutive calendar month period beginning on any of January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.

 

1.6           “Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Acquisition agreement between Company or its stockholders, on the one hand, and the Third Party Acquiring the Company, on the other.

 

1.7           “Converted Account(s)” means any Customer or group of Customers in the Territory for which Company and Representative mutually agree to have a Company employee act as a sales representative after the Second Sales Year, and subject to the terms in Section 3.3 below.

 

1.8           “Customer” means an end user customer that (i) is licensed under Applicable Laws to use the Products in the treatment of patients within the Territory and (ii) purchases the Product for its own use in such manner; such as hospitals and physicians, but not individual patients, not another product manufacturer or supplier, and not any distributor, reseller, or the like.

 

1.9           “Exclusivity” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1

 

1.10         “First Commercial Sale” means the first invoiced Sale of the improved Product in the Territory by Representative, after Representative has received at least 20 Product kits with sufficient inventory to meet the Sales Minimums for the First Sales Year.

 

1.11         “Second Sales Year” means the two-year period of time commencing on the day on which First Commercial Sale of Product occurs and ending on the day immediately prior to the second anniversary of such First Commercial Sale.

 

1.12         “Force Majeure Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 17.7.

 

1.13         “MAA Approval” means approval by the FDA of the MAA filed in the Territory for the Product.

 

1.14         “Marketing Approval Application” or “MAA” means a 510(k) application filed with the FDA as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. Section 807.81 et. seq.

 

 

 

 

1.15         “Net Sales” means the Product sales actually invoiced by the Company for the Sale of the Product during the Term, less deductions for: (i) credits, allowances, discounts, refunds and rebates; (ii) trade, quantity or cash discounts; (iii) retroactive price reductions; and (iv) sales, value- added and other taxes (including customs, duties and other governmental charges) paid by the Company.

 

1.16         “Proceeds” means the total amount of cash, and any publicly traded stock, in each case actually received by the Company and/or the stockholders of Company in connection with an Acquisition, all to the extent set forth in a written agreement entered into by Company or its stockholders during the Term of this Agreement or during the nine (9) month period following the termination or expiration of the Term of this Agreement (other than a termination of the Term by Company pursuant to Section 14.2. For clarity, such cash and stock will be included in Proceeds only at the time received and owned by Company or such stockholders without restriction on liquidation and other disposition. Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to treat the fair market value of the publicly traded stock (determined as of the date the Acquisition is consummated) as Proceeds, rather than the actual shares. Proceeds shall not include the value of any loans or any other consideration.

 

1.17         “Product” means the Company product(s) set forth in Exhibit A. Products may be changed, abandoned, or added by Company in Company’s sole discretion provided that Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to provide thirty (30) days prior written notice to Representative, and Representative’s rights herein shall extend to any new Company product that replaces, improves or modifies the products set forth on Exhibit A, and such products shall be deemed “Products” hereunder.

 

1.18         “Regulatory Authorities” means any federal, state, or local regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental entity involved in regulating any aspect of the conduct, development, manufacture, market approval, sale, promotion, distribution, packaging or use of the Products, including without limitation the FDA.

 

1.19         “Sale” with respect to a unit of Product, means and will be considered complete only after all of the following have occurred: (i) a purchase order has been received by Company from a Customer in the Territory for the unit of Product; (ii) Company and such Customer have agreed upon the terms and conditions under which such unit of Product will be sold by Company to Customer; the purchase order has been accepted by Company for such unit in writing and the purchase order is no longer subject to revocation or cancellation; and (iii) the unit of Product has been delivered to and accepted by the Customer and the Company may invoice the Customer.

 

1.20         “Sales Minimums” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.21         “Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1.

 

1.22         “Territory” means the United States of America and Puerto Rico.

 

1.23         “Third Party” means a person or entity other than a Party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

1.24         “TTM Commission” means, with respect to a Converted Account, the total aggregate amount of commission accrued or actually paid by Company to Representative under Section 4.1 of this Agreement on Sales of Product by Company to the Converted Account in the twelve-month period immediately preceding the effective date on which Company makes a Company employee a sales representative for the Converted Account; provided however in the event that the Customer or Customers of a Converted Account have been active for less than twelve-months, such total amount of commissions accrued or actually paid by Company shall be annualized.

 

2. Appointment and Authority of Representative.

 

2.1           Sales Representative Appointment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Company appoints Representative as its exclusive sales representative for marketing, sale, and support of the Products to Customers in the Territory, and Representative accepts the appointment and agrees to use all diligent efforts to market, promote and maximize the Sales of the Products in the Territory. Representative will be Company’s “exclusive” sales representative for such sales, but only to the extent of the exclusivity expressly set forth in Section 3.1 below (“Exclusivity”). Representative shall have no power or authority, express or implied, to make any commitment or incur any obligations on behalf of Company or to represent itself as an agent of Company. Representative shall not solicit orders or promote Products to any person or entity other than a Customer.

 

2.2           Conversion to Direct Sales Representatives. At all times after the end of the Second Sales Year, Company and Representative may mutually agree to have the Company’s employees act as direct sales representatives for the Product in the Territory for Converted Accounts, in lieu of Representative and its sales representatives. If the Parties mutually agree to a Converted Account, the Company shall pay Representative two (2) times the TTM Commission for the Converted Account on the date that the Converted Account becomes effective. Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, appointment by Company of an employee as a sales representative for a Converted Account shall take effect on the date specified by Company and the Representative.

 

2.3           Territorial Limitation. Representative shall not advertise, promote, or solicit orders for the Products outside the Territory without the prior written consent of Company. Representative shall promptly submit to Company, for Company’s attention and handling, the originals of all inquiries received by Company from potential Customers outside the Territory.

 

2.4           Reserved Rights. Company grants, and Representative shall obtain, no intellectual property rights with respect to the Products. Company reserves all rights not expressly granted herein.

 

2.5           No Conflicts. Representative represents and warrants to Company that it does not currently represent or otherwise promote any products that are competitive with, or provide similar functionality to, the Products (“Competing Products”). Representative agrees that, during the Term and to the extent permitted under Applicable Law, it will not represent or promote any Competing Products in the Territory unless expressly agreed upon beforehand, in writing, by both Parties. If Representative represents or promotes products in the Territory that are Competing Products, such representation and promotion will be considered a breach of this Agreement and Company shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to either (i) terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 14.2, or (ii) convert the appointment in Section 2.1 above to a non-exclusive arrangement, in each case without prejudice to any rights or remedies available to Company under Applicable Law.

 

 

 

 

3. Sale of the Products.

 

3.1           Sales Minimums; Product Exclusivity. Representative acknowledges that its assurances to Company that Representative can drive and achieve the Product Sales minimums in accordance with Exhibit D in the Territory (the “Sales Minimums”) are an essential part of the consideration that Company is expecting to receive from this Agreement and Representative. Accordingly, if the Sales Minimums have not been achieved, at any time and for any reason (other than as a result of Company’s inability to produce and deliver to Representative sufficient quantities of saleable Product), such failure shall be considered a material breach of this Agreement by Representative for which Company is entitled to: (i) terminate this Agreement under Section 14.2 at any time after the breach of this Agreement has not been cured within 60 days; or (ii) provided the material breach of this Agreement has not been cured within 60 days, convert the appointment in Section 2.1 above to a non-exclusive agreement with mutually agreeable terms to be discussed. So long as such a failure has not occurred and provided that Representative has not otherwise failed to comply with a term or condition of this Agreement, and/or the Agreement has not been converted to a non-exclusive agreement, then the Company agrees that it will not market, promote or sell Products for use in the Territory except in or in support of transactions with the Representative.

 

3.2           Promotion of the Products. Representative shall, at its own expense and according to the terms of this Agreement, use its best efforts to maximize the Sales of the Products to Customers within the Territory including, without limitation, through such training, and direct solicitation as it deems appropriate to meet its Sales Minimums; provided that any and all advertising and promotional activities under this Agreement shall be conducted in accordance with Applicable Laws and the package insert for the Product to the extent previously reviewed and approved by Company in writing. Company shall furnish Representative with reasonable quantities of samples, literature and any other materials Company deems necessary for proper promotions and sales presentations of its Products in the Territory. Representative may also develop and submit to Company for review and approval promotional and other materials based upon information, materials or requirements provided or specified by Company. Representative shall not use or distribute any promotional materials other than those that have been provided by Company, that are exact copies of those provided by Company, or that have been approved by Company in writing (collectively, the “Materials”) for purposes of promoting the sale of the Product under this Agreement, provided the approval by the Company is not unreasonably withheld or delayed. Furthermore, Representative shall use the Materials solely for purposes of this Agreement. Other than the copies of Materials provided by Company or Materials being used for any of the Company’s employee sales representatives, the Representative will bear all costs associated with printing Materials. Company shall bear all costs associated with the development of the Materials, including but not limited to artwork, layout, graphic design, images, animations and technical writing.

 

3.3           Prices and Terms and Conditions of Sale. Company shall provide Representative copies of any current Product price lists, delivery schedules, and standard terms and conditions of sale, as established from time to time for the Product. Notwithstanding such price lists, delivery schedules and standard terms and conditions, the Company shall set the prices, delivery schedules, and other terms and conditions of sale to Customers. All Sales shall be made in the name of Company and Representative will make reasonable efforts to add Company to Customers’ approved vendor list.

 

 

 

 

3.4           Product Orders. Representative shall use best efforts to maximize the volume of orders for Products that it solicits and obtains orders from Customers in the Territory.

 

3.5           Payment by Customers. Company will render all invoices directly to Customers, and all invoice payments shall be made directly to the Company by Customers. Company shall have the sole right of credit approval or credit refusal for Customers in all cases. It is understood by Company that full responsibility for all collection rests with Company.

 

3.6           Forecasting. At least five (5) business days before the start of each Calendar Quarter, Representative shall provide Company with its best, good-faith rolling forecast of the quantity of Product units that Representative expects to be delivered to Customers in the immediately succeeding twelve (12) month period (each a “Forecast”). Each Forecast shall be provided in writing, in such form and by electronic or other means as Company reasonably requires, and shall separately break out anticipated delivery volumes for each Product by calendar month. The first such Forecast is set forth in Exhibit B. Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its Forecasts are as accurate as possible and, without Company’s consent, Customers’ orders do not significantly deviate from the Forecasts.

 

4. Compensation.

 

4.1 Payments.

 

4.1.1           Commission on Product Sales. On or before the fifteenth (15th) day of each calendar month, Company agrees to pay Representative sixty percent (60%) of the Net Sales invoiced by Company from Product Sales that are completed in the Territory during the prior calendar month. In the event Company receives Product returns representing all or part of the Net Sales, whether voluntarily or under legal obligation, Company may deduct the commission, which was paid to the Representative for the Net Sales of the Product so returned from future amounts owed to Representative hereunder. In the event a Customer does not pay an invoice for the Product to the Company within one hundred twenty (120) days after the invoice due date, and Company has provided Representative with thirty (30) days written notice of the past due and unpaid invoice, then Company may deduct from commissions then due, or in the future due, the Representative an amount equal to the commission previously paid on said paid invoice. If Company subsequently collects such unpaid balance, the commission so deducted shall be paid to Representative in full on the 15th day of the month following the month in which it was paid.

 

4.1.2           Acquisition of Company. Company shall keep Representative reasonably apprised of any potential Acquisition. Upon an Acquisition during the Term or during the nine (9) month period following the expiration or termination of the Term (other than a termination by Company pursuant to Section 14.2 [termination based on Representative’s uncured breach]), Company agrees to pay a bonus to Representative (the “Acquisition Bonus”), in the amount and method calculated in accordance with Exhibit C. Representative will not be entitled to any compensation under this Section 4.1.2 as a result of any decision not to sell or consider the sale of Company, regardless of the reason. Such bonus shall be paid within ten (10) calendar days after Company’s or its stockholder’s receipt of Proceeds from such Acquisition.

 

 

 

 

4.1.3           Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth in Sections, 3.2, 5.4, 6.2, 6.5, 8.4 or 17.6, Articles 9, 11 or 12, or on Exhibit E, each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

4.1.4           Currency. All cash payment by shall be in United States dollars and shall be subject to all applicable governmental regulations and rulings.

 

5. Conduct of Business.

 

5.1           Representative’s Conduct of Business. Representative shall use its best efforts and devote such time as may be necessary to sell and promote the sale of Company’s Products within the Territory in accordance with its obligations hereunder, including sufficient to meet the Sales Minimums in each Calendar Quarter. Representative represents and warrants to Company that it is in the business of providing services of the type contemplated in this Agreement to clients in order to enhance the value of clients’ businesses and sales, that Representative has the requisite skills and specialized knowledge to maximize the potential of Company’s businesses and sales of Products in the Territory and to make the Product competitive in the market. Representative shall make sufficient investments of time and money, and dedicate sufficient resources, to perform its obligations under this Agreement, meet the Sales Minimums and otherwise maximize Sales of Products, and Customer satisfaction and goodwill related to Product, in the Territory. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Representative will conduct all of its business in its own name and in such manner as it may see fit.

 

5.2           Services. Representative shall provide the following services to all Customers in the Territory:

 

5.2.1           As requested by Company in writing, following up on all inquiries from Customers and Customer prospects within the Territory and calling on existing Customers and Customer prospects in the Territory at reasonably frequent intervals.

 

5.2.2           Distributing current Product literature, catalogues, and other sales aids as is customary and reasonable in the medical device business.

 

5.2.3           Provided the Company has given reasonable advanced written notice, attend Company sponsored national, regional, and/or local trade shows, either at Company’s home office or at another location designated by Company.

 

5.2.4           Training for the Product, all in a manner reasonably acceptable to Company.

 

5.2.5           Assistance, support and involvement in Product evaluation, troubleshooting, and returns; and obtaining information from Customers related to issues or concerns; all in a manner reasonably acceptable to Company.

 

 

 

 

5.2.6           Ensuring positive, high quality Customer engagement, relationships and experiences related to the Product, including without limitation Product quality, function and performance, and creating and maintaining at all times a positive, premium image and reputation of Company and the Product with Customers and others.

 

5.2.7           Performing such other services as set forth in Exhibit E or otherwise agreed to by Representative from time to time.

 

5.3           Support. Without limiting Representative’s other responsibilities under this Agreement, any Customer complaints regarding Products and support to be provided to Customers shall be handled as follows:

 

5.3.1           General Product Support Services. Without limiting the Parties obligations under this Agreement, both Parties shall follow the requirements published by FDA for CFR Title 21 Part 803 regarding Customer Complaint and Medical Device Reporting for the Products through the Standard Operating Procedure outlined in Exhibit F hereto. communicate concerns and adverse events to Company, Representative, and not Company, shall provide Level One Support (as defined in Exhibit F) on the Products to Customers. Such support shall include providing assistance and information that Company reasonably requests to enable Company to provide Level Two Support (as defined in Exhibit F) on the Products.

 

5.3.2           Training Support by Company. Company will provide Product training to Representative. Company will also make available its training modules for surgeons and Representative’s sales representatives and employees. Such modules will consist of Internet-based training presentations that Representative can embed on its website and mobile devices.

 

5.4           Orders and Inventory Management.

 

5.4.1           Representative shall establish and maintain an inventory of the Products from Company on a consignment basis that is stored by Representative at Representative’s facility located at 17826 Edison Avenue, Chesterfield, MO 63005, or any other location at the sole discretion of the Representative, all in accordance with Applicable Law and the requirements of Regulatory Authorities and Company as described in Exhibit G. Company retains all right, title, and interest in and to all Products until such Products are (a) delivered to Customers pursuant to this Agreement; (b) used, lost, or damaged by Representative, at which time Product will be deemed purchased by Representative and Representative shall pay Company for such Product at the then manufacturing cost of the Product, upon invoice; or (c) returned to Company at Company’s written request, provided the return will not negatively affect the Representative’s capacities to conduct business with the Products or meet its Sales Minimum obligations herein. Representative agrees to (x) mark Product as Company’s property, (y) segregate Products from other goods, and (z) use reasonable care to store, secure and protect the Products from loss or damage and in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Representative agrees to maintain Products free and clear of all liens and encumbrances of any nature and shall indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless Company from and against any loss or damage caused by its failure to do so, upon Company’s request. Upon Company’s written request, Representative agrees to return any Products in its possession to Company, provided the return will not negatively affect the Representative’s capacities to conduct business with the Products or meets its Sales Minimum obligations herein.

 

 

 

 

5.4.2           Representative shall order Products on behalf of Customers from Company by submitting written purchase orders of Customers identifying the number(s) and type(s) of Products ordered, the requested delivery date(s). All orders for Products will be subject to acceptance by Company, provided that Company will not unreasonably reject any purchase order for Products that meets the requirements of this Section 5.4.2. Company will accept or reject each order submitted by Representative within three (3) business days after receipt of the order. Any order not rejected within this time period will be deemed accepted. Representative may use its standard purchase order form to order Products hereunder; provided, however, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will supersede any conflicting terms on such form.

 

5.4.3           Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver Product to Representative by the delivery dates specified in Representative’s purchase orders and shall promptly notify Representative upon learning of any backordered Product or any circumstance that could lead to a Product being delivered later than the date in the applicable purchase order. Company shall bear all costs to ship the Product to the Representative and shall provide the Representative a no-charge invoice for the Products and a Packing List for what is contained in each order by item number, quantity, description and lot number(s).

 

5.4.4           Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, all shipments shall be shipped to the Representative by the Company using Fed Ex or United Parcel Service Standard delivery. The Company shall notify Representative via e-mail of tracking number(s) for each shipment. Company will package to ship Products in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Company’s customary practices for Products, and according to FDA regulations for shipping implantable medical devices.

 

5.4.5           If any Product is found to be defective by the Representative, it shall send the alleged defective product back to the Company, at the Company’s expense.

 

5.4.6           Insurance. Representative agrees to maintain an adequate business insurance policy to cover the full replacement value of all inventory of Products in its possession in full force and name Company as additional insured thereon. Company shall maintain a minimum of $2,000,000 of product liability insurance coverage for the Products and name Representative as additional insured thereon. Upon request of a Party, the other Party shall deliver a certificate of insurance evidencing the existence of the insurance policies required hereby.

 

6. Regulatory and Quality Assurance.

 

6.1           MAA Approval. Representative agrees that Company shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to any and all MAA Approvals in the Territory.

 

 

 

 

6.2           Permits. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law, Representative, at its own cost, shall be responsible for obtaining all government and other approvals beyond MAA Approval, including permits, registrations, licenses, exemptions, exceptions and other permissions, etc., necessary and useful to the sale to Customers and use of the Products in the Territory (“Permits”). The Parties expressly agree that upon termination and/or expiration of this Agreement, Representative shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, immediately transfer all Permits to Company or its designee (including naming Company or such designee as the permit holder) and provide all necessary assistance and information to affect such transfer, provided the terms of this Agreement have been fulfilled by Company. Representative shall keep Company informed with respect to such Permit acquisitions and will confer with Company as to all such Permits that Representative may apply for under the terms of this Agreement. In the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, and provided the terms of this Agreement have been fulfilled by the Parties, Representative agrees to execute such documents, render such assistance, and take such other action as Company may reasonably request, at Company’s expense, to apply for, register, perfect, confirm, and protect Company’s rights in the Permits including (without limitation) an assignment of all such Permit applications or Permits to Company or such other third party as Company may designate in writing.

 

6.3           Regulatory. Representative shall comply, and shall establish and maintain record keeping and other practices and procedures related to the Product, handling, packaging, labeling, and storage facilities, sufficient to cause and enable Company to comply, fully with any and all Applicable Laws of the Territory as they relate to the Products, including maintaining and providing to Company a copy of all records, reports, and other documentation and information that Company is required to maintain by Applicable Law related to sales or marketing of the Product or Representative’s associated activities. Company acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be entitled to the name or contact information of any Customer. Except to the extent otherwise required by Applicable Law, all communications with Regulatory Authorities related to the traceability and/or tracking of Product shall be by Representative (and, unless otherwise approved by Representative in writing, not Company). In addition, Representative shall monitor the appropriate information sources closely for changes in such Applicable Laws, and other requirements relating to the Products in the Territory, and shall make the appropriate changes in their procedures and notify Company promptly in writing of any and all such changes. Representative acknowledges that its obligation to comply with all Applicable Laws of the Territory shall include, without limitation, the following requirements:

 

6.3.1           Representative shall maintain adequate written procedures for and records of inventory management of the Products, including handling, storage, inspection, quality control, environmental conditions, and shipment, all in accordance with Applicable Laws and the requirements of Regulatory Authorities and Company, as applicable. Adequate records of shipments to Customers shall be maintained for at least five (5) years or until the end of the useful life of the Products, whichever is longer. The records shall be in such a form as to enable Representative and Regulatory Authorities to trace the location of all regulated Products.

 

6.3.2           Representative and Company shall comply with Applicable Laws with regard to timely reporting of adverse events and deficiencies of devices. Representative shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours after the Representative is notified of the adverse event) notify Company of any such adverse events. Representative shall refer all written and oral complaints and concerns of any kind concerning the Products to Company as promptly as possible, and according to FDA requirements, but in no event more than forty-eight (48) hours following Representative’s receipt of such complaint or concern. Representative shall also provide additional information and documentation in its possession or control as may be requested by Company within a reasonable time period and as is required by FDA. Representative shall not respond directly to Customer complaints or concerns regarding the performance of the Products, provided the Company is responding in a reasonable manner; instead, Representative shall first contact Company and Company shall reply directly to any complaint or concern and openly communicate all Customer complaint correspondence to the Representative. Representative and Company shall keep a record of all Customer complaints and concerns in accordance with FDA requirements.

 

 

 

 

6.4           Quality Assurance. Both Parties will maintain a characterized quality system in its organization, all facilities in which Product are manufactured, shipped, stored or otherwise present, and in particular will ensure that: (i) the Parties will be able to proceed to recall specific Products if Company so instructs; (ii) Representative keeps a file of the locations and conditions of all Products including any relevant serial numbers in its Territory; and (iii) the Parties personnel performing under this Agreement have appropriate technical skills, training, experience and expertise with respect to the Products to enable them to perform their responsibilities set forth herein.

 

6.5           Recalls. Representative agrees that, if Representative discovers or becomes aware of any fact, condition, circumstance or event (whether actual or potential) concerning or related to any Product which may reasonably require a recall, market withdrawal, safety alert, and/or field correction under Applicable Law (each, a “Recall”) for such Product, Representative shall promptly communicate such fact, condition, circumstance or event to Company within twenty-four (24) hours. In the event (i) any Regulatory Authority requests a Recall for any Product, (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction orders a Recall, or (iii) Company determines, in its sole discretion, that a Recall of any Product should be conducted, Representative shall promptly implement any such Recall, but in any event not later than forty-eight (48) hours following receipt of notice from Company. Company shall be solely responsible for all Recall determinations, the costs of any such Recall, and shall control all aspects of the Recall process. Representative may not initiate or conduct a Recall of any Product without prior written approval by Company. To the extent that it is necessary to communicate with any non-governmental third party, including, but not limited to, the media, or any Customer concerning any such fact, condition, circumstance or event, a Company official shall be the primary contact person concerning the remedial action, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. Company shall be responsible for communicating with Regulatory Authorities, and for submitting any necessary reports (e.g., corrections and removals reports) related to any Recall. Company, at its own expense, shall repair or replace any Product under Recall ordered by Representative (whether sold to a Customer or in inventory), or any component thereof, or provide a full refund to Representative or its Customers, as applicable, for any such Product, or component thereof.

 

6.6           Alterations. Alterations to any Product that Company deems necessary or desirable may be made at any time by Company without prior notice to, or consent of, Representative and such altered Product shall be deemed fully conforming to Company specifications. Upon making such a change in specifications or designs, Company shall be under no obligation to replace or make such changes on any of the Products previously shipped to Representative. Representative shall not make any alterations to any Product and Company shall be under no obligation to make any alterations that may be requested by Representative.

 

6.7           Packaging. Representative shall not repackage the Products, and shall only resell the Products in the same packaging as originally received from Company, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Parties in writing. In addition, except for the addition of information required by Applicable Law, Representative shall not re-label Products supplied to Representative by Company hereunder without the prior written consent of Company. The Representative may add a sticker to the Product packing label stating, “Distributed by” including the Representative’s company name, address and contact information, provided the sticker does not obscure or alter the label on the Product packaging label. Any Product packing label changes shall be approved by Company in writing.

 

 

 

 

7.            Audit of Quality System. Company reserves the right for it or its representatives to audit Representative and to inspect Representative’s facilities, operations, practices, procedures, inventory records, standard operating procedures and the like to ensure compliance with the obligations of this Agreement and Applicable Law as it relates to the Product. Such audits may be performed at least once a year, or at such greater frequency as may reasonably be needed by Company to comply with Applicable Laws, and provided the Company has provided at least a thirty (30) day written notice of the audit to the Representative, and that the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or his appointee can attend and oversee the audit. Representative shall maintain and make available to Company or its representatives accurate records with respect to the Products, including quality control processes, procedures and results; inspection results (if any); and any adverse event reports (if any). Representative shall also maintain a record of any Customer complaints or concerns regarding either the Products or Company and immediately forward to Company all information regarding those complaints and concerns (other than Customer names and contact information). Company shall have the right to inspect at reasonable times and during normal business hours (and have Representative provide a copy to Company of) all of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Representative shall not be obligated to provide any detailed Customer information for audits in respect to Customer names and locations, nor shall Company be entitled to the Representative’s financial records including but not limited to financial reports other than information related to the calculation of Net Sales.

 

8.             Intellectual Property.

 

8.1           Products. Representative acknowledges that the Products, any accompanying documentation and the Materials are covered by intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Company; and other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no license or other rights in such intellectual property are granted to Representative, and all such rights are hereby expressly reserved by Company.

 

8.2           Trademarks. During the Term (as defined below), Representative shall have the right to indicate to the public that it is an authorized representative of Company’s products and to advertise within the Territory the Products under the trademarks, marks, and trade names that Company may adopt from time to time (“Company’s Trademarks”). Company’s Trademarks shall at all times remain the exclusive property of Company and all use of Company’s Trademarks shall inure to the exclusive benefit of Company.

 

 

 

 

8.3           Trademark Restrictions. All representations of Company’s Trademarks that Representative intends to use shall be exact copies of those used by Company or shall first be submitted to Company for approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) of design, color and other details. Representative shall not engage in any activity, which would adversely affect the name, reputation or goodwill of Company or the Products. In addition, Representative shall fully comply with all reasonable guidelines, if any, communicated by Company concerning the use of Company’s Trademarks. In no event may Representative use or authorize any use of any of Company’s Trademarks in any domain name whether registered, owned, or operated by or on behalf of Representative. Representative shall not challenge or assist others to challenge Company’s Trademarks or the registration thereof or attempt to register, use, or enforce any trademarks, marks or trade names confusingly similar to those of Company. Any violation of the foregoing shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement that is incapable of cure, entitling Company to terminate this Agreement immediately upon notice to Representative. Except as set forth in this Article 8, nothing contained in this Agreement or performance hereunder shall grant or shall be deemed to grant to or vest in Representative any right, title or interest in or to Company’s Trademarks. Upon termination of this Agreement, Representative shall immediately cease to use any and all of Company’s Trademarks and all marks, trade names, and the like that may be confusingly similar.

 

8.4           Work Product. Representative agrees that all right, title, and interest in and to any works of authorship, Materials, notes, records, drawings, designs, inventions, improvements, developments, discoveries, feedback, suggestions, and trade secrets conceived, discovered, authored, invented, developed, made or reduced to practice by Representative, solely or in collaboration with others, arising out of, or in connection with, the Product or performing its obligations under this Agreement and any copyrights, patents, trade secrets, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating to the foregoing (collectively, “Work Product”), are and shall be the sole property of the Company. Representative also agrees to promptly make full written disclosure to the Company of all Work Product and shall deliver and assign (or cause to be assigned) and hereby irrevocably assigns fully to the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product. Further, Representative agrees to assist Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in Work Product in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments that the Company may deem necessary in order to apply for, register, obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce such rights, and in order to deliver, assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive right, title, and interest in and to all Work Product and testifying in a suit or other proceeding relating to such Work Product.

 

9.             Warranty and Disclaimers.

 

9.1           Limited Product Warranty. Company’s standard Product warranty as of the Effective Date is set forth on Exhibit H. Exhibit H may be updated by Company from time to time in its sole discretion by providing an updated Exhibit H to Representative in writing. Any representation or warranty provided by Company is provided solely to Customers (and not to Representative). If a Customer contacts Representative with a warranty claim, Representative shall assist Company with returns in accordance with Company’s specified processes and procedures.

 

9.2             Company Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants that (a) its entry into this Agreement is rightful and does not violate any other agreement to which it is a party, (b) its conduct in performing its obligations under this Agreement shall conform to all Applicable Laws, general and local industry and medical standards and good commercial practices, and (c) it has all the necessary licenses, authorizations, approvals, registrations, permissions, and the like to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including all necessary intellectual property rights to manufacture and sell the Products in the Territory.

 

 

 

 

9.3           EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, COMPANY MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS TO REPRESENTATIVE, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AND COMPANY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

9.4           No Warranties. Representative shall make no representations or warranties with respect to the Products other than those specifically authorized in writing by Company. Any other representation or warranty made by Representative to Customers with respect to the Products shall not obligate Company in any way. Representative shall not modify or replace any components or otherwise attempt to fix or modify any Products.

 

9.5           Representative Representations and Warranties. Representative represents and warrants that (a) its entry into this Agreement is rightful and does not violate any other Agreement to which it is a party, (b) its conduct in performing its obligations under this Agreement shall conform to all Applicable Laws, general and local industry and medical standards and good commercial practices, and (c) it has all the necessary licenses, authorizations, approvals, registrations, permissions, and the like to perform its obligations under this Agreement in the Territory.

 

9.6           Sale of Company. Company and its stockholders retain sole and absolute discretion in decisions regarding whether or not to sell or pursue the sale of the Company, notwithstanding anything to the contrary. In particular, under no circumstances shall Company or its stockholders be obligated to sell, or consider or discuss the sale, of Company with or to any party, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to restrict or limit the right of Company or its stockholders to sell or discuss the sale of the Company with any party or engage in any other transaction. All discussion, negotiation, and evaluation of potential Acquisitions shall be conducted by Company on its own behalf, and Representative shall not take any actions that may result in Representative being considered a broker-dealer as such term is defined under Applicable Laws.

 

9.7           Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS, LOST PROFITS, OR ANY OTHER SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED, AND WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY THIRD PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIP DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY REASON AND UPON ANY CAUSES OF ACTION SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF COMMISSION PAID OR OWING TO REPRESENTATIVE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

 

 

 

10.           Confidential Information. The Parties acknowledge that by reason of their relation-ship hereunder they will have access to certain information and materials concerning each Party’s business, plans, customers, technology, and products that are confidential and of substantial value to each Party, which value would be impaired if such information were disclosed to third parties (“Confidential Information”). The Parties agree that it shall not use in any way for its own account or the account of any third party other than to fulfill its express obligations under this Agreement, nor disclose to any third party, any such Confidential Information. The Parties shall take every reasonable precaution to protect the confidentiality of such information. Upon request, the Parties shall advise one another whether it considers any particular information or materials to be confidential. The Materials and all marketing and financial information, business plans, sales information, and technical information, disclosed to each Party, whether orally or in writing, and all Customer data and Customer lists, shall be deemed Confidential Information of the disclosing Party. Representative shall not publish any technical description of the Products beyond the description published by Company or approved by Company in the Materials. In the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, there shall be no use or disclosure by either Party of any Confidential Information or Materials, unless agreed to otherwise in writing.

 

11.           Indemnification by Representative. Representative shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company and its successors, directors, officers, agents, employees, and affiliates from and against any causes of action, claims, demands, costs, liabilities, expenses, judgments, proceedings, and damages (including Company’s attorney’s fees), arising out of or related to: (i) Representative’s warranties or representations of the Products other than those warranties expressly authorized in writing by Company; (ii) Representative’s performance of or failure to perform its duties under this Agreement; (iii) breach of any of Representative’s representations and warranties; or (iii) the negligent, illegal or willful acts of Representative, its employees, or its agents. Company will promptly deliver to Representative any notices or papers served upon it in any proceeding covered by this indemnity, and Representative will defend the same at its expense. Company shall, however, have the right to participate in the defense at its own expense.

 

12.           Indemnification by Company. Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Representative and its successors, directors, officers, agents, employees, and affiliates from and against any causes of action, claims, demands, costs, liabilities, expenses, judgments, proceedings, and damages (including Representative’s attorney’s fees), arising out of or related to: (i) Company’s warranties or representations of the Products; (ii) any third party claim arising from an actual or alleged defect in a Product; (iii) breach of any of Company’s representations and warranties; or (iv) the negligent, illegal or willful acts of Company, its employees, or its agents. Representative will promptly deliver to Company any notices or papers served upon it in any proceeding covered by this indemnity, and Company will defend the same at its expense. Representative shall, however, have the right to participate in the defense at its own expense.

 

13.           Non-Assignment. Representative shall not have the right to assign, delegate, subdivide or otherwise transfer any obligations or rights under this Agreement without the prior express written consent of Company. Company may freely assign this Agreement; provided no such assignment shall have the effect of canceling or circumventing the provisions herein dealing with Representative’s bonus upon an Acquisition. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Article 13 shall be null and void.

 

 

 

 

14. Term and Termination.

 

14.1         Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect for a period of five (5) years commencing on the date of the First Commercial Sale, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Thereafter, the Agreement shall renew automatically on the fifth anniversary of the first day of the First Commercial Sale for an additional term of five (5) years (for a total term of ten (10) years) unless written notice of termination is given by either Party to the other Party at least one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the then current Term or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement (each such five-year term, the “Term”). Extension of the Term of this Agreement beyond such ten (10) year period requires a written extension signed by both Parties.

 

14.2         Termination by Either Party. Either Party may terminate the Term of this Agreement prior to its expiration and upon thirty (30) days prior written notice if: (a) the other Party breaches any material term of this Agreement and the breaching Party has not cured the breach within sixty (60) days of such notice; (b) the other Party is the subject of a liquidation or insolvency, or the filing of bankruptcy, or similar proceeding(s) (provided that in the case of involuntary proceedings, such proceedings are not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing); or

(c) the other Party ceases to actively engage in the business to which this Agreement relates.

 

14.3 Effects of Expiration or Termination.

 

14.3.1         Payments. Upon expiration or termination of the Term of this Agreement other than termination by Company under Section 14.2, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement and Representative’s compliance with Section 14.3.2 below, amounts that became due or payable during the Term of this Agreement or, in the case of any Acquisition Bonus, become earned during the nine (9) month period after such expiration or termination, will be paid to Company or Representative, as the case may be, in accordance with Article 4. No other fees shall be due or payable by Company or Representative after any such termination or expiration of this Agreement. Company’s obligation to pay fees after the effective date of expiration or termination is subject to and conditional upon Representative’s cooperation with any replacement representative. Either Party may withhold, for up to six (6) months, the payment of fees after the effective date of expiration or termination if such Party reasonably determines that there may be sufficient credits or other adjustments that warrant such action. If a Party is owed any amounts by the other Party, such Party shall have the right, in its absolute discretion, to offset any fees payable by the other Party by such obligation owed to the other Party.

 

14.3.2         Return of Materials. All documents and other tangible objects containing or representing Confidential Information, all Materials, all Products, all documentation and files related to the Product (other than Customer names or contact information), and all copies thereof that are in the possession or control of Representative shall be and remain the property of Company and upon expiration or termination of the Term of this Agreement shall, at Company’s sole option, be promptly returned to Company or its designee or destroyed (with proof of such destruction). Under no circumstances shall Representative destroy or fail to provide documentation or records in a manner that results in a failure to comply with Applicable Law. Representative’s use of Company’s Trademarks shall cease immediately upon termination or expiration of this Agreement. Any advertisement or listing by Representative that (i) includes Company’s name used in conjunction with Representative’s name or that otherwise suggests a business relationship between the two Parties; and (ii) that appears in any telephone book, directory, public record or like publication shall be, to the extent within Representative’s possession or control, removed by Representative as soon as possible, but no later than the subsequent issue of such publication.

 

 

 

 

14.3.3         Representative Claims. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, all claims of Representative against Company including, without limitation, those pertaining to fees hereunder are hereby waived unless made in writing to Company by Representative within ninety (90) days of when the fee would have been payable.

 

14.3.4         Survival. The following provisions shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason: Sections 5.4.6, 8.1, 8.3, 8.4, 14.3, Articles 1, 4, 6, 9 (provided that Section 9.1 shall survive solely with respect to Products under warranty), 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 and 17. All other rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.

 

15.           Independent Contractors. The relationship of the Parties established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to (i) give either Party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other; (ii) constitute the Parties as partners, joint venturers, co-owners or otherwise as participants in a joint venture or common undertaking; or (iii) allow Representative to create or assume any obligation on behalf of Company for any purpose whatsoever. All financial and other obligations associated with Representative’s business are the sole responsibility of Representative. Representative shall be solely responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold Company free and harmless from, any and all claims, damages or lawsuits (including Company’s attorneys’ fees) arising out of the acts of Representative, its employees or its agents. Neither Representative, nor any individual whose compensation for services is paid for by Representative, is in any way employed by Company, nor shall any of them be deemed to be employed by Company for any purpose. Representative accepts exclusive liability for any payroll taxes or contributions according to Federal, state or local tax laws with respect to sales agents and/or other individuals whose compensation is paid by Representative.

 

16.           Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement by either Party shall be in writing and delivered by overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile, which facsimile is promptly confirmed, in writing, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices will be considered to have been given (i) one (1) day after delivery to an overnight courier, (ii) three (3) business days after deposit in the mail as set forth above or (iii) upon receipt of actual delivery by facsimile. All notices shall be delivered to the addresses indicated below (or to such other address as a Party may specify by notice under this Agreement).

 

 

 

 

Company:

Tenon Medical, Inc.

2110 Omega Road, Suite F San

Ramon, CA 94583 Phone: (408)

712-3313

E-mail: rich@denovovc.com

Attn: Rich Ferrari

 

Representative:

SpineSource, Inc.

17826 Edison Avenue

Chesterfield, MO 63005

Phone: (314) 560-5019

E-mail: t.mitchell@spinesource.com

Attn: Thomas Mitchell

 

17. Miscellaneous.

 

17.1         Waiver; Amendment. The failure of either Party to enforce its rights or the obligations of the other Party under this Agreement at any time for any period shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or obligations unless the waiver is evidenced in writing and signed for on behalf of both Parties. Any modification or amendment of, or addition to, the terms of this Agreement shall not be effective unless in a writing which is signed by an authorized officer of both Parties.

 

17.2         Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions.

 

17.3         Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be void, invalid or unenforceable, the same shall be reformed to give the fullest effect to the intention of the Parties when executing this Agreement while complying with Applicable Law or stricken if not so conformable, so as not to affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

17.4         Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim between the Parties hereto arising out of this Agreement, the Parties agree to attempt to resolve such dispute in good faith through direct negotiations for a period of thirty (30) days. Any dispute, controversy or claim between the Parties hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement which cannot be resolved through direct negotiations shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with and subject to the then applicable rules (“Rules”) of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (“JAMS”) and such arbitration shall be administered by JAMS with a single arbitrator selected from a list of arbitrators proposed by JAMS in accordance with the Rules. The arbitrator shall allow such discovery as is appropriate and consistent with the purposes of arbitration in accomplishing fair, speedy and cost-effective resolution of disputes. The costs of the arbitration including the arbitrators’ fees shall be shared equally by the Parties. Judgment upon the award rendered in any such arbitration may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an enforcement, as the law of such jurisdiction may require or allow. In any arbitration arising out of or related to this Agreement, the arbitrator shall award to the prevailing party, if any, the costs and attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the arbitration. If the arbitrator determines a party to be the prevailing party under circumstances where the prevailing party won on some but not all of the claims and counterclaims, the arbitrator may award the prevailing party an appropriate percentage of the costs and attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the arbitration. Unless otherwise expressly agreed to by both Parties, such arbitration shall take place in Denver, Colorado.

 

 

 

 

17.5         Headings. Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of this Agreement.

 

17.6         Registrations. If this Agreement is required to be registered with any governmental authority in the Territory, Representative shall cause such registration to be made and shall bear any expense or tax payable in respect thereof.

 

17.7         Force Majeure. Any delay or failure of a Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement will be excused to the extent that the delay or failure was caused directly by an event beyond such Party’s control, without such Party’s fault or negligence and that by its nature could not have been foreseen by such Party or, if it could have been foreseen, was unavoidable (which events may include natural disasters, epidemics, pandemics or other public health emergencies of local, national or international concern, embargoes, explosions, riots, wars, acts of terrorism, strikes, labor stoppages or slowdowns or other industrial disturbances, and shortage of adequate power or transportation facilities) (each a “Force Majeure Event”). A Party’s financial inability to perform, changes in cost or availability of materials, components or services, market conditions, or supplier actions or contract disputes will not excuse performance by a Party under this Section 17.7, except that the inability of Company to provide Products shall excuse Representative’s failure to meet its Sales Minimum obligations. A Party intending to rely upon this Section 17.7 shall give the other Party prompt written notice of any event or circumstance that is reasonably likely to result in a Force Majeure Event, and the anticipated duration of such Force Majeure Event. Such Party shall use all reasonable efforts to end the Force Majeure Event, ensure that the effects of any Force Majeure Event are minimized, and resume full performance under this Agreement.

 

17.8         Entire Agreement. This Agreement, and all exhibits attached hereto, constitute the entire understanding and contract between the Parties and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous, oral or written representations, communications, understandings, and agreements between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the terms and conditions of this Agreement conflict with the terms and conditions of any exhibit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern. The Parties acknowledge and agree that neither of the Parties is entering into this Agreement on the basis of any representations or promises not expressly contained herein. To the extent the Parties desire to add future services not contemplated by Section 5.2, the Parties agree such services will be set forth in writing in a future agreement or amendment.

 

17.9         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[remainder of page left intentionally blank; signature page follows]

 

 

 

 

THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

By: /s/ Rich Ferrari  
Name: Rich Ferrari  
Title: Executive Chairman  
Date: 5/19/2021  

 

SPINESOURCE, INC.

 

By: /s/ Tom Mitchell  
Name: Tom Mitchell  
Title: President & CEO  
Date: 5/21/2021  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

PRODUCTS

 

New and improved Catamaran Sacroiliac Joint Fusion System

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

INITIAL FORECAST

 

The Parties acknowledge that this Agreement is being entered and executed during a Force Majeure identified as the COVID-19 Worldwide Pandemic. Market conditions currently exist that make attainment of the Initial Forecast unknown due to the rapid and severe economic downturn in the U.S. economy accompanied by federal, state and local governments placing a moratorium on elective surgeries, such as sacroiliac fixation and fusion where the Product is utilized. As a result, the Parties acknowledge that the forecast may be adjusted accordingly, if necessary, by mutual Addendum to this Agreement.

 

After the end of the Second Sales Year, if a Customer in the Territory becomes a Converted Account, then the Initial Forecast below shall be reduced each year thereafter by: (i) the annualized number of Product units sold to the Customer in the last twelve month period prior to it becoming a Converted Account, plus (ii) a number of Product units equal to 16% of the number of Units in (i) above for each year with the sum totals being rounded to the nearest whole number; plus (iii) for each subsequent year in the remaining term of the Agreement, a number of Product units equal to 116% of the prior year’s reduction in units.

 

For example, if a Customer was converted on the first day of the third year, and its annualized unit volume was 20 units, then the Sales Minimum for Year 3 would be reduced by 23 units (20 x 1.16 = 23.2 units); and Year 4 would be reduced by 27 units (23 x 1.16 = 26.7 units); and Year 5 would be reduced by 31 units (27 x 1.16 = 31.3 units).

 

Q1   18 units   Q1   221 units
Q2   36 units   Q2   254 units
Q3   53 units   Q3   269 units
Q4   69 units   Q4   306 units
Year 1: Total:   176 units   Year 4: Total:   1,050 units

 

Q1   75 units   Q1   329 units
Q2   95 units   Q2   361 units
Q3   106 units   Q3   389 units
Q4   136 units   Q4   496 units
Year 2: Total:   412 units   Year 5: Total:   1,575 units

 

Q1   145 units  
Q2   167 units  
Q3   183 units  
Q4   205 units  
Year 3: Total:   700 units  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

CALCULATION OF ACQUISITION BONUS

 

The Acquisition Bonus shall be calculated in the following manner using the total aggregate US dollar value of all Proceeds received by Company and/or its shareholders from an Acquisition of Company or the capital stock of the Company. For clarity, Proceeds received in the form of publicly traded stock shall be valued in US dollars for purposes of calculating such total aggregate value.

 

(i)           seven percent (7%) of the total aggregate dollar value of Proceeds received by Company and/or its shareholders from an Acquisition of Company up to a value of one hundred seventy million US dollars (US$170,000,000); plus

 

(ii)           five percent (5%) of the total aggregate dollar value of Proceeds received by Company and/or its shareholders from an Acquisition of Company in excess of one hundred seventy million US dollars (US$170,000,000), but not in excess of three hundred million US dollars (US$300,000,000); plus

 

(iii)           four percent (4%) of the total aggregate dollar value of Proceeds received by Company and/or its shareholders from an Acquisition of Company in excess of three hundred million US dollars (US$300,000,000), but not in excess of four hundred million US dollars (US$400,000,000); plus

 

(iv)           three percent (3%) of the total aggregate dollar value of Proceeds received by Company and/or its shareholders from an Acquisition of Company in excess of four hundred million US dollars (US$400,000,000).

 

For example, if the total aggregate dollar value of all Proceeds received by Company and/or its shareholders from an Acquisition of Company is six hundred million US dollars, the Acquisition Bonus will equal:

 

(.07*$170M) + (0.05*$130M) + (.04*$100M) + (.03*$200M) or twenty-eight million four hundred thousand US dollars (US$28,400,000)

 

In the event of an Acquisition of Company by a Third Party, whether before or after any public offering of Company stock, Company (or its successor, assign, or such Third Party) has the right to terminate this Agreement at any time thereafter by providing written notice to Representative so long as the Acquisition Bonus paid to Representative is in an amount equal to or greater than six million US dollars (US$6,000,000). The effects of such termination are outlined in Section 14.3.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

SALES MINIMUMS

 

The Parties acknowledge that this Agreement is being entered and executed during a Force Majeure identified as the COVID-19 Worldwide Pandemic. Market conditions currently exist that make attainment of the Sales Minimums unknown due to the rapid and severe economic downturn in the U.S. economy, accompanied by federal, state and local governments placing a moratorium on elective surgeries, such as sacroiliac fixation and fusion where the Product is utilized.

 

As a result, the Parties acknowledge that the Sales Minimums may be adjusted accordingly, if necessary, by mutual Addendum to this Agreement.

 

The Sales Minimums shall be seventy percent (70%) of the Initial Forecast in Exhibit B herein and shall be measured and evaluated on a 3-calendar month basis (referred to as quarters) as applicable to Paragraph 3.1 herein.

 

Making the absolute, critical assumption that the new and improved Product is available to Representative in commercial quantities of 20 Product kits with sufficient inventory to meet Sales Minimums, the first Sales Minimums shall become applicable commencing on the first day of a calendar quarter determined by mutual written agreement between the Parties, but no later than six (6) months after the date of delivery of the 20 Product kits with sufficient inventory to the Representative, and then every calendar quarter thereafter, unless agreed to otherwise in writing.

 

When the 3-month unit sales results exceed any given quarterly Sales Minimum, the net amount in excess shall count towards achieving the following 3-month Sales Minimum

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

COSTS AND OTHER SERVICES

 

Paid Surgeon Consultants. The Company shall pay all the costs and expenses of surgeon consultant fees, including Consultants which serve in a training capacity. The Company shall pay for reasonable travel expenses for the surgeon consultant.

 

Training.

 

1. The Company shall pay for all the Training Costs and expenses for all surgeons covered by its own direct sales force and its own direct sales representatives after the Second Sales Year has been completed, unless agreed to otherwise in writing by the Parties.

 

2. With the exception of Point 1 of Training in this Exhibit E and for the term of this Agreement, the Representative shall pay only the surgeon training costs limited to airfare, lodging, ground transportation, entertainment and meals for surgeons attending Training. The Company shall pay for facility rentals and fees, specimen fees, equipment fees (i.e., anatomy models, bone models, C-arm, O-arm, Navigation and Augmented Reality equipment rentals and fees, PPE, etc.), lab tech fees and any other fee associated with use of specimens, equipment, models and facilities, unless agreed to otherwise in writing.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

SUPPORT

 

The Representative will collect information for each Complaint according to the requirements of CFR Title 21 Part 803 on the form attached to Exhibit F, the SpineSource Customer Complaint Form, and submit it to the Company.

 

The Company will analyze the Complaint and follow up with the requirements necessary to comply with CFR Title 21 Part 803 as required for Manufacturers.

 

The Parties agree to follow the Standard Operating Procedure SOP-15: Customer Complaint Procedure, updated as required and necessary.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT G

 

INVENTORY MANAGEMENT

 

The Parties shall utilize necessary inventory tracking and traceability requirements as necessary to comply with FDA regulations governing the manufacture, packaging, quality, inspection and distribution of Class I and Class II Medical Devices and Instruments.

 

The Representative shall follow its Standard Operating Procedures for the distribution of domestically manufactured medical devices in its SOPs as follows and the Company shall be provided access to the most recently updated versions of the following SOPs at any time upon written request.

 

A zip folder has been e-mailed to the Company from the Representative on April 22, 2020, which Company has agreed to on file, containing the following SOPs and the necessary attachments and flowcharts:

 

1. SOP-005: Document Controls

 

2. SOP-007: Identification and Traceability Rev. C

 

3. SOP-008: Product Acceptance Activities

 

4. SOP-009: Product Review

 

5. SOP-010: Non-conforming Product

 

6. SOP-011: Corrective and Preventive Action

 

7. SOP-012: Receiving, Handling and Storage

 

8. SOP-013: Shipping and Distribution

 

9. SOP-014: Records

 

10. SOP-015: Customer Complaint Procedure

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT H

 

CUSTOMER WARRANTY

 

To the extent permitted under Applicable Law, Company warrants to Customer (and not to Representative) that the Products are free from defects in workmanship and materials and conform to Company’s specifications at the time of delivery by Company to Customer. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law, Company provides no other warranties of any kind, whether express or implied. Representative shall be responsible for handling and managing all Customer warranty claims and returns for allegedly non-conforming Products in a manner reasonably acceptable to Company. If a Customer contacts Company with a warranty claim, Company shall refer such Customer to Representative. Any warranty made by Representative to its Customers with respect to the Products shall not obligate Company in any way and Representative shall retain full responsibility for the performance of any warranties extended to the Customer. Subject to the foregoing and to the warranty limitations below, upon Company’s confirmation of defects in workmanship or materials or a failure of a Product to conform to Company’s specifications as warranted, Company will, in its sole discretion, either repair or replace the Product (and/or any part or component thereof) or credit Representative’s account for the Product purchase price paid therefor.

 

Warranty Limitations. The warranties given by Company shall not apply to Products that have been modified or altered in any manner by anyone other than Company, or to defects caused (i) through no fault of Company during shipment to or from Customer; (ii) by the use or operation in an application or environment other than that intended or recommended by Company; (iii) by service by anyone other than employees of, or persons approved in writing by, Company; (iv) by accident, negligence, misuse, or other causes other than normal use; or (v) by storage, usage or handling in any manner inconsistent with the Product label. Replacement Products supplied under this warranty shall carry only the unexpired portion of the original warranty. Company shall not be liable for any adulteration or failure to meet the Product specifications due to storage, handling, or packaging of the Products by Representative or its employees, consultants, or agents.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 19th, 2021, by and among Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and SpineSource, Inc., a Missouri corporation having a place of business at 17826 Edison Avenue, Chesterfield, MO 63005 (the “Purchaser”). Each of the Purchaser and the Company is a “party” to this Agreement.

 

Recital

 

Whereas, the Company and the Purchaser are parties to an Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement dated as of April 27, 2020, as amended (the “Sales Representative Agreement”);

 

Whereas, the Company wishes to modify and restate the Sales Representative Agreement,

 

Whereas, the Purchaser is willing to modify the Sales Representative Agreement for certain good and valuable consideration, including, but not limited to, the issuance to Purchaser by the Company of the Shares, as defined below.

 

Whereas, the Company has authorized the issuance of 107,513 shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share to the Purchaser (the “Shares”);

 

Whereas, the Purchaser desires to receive the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

Whereas, the Company desires to issue the Shares to the Purchaser on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

Agreement

 

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations, warranties, and covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. AGREEMENT TO SELL AND PURCHASE.

 

1.1       Authorization of Shares. The Company has authorized the issuance and delivery to the Purchaser of the Shares.

 

1.2       Sale and Purchase. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined) the Company hereby agrees to issue and deliver to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company the Shares. At the Closing, the Parties agree that the Shares have a value of no greater than $0.50 per share.

 

2. Closing, Delivery And Payment.

 

2.1       Closing. The closing of the issuance and delivery of the Shares under this Agreement (the “Initial Closing”) shall take place on the date hereof remotely via the exchange of electronic documents and signatures, or at such other time or place as the Company and the Purchaser may mutually agree (such date is hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date”).

 

     

 

 

2.2       Delivery; Consideration. At or promptly following the Closing, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing the number of Shares to be acquired at the Closing by the Purchaser, against execution of the Restated Sales Representative Agreement.

 

3. Representations And Warranties Of The Company.

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser that, except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement, which exceptions shall be deemed to be part of the representations and warranties made hereunder, the following representations are true and complete as of the date of the applicable Closing, except as otherwise indicated. The Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in sections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections contained in this Section 3, and the disclosures in any section of the Disclosure Schedule shall qualify other sections in this Section 3 only to the extent it is readily apparent from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections.

 

3.1       Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other documents, instruments or agreements entered in connection herewith or therewith, each, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, and all modifications, renewals, replacements, extensions and rearrangements thereof and substitutions and replacements therefor (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”), to issue and deliver the Shares and to carry out the provisions of the Transaction Documents and to carry on the Company’s business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, conditions, affairs or prospects of the Company, financially or otherwise.

 

3.2       Capitalization.

 

(a)       The authorized capital stock of the Company, immediately prior to the Closing, consists of 7,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.001, 1,660,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding; and 2,460,802, shares of Preferred Stock, par value of $0.001, 491,212 of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing. The Company has reserved 1,325,031 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to its 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, duly adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company stockholders (the “Stock Plan”). Of such reserved shares of Common Stock, 984,574 shares have been issued pursuant to standard stock option agreements in accordance with the Stock Plan.

 

(b)       Other than as set forth on the Capitalization Table reflected in the attached Exhibit B (the “Cap Table”), there are no outstanding convertible securities or notes, options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal), proxy or stockholder agreements, or agreements of any kind for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities, or any stockholder agreements with stockholder rights including but not limited to co-sale rights, preemptive rights, drag-along rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights. If, after the date hereof, any such Common Stockholder agreement is consummated, then the Purchaser shall have the right to be a party thereto, and be afforded any such Common Stockholder rights applicable to all Common stockholders.

 

  2   

 

 

(c)       All issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued to the persons listed on the Cap Table hereto and are fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities.

 

(d)       When issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free of any liens or encumbrances; provided, however, that the Shares may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or federal securities laws as set forth herein or as otherwise required by such laws at the time a transfer is proposed.

 

3.3       Authorization; Binding Obligations. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization of the Transaction Documents, the performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Documents at the Closing and the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Shares pursuant hereto has been taken. The Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

 

3.4       Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company is not in violation or default of any term of its organizational documents, including its certificate of incorporation, or of any provision of any material mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument or contract to which it is party or by which it is bound or of any judgment, decree, order or writ or to its knowledge, of any provision of any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery, and performance of and compliance with the Transaction Documents, and the issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant hereto, will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, result in any such violation, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under any such term, or result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties or cause the acceleration of any payments owed to third parties.

 

3.5       Compliance with Laws; Permits. The Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, rule, regulation, order or restriction of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof in respect of the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties which violation could materially and adversely affect the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or prospects of the Company. No governmental orders, permissions, consents, approvals or authorizations are required to be obtained and no registrations or declarations are required to be filed in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents or the issuance of the Shares, except such as have been duly and validly obtained or filed, or with respect to any filings that must be made after the Closing, as will be filed in a timely manner.

 

  3   

 

 

3.6       Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation pending or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing (i) against the Company or any officer, or director of the Company; or (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, that questions the validity of the Transaction Agreements or the right of the Company to enter into them, or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements; or (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, that would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, or directors is a party or is named as subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality (in the case of officers, or directors, such as would affect the Company). There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company pending or which the Company intends to initiate. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or threatened in writing (or any basis therefor known to the Company) involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their services provided in connection with the Company’s business, any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers.

 

3.7       Subsidiaries. The Company does not currently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, association, or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

 

3.8       Insurance. The Company has in full force and effect insurance policies concerning such casualties as would be reasonable and customary for companies like the Company, with extended coverage, sufficient in amount (subject to reasonable deductions) to allow it to replace any of its material properties that might be damaged or destroyed.

 

3.9       Permits. The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, the lack of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

 

3.10       FDA Approvals. The Company possesses all permits, licenses, registrations, certificates, authorizations, orders and approvals from the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct its business as now conducted, including all such permits, licenses, registrations, certificates, authorizations, orders and approvals required by the FDA or any other federal, state or foreign agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of drugs, pharmaceuticals, medical devices or biohazardous materials. The Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the suspension, modification, revocation or cancellation of any such permit, license, registration, certificate, authorization, order or approval. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer, employee or agent of the Company has been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct that has previously caused or would reasonably be expected to result in (A) disqualification or debarment by the FDA under 21 U.S.C. Sections 335(a) or (b), or any similar law, rule or regulation of any other governmental entities, (B) debarment, suspension, or exclusion under any federal healthcare programs or by the General Services Administration, or (C) exclusion under 42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7 or any similar law, rule or regulation of any governmental entities. Neither the Company nor any of its officers, employees, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its contractors or agents is the subject of any pending or threatened investigation by FDA pursuant to its “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities” policy as stated at 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) (the “FDA Application Integrity Policy”) and any amendments thereto, or by any other similar governmental entity pursuant to any similar policy. Neither the Company nor any of its officers, employees, contractors, and agents has committed any act, made any statement or failed to make any statement that would reasonably be expected to provide a basis for FDA to invoke the FDA Application Integrity Policy or for any similar governmental entity to invoke a similar policy. Neither the Company nor any of its officers, employees, or to the Company’s knowledge, any of its contractors or agents has made any materially false statements on, or material omissions from, any notifications, applications, approvals, reports and other submissions to FDA or any similar governmental entity.

 

  4   

 

 

3.11       Offering Valid. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Section 4 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and will be registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Shares to any person or persons so as to bring the sale of such Shares by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

 

4. Representations And Warranties Of Purchaser.

 

Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company, as follows:

 

4.1       Requisite Power and Authority. Purchaser has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to carry out their provisions. All action on Purchaser’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents has been taken. Upon their execution and delivery, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents will be valid and binding obligations of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

 

4.2       Investment Representations. Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act. Purchaser also understands that the Shares are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Purchaser’s representations contained in the Agreement. Purchaser hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)       No Assurances. Purchaser represents that none of the following has been represented, guaranteed or warranted to Purchaser by the Company and/or its officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates or any other person, expressly or by implication: (1) the length of time that Purchaser shall be required to remain as the owner of the Shares; (2) the profit to be realized, if any, as a result of investment in the Company; or (3) the past performance or experience of the Company’s officers, directors, agents, employees, affiliates or of any other person, can be interpreted in any way to predict results of the ownership of Shares.

 

(b)       Purchaser Bears Economic Risk. Purchaser has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that the Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests. Purchaser must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely unless the Shares are registered pursuant to the Securities Act, or an exemption from registration is available. Purchaser understands that the Company has no present intention of registering the Shares or any shares of its Common Stock. Purchaser also understands that there is no assurance that any exemption from registration under the Securities Act will be available and that, even if available, such exemption may not allow Purchaser to transfer all or any portion of the Shares under the circumstances, in the amounts or at the times Purchaser might propose.

 

(c)       Acquisition for Own Account. Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment only, and not with a view towards their distribution.

 

  5   

 

 

(d)       Purchaser Can Protect Its Interest. Purchaser represents that by reason of its, or of its management’s, business or financial experience, Purchaser has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, and the other Transaction Documents. Purchaser has adequate means of providing for current needs and has no need for liquidity in the investment in the Company and can afford a complete loss of an investment in the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser’s financial commitment to all investments (including Purchaser’s investment in the Company and other investments that are not readily marketable) is reasonable in relationship to Purchaser’s net worth. Purchaser’s investment in the Shares does not exceed 10% of Purchaser’s net worth. Further, Purchaser is aware of no publication of any advertisement in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Agreement and Purchaser has not seen or received any general advertisement or general solicitation with respect to the sale of the Shares.

 

(e)       Risks. Purchaser recognizes that investment in the Company involves substantial risks, including those referred to below, and has taken full cognizance of and understands all of the risks related to the purchase of Shares including but not limited to the fact Purchaser may lose his or her entire investment.

 

(f)       Accredited Investor. Purchaser represents that it is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

(g)       Company Information. Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities. Purchaser has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 4 hereof or the right of the Purchaser to rely thereon.

 

(h)       Rule 144. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act as in effect from time to time and must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, which permits limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things: the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

 

(i)       Residence. If Purchaser is an individual, then Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of Purchaser set forth on Exhibit A; if Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then the office or offices of Purchaser in which its investment decision was made is located at the address or addresses of Purchaser set forth on Exhibit A.

 

(j) Transfer Restrictions. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer as set forth in the bylaws of the Company.

 

  6   

 

 

Lock-Up Period. The Purchaser hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act, on a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3, and ending on the date specified by the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The Purchaser further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this provision or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

(k)       Tax Consequences. Purchaser confirms that neither the officers of the Company nor any of its affiliates or agents have made any representation or warranties or statements concerning tax consequences that may arise in connection with his/her investment in the Company.

 

5. Antidilution.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company and the Purchaser agree that the Shares acquired hereby by the Purchaser are intended to equal 3% of the Fully Diluted Capitalization (defined below), and the Purchaser’s ownership percentage shall remain at 3% of the Fully Diluted Capitalization through the completion of a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, on the date hereof). For avoidance of doubt and for purposes of clarification, if Purchaser’s ownership percentage ever falls below 3% of the Fully Diluted Capitalization after the date hereof (“Antidilution Adjustment Trigger”), then the Company shall immediately issue to Purchaser additional Shares to the extent that Purchaser’s ownership equals 3% of the Company’s Fully Diluted Capitalization as of such time. Purchaser shall not be required to make any payment as a result of the issuance of additional Shares pursuant to the Antidilution Adjustment Trigger. Any additional Shares subject to the Antidilution Adjustment Trigger shall be reflected on Schedule A, attached hereto, and the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing the number of additional shares subject to the Antidilution Adjustment Trigger. “Fully-Diluted Capitalization” means, at any given time, the sum of (a) the number of shares of capital stock actually outstanding at such time, plus (b) the number of shares of capital stock reserved for issuance at such time under stock option or other equity incentive plans approved by the Board, including, without limitation the Stock Plan, regardless of whether the shares of capital stock are actually subject to outstanding options at such time or whether any outstanding options are actually exercisable at such time, plus (c) the number of shares of capital stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of convertible securities actually outstanding at such time.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

6.1       Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO DISPUTES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELATED AGREEMENTS AND CONSENT TO A BENCH TRIAL WITH THE APPROPRIATE JUDGE ACTING AS THE FINDER OF FACT.

 

  7   

 

 

6.2       Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby. All statements as to factual matters contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be representations and warranties by the Company hereunder solely as of the date of such certificate or instrument. The representations, warranties, covenants and obligations of the Company, and the rights and remedies that may be exercised by the Purchaser, shall not be limited or otherwise affected by or as a result of any information furnished to, or any investigation made by or knowledge of, the Purchaser or any of their representatives.

 

6.3       Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of the Shares from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Shares specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such Shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such Shares for all purposes.

 

6.4       Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the other Transaction Documents and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

6.5       Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

6.6       Amendment and Waiver. Any term of this Agreement may be amended, terminated or waived only with the written consent of the Company, and the Purchaser.

 

6.7       Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under any or all this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.8       Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not so sent, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address as set forth on the signature page hereof and to the Purchaser at the address of the Purchaser set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as the Company or the Purchaser may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

  8   

 

 

6.9       Expenses. Each party shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement.

 

6.10       Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

6.11       Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of the Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

6.12       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including those executed by facsimile or electronic mail and/or electronic signature, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6.13       Broker’s Fees. Each party hereto represents and warrants that no agent, broker, investment banker, person or firm acting on behalf of or under the authority of such party hereto is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission directly or indirectly in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

  9   

 

 

In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Common Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

By: /s/ Rich Ferrari  
  Rich Ferrari  
  Executive Chairman  
     
  5/19/2021  

 

[Signature Page – Common Stock Purchase Agreement]

 

     

 

 

In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Common Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

PURCHASER:

 

SPINESOURCE, INC.

 

By: /s/ Tom Mitchell  
  Tom Mitchell  
  Chief Executive Officer  
     
  5/19/2021  

 

[Signature Page – Common Stock Purchase Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Schedule Of Purchaser

 

Initial Closing on May__, 2021:

 

Name and Address   Shares    
         
SPINESOURCE, INC.   107,513    

 

     

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Capitalization table

 

    Current Cap Table  
Stock   Authorized    

Shares

Outstanding

Fully Diluted

   

% Owned

Fully

Diluted

Basis

 
STOCK                        
COMMON STOCK     7,000,000       1,660,000       46.32 %
SpineSource - 3%             107,513       3.00001 %
PREFERRED STOCK     2,460,802                  
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK     1,798,905               0.00 %
SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK     661,897       491,212       13.71 %
Total Stock :             2,258,725       63.03 %
RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE STOCK:                        
2012 Equity Incentive Plan     1,325,031                  
Options Outstanding             984,574       27.47 %
Options Available             340,457       9.50 %
                         
Plan Total :             1,325,031       36.97 %
Total Rights:             1,325,031       36.97 %
Total Diluted Shares:             3,583,756       100.00 %

 

  B-1   

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Disclosure Schedule

 

Section 3.2(b) The Company has convertible notes outstanding as of 5-18-21 totaling $715,889. These notes accrue interest at 8% per annum. All of the convertible notes convert to common stock upon an IPO at discounts ranging from 80% to 70% of the IPO price. These notes would also convert in a qualified private financing to Preferred stock. Some of the notes convert at 70% of the price paid for the capital stock sold in the private financing and other notes convert at

$1.9565 per share. A qualified financing is at least $5,000,000.

 

The Company has authorized Series A Preferred Stock to be issued upon the conversion of Zühlke Ventures ownership in Tenon Technology AG into ownership of Tenon Medical, Inc. The Company expects this will result in the issuance of approximately 1,798,905 of Preferred Series A stock sometime in 2021. The terms of Series A are pari passu as the Series B.

 

Series B Preferred investors have entered into the following agreements: The Investor Rights Agreement, Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement and Voting Agreement which define their rights as holders of Series B Preferred shares.

 

The Company is currently doing a bridge financing consisting of convertible notes. The board has authorized management to sell up to $10 million of these convertible notes. As of 5- 18-21, the Company has sold $3,655,000 of these convertible notes These notes accrue interest at 8% per annum and upon an IPO will convert to common stock at 70% of the IPO price or upon a private financing of at least $5 million, the notes will convert at 70% of the price paid for the capital stock sold in the private financing.

 

Section 3.7 The Company owns 56.25% of Tenon Technology AG, a Swiss company.

 

Section 3.9 As of this date, the Company does not have a Medical Device Manufacturing

License (“Manufacturing License”) issued by the State of California, Department of Public Health — Food and Drug Branch (the “Branch”). If necessary, the Company agrees to file an application for a Manufacturing License with the Branch as soon as possible, but in any event, the Company will use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain a License from the Branch or deliver the Product according to the terms of the Restated Exclusive Sales Representative Agreement.

 

Section 3.10 The Company is currently making changes to the product which may require FDA filings and approvals before the product can sold in the US.

 

  B-2   

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.             On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.             Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.             The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.             Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             The Note.

 

(a)       Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)       Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)       Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

     

 

 

2.             Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a)       Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

(b)       Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)       Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)       Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)       Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)       Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)       Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)       Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)       Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e)       Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(f)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)       Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of May 18, 2021.

 

    Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
    By: /s/ Kal Mentak
    Kal Mentak
    Chief Executive Officer
     
    /s/ Richard Ginn
Note Amount:   (Signature)
$100,000.00    
  Richard Ginn
    (Print Name)
     
     
    (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

     

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$100,000 May 18, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Richard Ginn (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.             Payments.

 

(a)           Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)           Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.             Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)           Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)           Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)           Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.             Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.             Conversion.

 

(a)           Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)           Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)       if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)       if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.             Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -6-  

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)           Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)           Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)           Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)           Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)           Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)           Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

  -8-  

 

 

(h)           Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)           Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -9-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

     

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is entered into as of June 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company”), and Steven M. Foster (“Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Executive has executed the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement on or before the Effective Date in favor of the Company (the “Confidential Information Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Executive and Company wish to enter into this Agreement to memorialize the other terms of Executive’s employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

  

1.             Duties and Scope of Employment.

 

(a)       Positions and Duties. Executive will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Board. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

 

(b)       Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company during normal business hours. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration, other than those which he is currently engaged, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

2.             At-Will Employment. The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

     

 

 

3.             Compensation.

 

(a)       Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an initial annual salary of $300,000 as compensation for his services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

(b)       Bonus Opportunity. In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus up to $120,000 upon completion of mutually agreed upon milestones to be determined by the Board and Executive following the Effective Date (the “Bonus Opportunity”). Any such bonus will be payable as soon as practicable after it is earned, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned.

 

(c)       Option. The grant of an option to purchase 225,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock granted on May 1, 2021 (the “Option”) will continue to vest pursuant to its terms. Upon the close of an initial public offering or just prior to a change of control (only if change of control occurs prior to an IPO) the Company will provide an additional one-time option grant to maintain Executive’s ownership position at 4% of the fully diluted outstanding equity.

 

4.             Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. The Company will reimburse Executive for health benefit premiums until such time as the Company adopts its own benefits programs.

 

5.             Vacation. Executive will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by Executive and the Board. Executive will also participate in paid company holidays in accordance with the Company’s approved holiday schedule.

 

6.             Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment, customary home office, cell phone or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

  -2-  

 

 

7.             Severance.

 

(a)       Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason. If (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9, Executive will be entitled to (A) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect (or, in the event of Resignation for Good Reason pursuant to the event described in Section 10(d)(ii) hereof, a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as in effect immediately prior to such event), for twelve (12) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies; and (B) if Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA, the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (1) a period of twelve (12) months from the last date of employment of the Executive with the Company, or (2) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans. COBRA reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA benefits without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her termination of employment (which amount will be after taxes and based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

 

(b)       Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason. If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

 

8.             Change in Control Benefits. Upon the closing of a Change in Control, subject to Executive’s continued employment through such date, Executive shall receive (i) accelerated vesting of the Option as to 100% of the then unvested and outstanding portion of the Option, and (ii) a lump sum cash payment of one year of Base Salary and Bonus Opportunity then in effect, subject to applicable withholdings and payable within ten (10) business days following the closing of such Change in Control.

 

9.             Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate.

 

(a)       Separation Agreement and Release of Claims. The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 7 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and provided that such separation agreement and release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the release of claims does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 9(c), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following his separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(b)           Non-Solicitation. The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to payable hereunder will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 12. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 12, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled hereunder will immediately cease.

 

(c)           Section 409A.

 

(i)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(iii)       Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

(iv)       Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

(v)       The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(d)           Confidential Information Agreement. Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 7 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of Confidential Information Agreement (as defined above).

 

(e)           No Duty to Mitigate. Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

10.           Definitions.

 

(a)           Benefit Plans. For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). A requirement that the Company provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under the Benefit Plans will not be satisfied unless the coverage is no less favorable than that provided to senior executives of the Company at any applicable time during the period Executive is entitled to receive severance pursuant to Section 7(a). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for his eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable or by paying Executive a lump-sum payment which is, on an after-tax basis, sufficient to provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with equivalent coverage under a third party plan that is reasonably available to Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.

 

(b)           Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as (i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude, (iii) Executive’s gross misconduct, (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company; (v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or (vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within 30 business days after receiving such notice.

 

(c)           Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” of the Company is defined as:

 

(i)       Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

  -5-  

 

 

(ii)       Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)       Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 10(c), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(d)           Code. For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)           Fully-Diluted Capitalization. For purposes of this Agreement, “Fully-Diluted Capitalization” means the total number of shares of outstanding Company common stock or Company common stock issuable upon the conversion of any shares of outstanding Company preferred stock, or any shares of Company common stock issuable upon the exercise of any outstanding stock options or conversion of shares of Company preferred stock subject to any outstanding stock purchase warrants, but does not mean shares reserved but unissued under the Company’s equity incentive plans.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(f)           Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent: (i) the material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or more from Executive’s then current office location. Executive’s resignation will not be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive has first provided the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice, and such condition has not been cured during such period.

 

(g)           Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

 

(h)           Section 409A Limit. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

 

11.           Confidential Information. Executive shall continue to be bound by the Confidential Information Agreement during the term of his employment hereunder.

 

12.           Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 

13.           Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

  -7-  

 

 

14.           Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

2110 Omega Road, Suite F

San Ramon CA 94583

 

If to Executive, at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

15.           Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.           Integration. This Agreement, together with the Plan and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.           Waiver of Breach. The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.           Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.           Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.           Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

21.           Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

22.           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  -8-  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:  
   
TENON MEDICAL, INC.  
   
   
   
By: Rich Ferrari  
   
Title: Executive Chairman  
   
EXECUTIVE:  
   
   
Name: Steven M. Foster  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is entered into as of June 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company”), and Richard Ginn (“Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Executive has executed the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement on or before the Effective Date in favor of the Company (the “Confidential Information Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Executive and Company wish to enter into this Agreement to memorialize the other terms of Executive’s employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Duties and Scope of Employment.

 

(a)           Positions and Duties. Executive will serve as the Chief Technology Officer of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Board. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

 

(b)           Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company during normal business hours. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration, other than those which he is currently engaged, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

2.             At-Will Employment. The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

     

 

 

3.             Compensation.

 

(a)           Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an initial annual salary of $275,000 as compensation for his services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

(b)           Bonus Opportunity. In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus up to 30% of the Executive’s base salary upon completion of mutually agreed upon milestones to be determined by the Board and Executive following the Effective Date (the “Bonus Opportunity”). Any such bonus will be payable as soon as practicable after it is earned, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned. In addition the Executive will be eligible for a special bonus totaling $200,000 based on achievement of certain milestones as determined by the Board.

 

(c)           Option. The grant of an option to purchase 113,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock granted on May 1, 2021 (the “Option”) will continue to vest pursuant to its terms.

 

4.             Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.             Vacation. Executive will be entitled to 4 weeks of paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by Executive and the Board. Executive will also participate in paid company holidays in accordance with the Company’s approved holiday schedule.

 

6.             Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.             Severance.

 

(a)           Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason. If (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9, Executive will be entitled to (A) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect (or, in the event of Resignation for Good Reason pursuant to the event described in Section 10(d)(ii) hereof, a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as in effect immediately prior to such event), for twelve (12) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies; and (B) if Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA, the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (1) a period of twelve (12) months from the last date of employment of the Executive with the Company, or (2) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans. COBRA reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA benefits without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her termination of employment (which amount will be after taxes and based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)           Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason. If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

 

8.             Change in Control Benefits. Upon the closing of a Change in Control, subject to Executive’s continued employment through such date, Executive shall receive (i) accelerated vesting of the Option as to 100% of the then unvested and outstanding portion of the Option, and (ii) a lump sum cash payment of one year of Base Salary and Bonus Opportunity then in effect, subject to applicable withholdings and payable within ten (10) business days following the closing of such Change in Control.

 

9.             Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate.

 

(a)           Separation Agreement and Release of Claims. The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 7 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and provided that such separation agreement and release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the release of claims does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 9(c), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following his separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

 

(b)           Non-Solicitation. The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to payable hereunder will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 12. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 12, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled hereunder will immediately cease.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)           Section 409A.

 

(i)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(iii)       Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

(iv)       Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

(v)       The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

(d)           Confidential Information Agreement. Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 7 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of Confidential Information Agreement (as defined above).

 

  -4-  

 

 

(e)           No Duty to Mitigate. Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

10.           Definitions.

 

(a)           Benefit Plans. For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). A requirement that the Company provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under the Benefit Plans will not be satisfied unless the coverage is no less favorable than that provided to senior executives of the Company at any applicable time during the period Executive is entitled to receive severance pursuant to Section 7(a). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for his eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable or by paying Executive a lump-sum payment which is, on an after-tax basis, sufficient to provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with equivalent coverage under a third party plan that is reasonably available to Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.

 

(b)           Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as (i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude, (iii) Executive’s gross misconduct, (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company; (v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or (vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company with specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

 

(c)           Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” of the Company is defined as:

 

(i)       Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

  -5-  

 

 

(ii)       Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)       Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 10(c), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(d)           Code. For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)           Fully-Diluted Capitalization. For purposes of this Agreement, “Fully-Diluted Capitalization” means the total number of shares of outstanding Company common stock or Company common stock issuable upon the conversion of any shares of outstanding Company preferred stock, or any shares of Company common stock issuable upon the exercise of any outstanding stock options or conversion of shares of Company preferred stock subject to any outstanding stock purchase warrants, but does not mean shares reserved but unissued under the Company’s equity incentive plans.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(f)           Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent: (i) the material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or more from Executive’s then current office location. Executive’s resignation will not be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive has first provided the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice, and such condition has not been cured during such period.

 

(g)           Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

 

(h)           Section 409A Limit. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

 

11.           Confidential Information. Executive shall continue to be bound by the Confidential Information Agreement during the term of his employment hereunder.

 

12.           Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 

13.           Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

  -7-  

 

 

14.           Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

2110 Omega Road, Suite F

San Ramon CA 94583

 

If to Executive, at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

15.           Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.           Integration. This Agreement, together with the Plan and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.           Waiver of Breach. The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.           Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.           Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.           Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

21.           Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

22.           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  -8-  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:  
   
TENON MEDICAL, INC.  
   
   
   
By: Steve Van Dick  
   
Title: Chief Financial Officer  
   
EXECUTIVE:  
   
   
Name: Richard Ginn  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

This Consulting Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on May 7, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company”) and Richard Ferrari, an individual with an address at 19575 Three Oaks Way, Saratoga, CA 95070 (“Consultant”). Company and Consultant are sometimes individually referred to as the “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

 

WHEREAS, Company desires to retain Consultant as an independent contractor to perform consulting services for the Company and Consultant is willing to provide such services;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises set forth below and for good and valuable consideration, sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.           Consulting Relationship. During the term of this agreement, Consultant will provide consulting services (the “Services”) to the Company as described on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement. Consultant shall use Consultant’s best efforts to perform the Services in a professional manner and in accordance with the degree of skill, care and diligence normally exercised by recognized professional person or firms that supply services of similar nature.

 

2.           Fees. As consideration for the Services to be provided by Consultant and other obligations, the Company will compensate Consultant as described in Exhibit A to this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the compensation set forth in Exhibit A represents the fair market value of the Services provided by Consultant to the Company negotiated in an arms-length transaction. As additional consideration for the Services, the Company will provide Consultant with such support facilities and space as may be required in the Company’s judgment to enable Consultant to properly perform the Services.

 

3.           Expenses. Consultant shall not be authorized to incur on behalf of the Company any expenses, without the prior written consent of the Company’s President or the supervisor designated in Section 6 below. As a condition of receipt of reimbursement, Consultant shall be required to submit to the Company reasonable evidence that the amount involved was expended and related to Services provided under this Agreement.

 

4.           Term and Termination. The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three years from the Effective Date of this Agreement, and may be renewed by mutual agreement of the parties; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated by either party, with or without cause, upon written notice.

 

5.           Independent Contractor. Consultant’s relationship with the Company will be that of an independent contractor and not that of an employee or agent. Consultant will not be eligible for any employee benefits, nor will the Company make deductions from payments made indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any liability for, or assessment of, any such taxes imposed on the Company by relevant taxing authorities. Consultant will have no authority to enter into contracts that bind the Company or create any obligations on the part of the Company without the prior written authorization of the Company.

 

     

 

  

6.           Supervision of Consultant’s Services. All services to be performed by Consultant, including but not limited to the Services, will be as agreed between Consultant and a supervisor designated by the Company, who initially shall be Rich Ferrari. Consultant will be required to report to such supervisor concerning the Services performed under this Agreement. The nature and frequency of these reports will be left to the discretion of the supervisor.

 

7.           Consulting or Other Services for Competitors. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant will not, during the term of this Agreement, perform any consulting or other services for any company, person or entity whose business or proposed business in any way involves products or services which could reasonably be determined to be competitive with the products or services or proposed products or services of the Company. Areas considered to be competitive with the Company are those involving sacroiliac joint fusion.

 

8.           Confidential Information.

 

a)          As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means information pertaining to any aspects of the Company’s business which is either information not in the public domain or is proprietary information of the Company or its customers or suppliers, whether of a technical nature or otherwise, the disclosure of which would cause material injury to the Company and impair its good will and competitive position. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, information regarding existing or contemplated Company products, processes, techniques, or know-how, or any information or data developed pursuant to the performance of the Services.

 

b)          Consultant recognizes and acknowledges that in the course of providing the Services under this Agreement, Consultant may acquire Confidential Information. Consultant also recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Consultant agrees to hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly use or disclose, either during or after termination of consulting relationship with the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company or the above-mentioned third parties obtained or created during the period of consulting relationship, except to the extent authorized by the Company. In the event that Consultant is an entity or otherwise will be causing individuals in its employ or under its supervision to participate in the rendering of the Services, Consultant warrants that it shall cause each of such individuals to execute a nondisclosure agreement containing provisions substantially similar to the confidentiality obligations of this Agreement.

 

c)          The obligations set forth in this Section 8 shall not apply to any Confidential Information which: (1) is in or becomes part of the public domain by means other than Consultant’s breach of Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement; (2) was already known to Consultant at the time of disclosure by the Company as evidenced by written records of Consultant at the time of disclosure by the Company as evidenced by written records of Consultant; (3) has been rightfully received by Consultant from a third party who is authorized to make such disclosure. Nothing in this Agreement shall be read to limit any obligation of confidentiality Consultant may have had by virtue of Consultant’s previous relationship or confidentiality agreements with the Company.

 

  -2-  

 

  

d)          Upon termination of consulting relationship or upon an earlier request of the Company, Consultant shall promptly return or deliver to the Company all tangible forms of such Confidential Information that Consultant may have in possession, including but not limited to drawings, specifications, documents, records, devices, models or any other material and copies or reproductions thereof.

 

9.           Ownership of Intellectual Property.

 

a)          As used in this Agreement, the term “Inventions” means designs, drawings, formulae, processes, manufacturing techniques, trade secrets, discoveries, inventions, improvements, developments, ideas or copyrightable works, including all rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce these proprietary interests.

 

b)          Without further compensation, Consultant agrees promptly to disclose to the Company, and hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company or its designee, Consultant’s entire right, title, and interest in and to all Inventions which Consultant may, solely or in collaboration with others, conceive, make, develop or reduce to practice during the period of this Agreement and in connection with or during the performance of any Services under this Agreement, whether or not during working hours. Any copyrightable work, whether published or unpublished, created by Consultant in connection with or during the performance of any Services, shall be deemed “works made for hire” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act, and all right, title and interest therein, including without limitation, worldwide copyrights, shall be the property of the Company as the party specially commissioning such work. In the event that any such copyrightable work or portion thereof shall not be legally qualified as a work made for hire, or shall subsequently be so held to not be a work made for hire, Consultant agrees to assign, and does hereby so assign to the Company, Consultant’s entire right, title and interest in and to such work or portion thereof, including, but not limited to, the worldwide rights to reproduce the copyrighted work, to prepare derivative works based on the copyrighted work, to distribute copies of the copyrighted work, to perform and to display the copyrighted work publicly, and to register the claim of copyright therein.

 

c)          Consultant agrees to perform, during and after termination of this Agreement, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at Company’s expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Inventions assigned to the Company as set forth in this Section 9 above. Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents, assignments, provision of all necessary information, records, materials or testimony, and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. Company shall bear all costs of such actions as may be reasonably incurred by Consultant. All obligations of this Section 9 shall survive termination of this Agreement. Consultant hereby irrevocably designates the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Consultant’s agent and attorney in fact, to execute and file on Consultant’s behalf any such applications and to do all other lawful acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations related to such Inventions. This power of attorney shall not be affected by any subsequent incapacity of Consultant.

 

  -3-  

 

  

d)          Section 2870. This Agreement does not apply to an Invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the Labor Code, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. Consultant agrees to disclose promptly any and all Inventions that may reasonably be subject to this Section 9 in confidence to the Company to permit a determination as to whether or not the Inventions should be the property of the Company.

 

10.         Conflicts with this Agreement.

 

a)          Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant shall at all times during the term of this Agreement act in the best interest of the Company and take no action or engage in any activity which is or might be detrimental to the interest of the Company. Consultant further represents and warrants that neither Consultant nor any of Consultant’s partners, employees or agents is under any pre-existing obligation in conflict or in any way inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, and Consultant is not a party to any other agreement which will interfere with Consultant’s full compliance with this Agreement. Consultant agrees not to enter into any written or oral agreement or obligation that conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

b)          Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as a consultant to the Company do not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Consultant in confidence or in trust prior to becoming a consultant of the Company, and Consultant will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. Consultant further represents and warrants that Consultant has the right to disclose or use all ideas, processes, techniques and other information, if any, which Consultant has gained from third parties, and which Consultant discloses to the Company in the course of performance of this Agreement, without liability to such third parties. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant has not granted any rights or licenses to any intellectual property or technology that would conflict with Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement. Consultant will not knowingly infringe upon any copyright, patent, trade secret or other property right of any former client, employer or third party in the performance of the services required by this Agreement.

 

11.         Solicitation of Employees, Consultants and Other Parties. Consultant agrees that during the term of this Agreement, and for a period of 6 months following the termination of the Agreement for any reason, Consultant shall not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt any of the foregoing, either for Consultant or any other person or entity.

 

  -4-  

 

  

12.         Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Parties.

 

(b)          Sole Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, constitutes the sole agreement of the Parties and supersedes all oral negotiations and prior writings with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)          Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in

writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth below, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(d)          Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

 

(e)          Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(f)          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(g)          Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any right hereunder or interest herein may be assigned or transferred by Consultant without the express written consent of the Company.

 

(h)          Arbitration. Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with any provision of this Agreement, excluding Sections 8, 9 and 10 hereof, will be finally settled by binding arbitration in San Jose, California in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with said rules. The arbitrator shall apply California law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant agrees that it would be impossible or inadequate to measure and calculate the Company’s damages from any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 8-10, therefore the Company may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, for example, injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach, or specific performance of any such provision.

 

  -5-  

 

  

(i)          Advice of Counsel. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH PARTY HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

  -6-  

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
   
  /s/ Steve Van Dick
  By: Steve Van Dick
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  CONSULTANT
   
  /s/ Richard Ferrari
  Name: Richard Ferrari
  Address: 19575 Three Oaks Way, Saratoga,
  CA 95070
  Email: rich@denovovc.com
  Phone: 408-712-3313

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TENON MEDICAL, INC, CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

  -7-  

 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

DESCRIPTION OF CONSULTING SERVICES AND COMPENSATION

 

a) Consultant’s duties under this Agreement shall be to assume the role of Executive Chairman of Tenon Medical.

 

b) For Services rendered by Consultant under this Agreement, the Company will pay Richard Ferrari $22,500 a month starting on the first month following and initial public offering. The company will also pay a success payment of $350,000 upon the completion of an initial public offering where the market cap of the company exceeds $50 million either at the time of the IPO or anytime thereafter. If there is no IPO the success payment will be earned upon a subsequent round of equity financing.

 

  -8-  

 

  

EXHIBIT B

 

Section 2870 of the California Labor Code is as follows:

 

“(a)          Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

(1)         Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer.

 

(2)         Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(b)          To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

  -9-  

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is entered into as of June 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company”), and Steve Van Dick (“Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Executive has executed the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement on or before the Effective Date in favor of the Company (the “Confidential Information Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Executive and Company wish to enter into this Agreement to memorialize the other terms of Executive’s employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Duties and Scope of Employment.

 

(a)           Positions and Duties. Executive will serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Board. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

 

(b)           Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company during normal business hours. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration, other than those which he is currently engaged, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

2.             At-Will Employment. The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

 

     

 

 

3.             Compensation.

 

(a)           Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an initial annual salary of $275,000 as compensation for his services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

 

(b)           Bonus Opportunity. In addition, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus up to 30% of the Executive’s base salary upon completion of mutually agreed upon milestones to be determined by the Board and Executive following the Effective Date (the “Bonus Opportunity”). Any such bonus will be payable as soon as practicable after it is earned, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned.

 

(c)           Option. The grant of an option to purchase 113,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock granted on May 1, 2021 (the “Option”) will continue to vest pursuant to its terms.

 

4.             Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

 

5.             Vacation. Executive will be entitled to 4 weeks of paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by Executive and the Board. Executive will also participate in paid company holidays in accordance with the Company’s approved holiday schedule.

 

6.             Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

 

7.             Severance.

 

(a)           Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability or Resignation for Good Reason. If (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company other than for Cause, death or disability, or (ii) Executive resigns from his employment with the Company for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9, Executive will be entitled to (A) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect (or, in the event of Resignation for Good Reason pursuant to the event described in Section 10(d)(ii) hereof, a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as in effect immediately prior to such event), for twelve (12) months from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies; and (B) if Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA, the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (1) a period of twelve (12) months from the last date of employment of the Executive with the Company, or (2) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans. COBRA reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA benefits without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her termination of employment (which amount will be after taxes and based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)           Termination for Cause, Death or Disability; Resignation without Good Reason. If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive (except upon resignation for Good Reason), for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

 

8.             Change in Control Benefits. Upon the closing of a Change in Control, subject to Executive’s continued employment through such date, Executive shall receive (i) accelerated vesting of the Option as to 100% of the then unvested and outstanding portion of the Option, and (ii) a lump sum cash payment of one year of Base Salary and Bonus Opportunity then in effect, subject to applicable withholdings and payable within ten (10) business days following the closing of such Change in Control.

 

9.             Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate.

 

(a)           Separation Agreement and Release of Claims. The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 7 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and provided that such separation agreement and release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the release of claims does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the release of claims becomes effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 9(c), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following his separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

 

(b)           Non-Solicitation. The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to payable hereunder will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 12. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 12, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled hereunder will immediately cease.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)           Section 409A.

 

(i)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

(iii)       Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

(iv)       Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

(v)       The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

 

(d)           Confidential Information Agreement. Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 7 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of Confidential Information Agreement (as defined above).

 

(e)           No Duty to Mitigate. Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

 

  -4-  

 

 

10.           Definitions.

 

(a)           Benefit Plans. For purposes of this Agreement, “Benefit Plans” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). A requirement that the Company provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with coverage under the Benefit Plans will not be satisfied unless the coverage is no less favorable than that provided to senior executives of the Company at any applicable time during the period Executive is entitled to receive severance pursuant to Section 7(a). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for his eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable or by paying Executive a lump-sum payment which is, on an after-tax basis, sufficient to provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with equivalent coverage under a third party plan that is reasonably available to Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.

 

(b)           Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as (i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude, (iii) Executive’s gross misconduct, (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company; (v) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company; or (vi) Executive’s continued failure to perform his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand of performance from the Company with specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties and has failed to cure such non-performance to the Company’s satisfaction within 10 business days after receiving such notice.

 

(c)           Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” of the Company is defined as:

 

(i)       Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)       Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

  -5-  

 

 

(iii)       Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 10(c), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(d)           Code. For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)           Fully-Diluted Capitalization. For purposes of this Agreement, “Fully-Diluted Capitalization” means the total number of shares of outstanding Company common stock or Company common stock issuable upon the conversion of any shares of outstanding Company preferred stock, or any shares of Company common stock issuable upon the exercise of any outstanding stock options or conversion of shares of Company preferred stock subject to any outstanding stock purchase warrants, but does not mean shares reserved but unissued under the Company’s equity incentive plans.

 

(f)           Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent: (i) the material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or more from Executive’s then current office location. Executive’s resignation will not be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive has first provided the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice, and such condition has not been cured during such period.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(g)           Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

 

(h)           Section 409A Limit. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

 

11.           Confidential Information. Executive shall continue to be bound by the Confidential Information Agreement during the term of his employment hereunder.

 

12.           Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

 

13.           Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 

14.           Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

 

  -7-  

 

 

If to the Company:

 

Tenon Medical, Inc.

2110 Omega Road, Suite F

San Ramon CA 94583

 

If to Executive, at the last residential address known by the Company.

 

15.           Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

16.           Integration. This Agreement, together with the Plan and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

17.           Waiver of Breach. The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

18.           Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

19.           Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

20.           Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

21.           Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

 

22.           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  -8-  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:  
   
TENON MEDICAL, INC.  
   
   
   
By: Richard Ferrari  
   
Title: Executive Chairman  
   
EXECUTIVE:  
   
   
Name: Steve Van Dick  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

     

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

 

October 8, 2021

 

Board of Directors

Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

Dear Board of Directors,

 

I hereby accept my election to the Board of Directors of Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company"), which is effective on the date Tenon Medical's common stock is first listed on Nasdaq. I hereby consent to being named in the Company's registration statement and the inclusion of any of my biographical and other information required to be included therein pursuant to federal securities laws.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Frank Fischer  
Frank Fischer  

 

104 Cooper Court | Los Gatos, CA | 95032

 

   

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

 

October 8, 2021

 

Board of Directors

Tenon Medical Inc.

 

Dear Board of Directors,

 

I hereby accept my election to the Board of Directors of Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company"), which is effective on the date Tenon Medical's common stock is first listed on Nasdaq. I hereby consent to being named in the Company's registration statement and the inclusion of any of my biographical and other information required to be included therein pursuant to federal securities laws.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Ivan Howard  
Ivan Howard  

 

104 Cooper Court | Los Gatos, CA | 95032

 

   

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

 

October 8, 2021

 

Board of Directors

Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

Dear Board of Directors,

 

I hereby accept my election to the Board of Directors of Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company"), which is effective on the date Tenon Medical's common stock is first listed on Nasdaq. I hereby consent to being named in the Company's registration statement and the inclusion of any of my biographical and other information required to be included therein pursuant to federal securities laws.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Stephen Hochschuler  
Dr. Stephen Hochschuler  

 

104 Cooper Court | Los Gatos, CA | 95032

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

 

October 8, 2021

 

Board of Directors

Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

Dear Board of Directors,

 

I hereby accept my election to the Board of Directors of Tenon Medical, Inc. (the “Company"), which is effective on the date Tenon Medical's common stock is first listed on Nasdaq. I hereby consent to being named in the Company's registration statement and the inclusion of any of my biographical and other information required to be included therein pursuant to federal securities laws.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Robert Weigle  
Robert Weigle  

 

104 Cooper Court | Los Gatos, CA | 95032

 

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.23 

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

This Exchange Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated as of October 28, 2021 is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Zühlke Ventures AG, a Swiss company (the “Purchaser”), and Tenon Technology AG, a Swiss company (“TTAG,” and together with the Company and the Purchaser, the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.       The Purchaser is the holder of 574,033 Series A Preferred Shares, i.e. registered preferred shares with a nominal value of CHF 0.40 each in TTAG (the “TTAG Preferred Shares”).

 

B.       Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement dated October 3, 2012 among the Parties, as amended pursuant to an Amendment to Shareholders Agreement dated November 23, 2012 among the Parties (as amended, the “TTAG Shareholders Agreement”), the Purchaser was granted the right to convert the TTAG Preferred Shares into Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Series A Stock”) (the “Conversion Right”) upon the IPO (as defined therein) or Sale (as defined therein) of the Company.

 

C.       Section 8.2(d) of the Investment and Subscription Agreement dated November 23, 2012 among the Parties (the “TTAG Investment Agreement”) provides that the TTAG Shareholders Agreement will grant the Purchaser the Conversion Right at any time.

 

D.       The Purchaser has entered into a loan agreement dated May 25, 2021 based on which the Purchaser has disbursed to TTAG a loan in the amount of CHF 100,000 at an interest rate of 8.00%, such loan and interest to be repaid by TTAG to the Purchaser on December 31, 2021 at the latest (the “TTAG Loan”).

 

E.       The Company desires for the Purchaser to exercise the Conversion Right and the Purchaser accepts to exercise the Conversion Right and to settle the TTAG Loan pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

F.       The Series A Stock have, on the date of this Agreement, the rights, preferences and privileges provided for in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Restated Certificate”).

 

AGREEMENT

 

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.       Conversion.

 

1.1       TTAG Shareholders Agreement. Each of the Parties acknowledges the discrepancy between the TTAG Shareholders Agreement and the TTAG Investment Agreement with respect to the Conversion Right and agrees that, notwithstanding that there is neither an IPO nor a Sale of the Company on the date hereof, the Purchaser is permitted to exercise the Conversion Right on the date hereof. Each of the Parties further agrees that the Fixed Shareholding in Founder (as defined in the TTAG Shareholders Agreement) on the date hereof shall be calculated as per this Agreement.

 

  -1-  

 

 

1.2       Ownership Target. At the Closing (as defined below), Purchaser shall receive in exchange of the TTAG Preferred Shares the number of shares of Series A Stock equal to 24.00% of the Fully-Diluted Capital of the Company (as defined below) determined as of the Closing, subject to a subsequent adjustment as provided in Section 2.3 upon the first occurrence of a Trigger Event (as defined below) at any time following Closing, rounded down to the nearest whole number (the “Ownership Target”). “Fully-Diluted Capital” of the Company shall mean the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; (iii) the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; and (iv) any outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

(a)       shares issued or issuable following the date hereof (a) upon a financing approved by the Board of Directors of the Company following the Closing in an aggregate amount of not less than $5,000,000.00, provided that such shares have been or are intended to be issued (in any case whatsoever) at an issue price of no less than $3.3737 per share or (b) upon an IPO, shall be disregarded for the determination of the Fully-Diluted Capital (it being understood that all existing shares issued or issuable based on rights granted at the date of the Closing, including all currently outstanding convertible loans, shall not fall under this provision but be fully considered for the determination of the Fully-Diluted Capital); and

 

(b)       in case of a Change of Control Repayment (as defined below), any amount paid to the holder of Relevant Notes in excess of the then outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of the Relevant Notes (the “Excess Amount”) shall be deemed as having been converted into the number of shares in the Company equal to the amount resulting by dividing the Excess Amount by the purchase price per share offered by the third party acquirer(s) triggering the Change of Control (as defined in the subscription agreement to the Relevant Notes), rounded down to the next integer number (the “Deemed Issued Shares”) and such Deemed Issued Shares shall be considered when determining the Fully-Diluted Capital (it being understood that in the event of a Change of Control Repayment of a given Relevant Note, no shares of common stock of the Company will be directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Relevant Note, and such securities will not be considered for the determination of the Fully-Diluted Capital save for the Deemed Issued Shares).

 

Exhibit B illustrates the Fully-Diluted Capital of the Company immediately prior to an IPO, assuming certain values. For the avoidance of doubt, Exhibit B shall be illustrative and shall not determine in any way the method for the calculation of the shares to be allotted to the Purchaser or an anti-dilution adjustment as per Section 2.3 which shall be solely determined by Sections 1 and 2.3.

 

     

 

 

1.3       Trigger Events. Each of the following events shall be deemed a “Trigger Event” upon the occurrence of which the definitive number of Shares to be allocated to the Purchaser in order to fulfill the Ownership Target shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1 and 2.3:

 

(a)       the closing of an IPO;

 

(b)       the closing of the conversion of the Relevant Notes into stock of the Company;

 

(c)       the entire repayment of the Relevant Notes in case of a Change of Control (as defined into the subscription agreement to the Relevant Notes) (a “Change of Control Repayment”);

 

(d)       the closing of the liquidation of the Company for whatever reason.

 

Relevant Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory loan notes issued by the Company in 2021 granting the creditors the right to convert their loans at the lower of (i) 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price paid by other investor in a $5,000,000.00 qualified financing or (ii) the amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company (as defined in the subscription agreement to the Relevant Notes). Exhibit B lists the Relevant Notes, it being understood, however, that also convertible loan notes missing in Exhibit B shall nevertheless be deemed Relevant Notes to the extent such convertible loan notes have been entered into by the date hereof and grant to the creditors the right to convert their loans at the lower of (i) 70% of the IPO price or 70% of the price paid by other investor in a $5,000,000.00 qualified financing or (ii) the amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company (as defined in the subscription agreement to the Relevant Notes). For the avoidance of doubt, any refinancing of the Relevant Notes through new loans granted by the holder of Relevant Notes in replacement of or conjunction with the Relevant Notes as well as any prolongation of the term of Relevant Notes shall not be deemed a Trigger Event and any such additional or renewed loans shall also be deemed Relevant Notes for the purpose of this Agreement.

 

2.       Share Exchange.

 

2.1       Transfer of TTAG Preferred Shares. At the Closing, and subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall purchase, and the Purchaser shall sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances or other defects of title, all of the TTAG Preferred Shares (the “Exchange”).

 

2.2       Issuance of Series A Stock. In consideration of the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment and delivery of such TTAG Preferred Shares, at the Closing and effective upon filing a Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate, the Company shall issue to the Purchaser 2,550,763 shares of Series A Stock (the “Shares”) and a stock certificate for such number of Shares, it being understood that the exact number of Shares granted at Closing will be subject to an adjustment per Section 2.3 (Anti-Dilution Adjustment) considering the fact that the Parties are not able to determine the exact number of Shares to be granted to Purchaser in order to fulfill the Ownership Target because the shares in the Company to be issued to certain note holders are indeterminate as of the Closing.

 

     

 

 

2.3       Anti-Dilution Adjustment. The Parties agree that if the Shares do not equal the Ownership Target immediately after a Trigger Event, then (i) the Company shall issue to Purchaser additional Shares (“Adjustment Shares”) such that the Shares held by Purchaser shall equal the Ownership Target or (ii) the Purchaser shall contribute a portion of Shares to the Company for no consideration such that the Shares held by Purchaser then equal the Ownership Target. The Parties further agree that the anti-dilution adjustment right in this Section 2.3 shall terminate following the occurrence of the first Trigger Event and upon satisfaction of the adjustment procedure set forth in this Section 2.3.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company distributes a dividend before a Trigger Event, and should the Shares not equal the Ownership Target immediately prior to the distribution of the dividend but be less the Ownership Target, the Company shall issue to Purchaser additional Shares such that the Shares held by Purchaser shall equal the Ownership Target. No such adjustment shall occur in case of a dividend distribution by the Company if the Shares equal or exceed the Ownership Target immediately prior to the distribution of the dividend. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.3 and the anti-dilution adjustment right set out herein shall survive an adjustment in case of a dividend of the Company.

 

3.       TTAG Loan.

 

3.1       Purchase of TTAG Loan. The Purchaser agrees to sell and herewith sells, assigns, transfers and conveys, and the Company agrees to purchase and herewith purchases and assumes the TTAG Loan in consideration for the outstanding loan amount and all accrued interest at the date of the Closing (the “TTAG Loan Purchase Price”), subject to Section 3.2).

 

3.2       Condition for the Assignment of the TTAG Loan. The legal effect of the assignment, transfer and conveyance of the TTAG Loan by the Purchaser to the Company is conditional (condiction suspensiva) upon the completion of the Closing taking place and shall be only effective as of the date of the TTAG Loan Purchase Price is credited to the bank account designated by the Purchaser to the Company.

 

4.       Closing; Deliverables.

 

4.1       Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated in Section 2 (the “Closing”) shall be via electronic exchange of documents and signatures on the date of this Agreement.

 

4.2       Purchaser’s Deliverables. At the Closing, the Purchaser will:

 

(a)       execute and deliver Adoption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C;

 

     

 

 

(b)       deliver an assignment document duly executed by the Purchaser evidencing the assignment of the TTAG Preferred Shares to the Company;

 

(c)       deliver a copy of the board resolution of TTAG approving the transfer of TTAG Preferred Shares and of the TTAG Loan to the Company signed by the members of the board of directors nominated by the Purchaser;

 

(d)       deliver TTAG’s share register evidencing the Company as owner of, and as a shareholder with voting rights with respect to, the TTAG Preferred Shares.

 

4.3       Company’s Deliverables. At the Closing, the Company will:

 

(a)       deliver evidence of the acceptance of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of the filed Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate, properly adopted by all necessary corporate action;

 

(b)       deliver a duly signed notification letter of the ultimate beneficial owner upon receipt of the Purchaser’s Deliverables set forth in Section 3.2;

 

(c)       deliver a copy of the board resolution of TTAG approving the transfer of TTAG Preferred Shares and of the TTAG Loan to the Company signed by the members of the board of directors nominated by the Company;

 

(d)       wire the TTAG Loan Purchase Price to the bank account designated by the Purchaser (evidenced by receipt of payment slip of Purchaser);

 

(e)       upon receipt of the Purchaser’s Deliverables set forth in Section 3.2, deliver to the Purchaser a certificate for the Shares;

 

(f)       deliver copies of the fully executed written consent of the stockholders of the Company (i) waiving the application of Article Fourth, Section 4(d) of the Charter (as defined below) by the Requisite Holders (as such term is defined in the Charter); (ii) waiving the preemptive rights (Section 4.1) and notice provisions (Section 5.1) of the Investors' Rights Agreement; (iii) waiving treatment of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a Change in Control under the Relevant Notes, the Voting Agreement (as defined below), the Co-Sale Agreement (as defined below) and that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of October 2, 2012 between the Company and the stockholders party thereto (the “Rights Agreement”); (iv) approving the grant of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.13 the Rights Agreement to the Purchaser by Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement); (v) confirming that the Co-Sale Agreement will terminate upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as such term is defined in that agreement) rather than on the filing of a registration statement relating to a Qualified Public Offering and (vi) approving an amendment to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company (the "Charter") increasing the number of authorized shares of Series A preferred stock to 2,805,839 shares;

 

     

 

 

(g)       deliver a copy of the side letter executed by the Company granting Purchaser board observation rights;

 

(h)       deliver a copy of the fully executed waiver of the holders of a majority in interest of the Relevant Notes waiving treatment of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a Change in Control under the Relevant Notes;

 

(i)       confirm amendment of Exhibit A to the Rights Agreement, the Voting Agreement dated as of October 2, 2012 between the Company and the stockholders party thereto (the "Voting Agreement") and the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of October 2, 2012 between the Company and the stockholders party thereto (the "Co-Sale Agreement) listing Purchaser as a party to such agreement;

 

(j)       deliver evidence of the adoption of resolutions of the board of
directors of the Company approving (i) the amendment to the Charter; (ii) the execution delivery and performance of this Agreement and the issuance of the Shares
and, if necessary, any Adjustment Shares, (iii) reservation of a sufficient number of shares of
common stock of the Company as may be issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock;
and (iv) execution and delivery of the Adoption Agreement; and

 

(k)       deliver a waiver by the Company of any rights arising under Section 14 of the Shareholders Agreement dated October 3, 2012 among Zühlke Ventures AG, the Company and Tenon Technology AG with respect to the Exchange.

 

5.       Termination of TTAG Shareholders Agreement and TTAG Investment Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the TTAG Shareholders Agreement or the TTAG Investment Agreement, the Parties agree that the TTAG Shareholders Agreement and the TTAG Investment Agreement are each terminated contingent upon and effective as of the Closing, and that any and all rights of the Parties arising out of either the TTAG Shareholders Agreement or the TTAG Investment Agreement effective after Closing shall hereby be deemed irrevocably waived upon Closing.

 

6.       Company Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

6.1       Organization and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted, to execute and deliver this Agreement, to issue and sell the Shares and to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the Restated Certificate.

 

6.2       Capitalization. As of immediately prior to the sale and issuance of the Shares, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 10,487,904 shares of Common Stock, 1,660,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and 3,297,061 shares of Preferred Stock, 2,805,839 of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, none of which are issued or outstanding, and 491,222 of which are designated Series B Preferred Stock. The Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Restated Certificate. The outstanding shares thereof have been duly authorized and validly issued in compliance with applicable laws, and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

     

 

 

6.3       Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company and its directors, officers and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Shares and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and (ii) as limited by rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and by general principles of equity.

 

6.4       Shares. The Shares, when issued, delivered and paid for in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “Conversion Shares”) have been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Restated Certificate and applicable law, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Shares and the Conversion Shares will be free of any liens or encumbrances, other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon the Purchaser, provided, however, that the Shares and the Conversion Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer under U.S. state and/or federal securities laws.

 

6.5       Brokers or Finders. The Company has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and the Company has not and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement.

 

7.       Purchaser Representations and Warranties. The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company and TTAG as follows:

 

7.1       Conversion Right; TTAG. The Purchaser has irrevocably elected to exercise the Conversion Right and, upon the issuance of the Shares and the termination of the TTAG Shareholders Agreement and the TTAG Investment Agreement in accordance with Section 5, the Purchaser shall not be a direct or indirect holder of any capital stock of TTAG or of any right to acquire capital stock of TTAG and all of the Purchaser’s rights in TTAG, including any right to appoint members to the board of directors of TTAG, shall be terminated.

 

7.2       No Registration. The Purchaser understands that the Shares, and the Conversion Shares, have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

 

     

 

 

7.3       Investment Intent. The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares, and the Conversion Shares, for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in or otherwise distributing the same.

 

7.4       Investment Experience. The Purchaser has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company and acknowledges that the Purchaser can protect its own interests. The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that the Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company.

 

7.5       Speculative Nature of Investment. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Purchaser can bear the economic risk of the Purchaser’s investment and is able, without impairing the Purchaser’s financial condition, to hold the Shares and the Conversion Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of the Purchaser’s investment.

 

7.6       Access to Data. The Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Company concerning this Agreement, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as well as the Company’s business, management and financial affairs, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Purchaser believes that it has received all the information that the Purchaser considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Shares and the Conversion Shares. The Purchaser is relying solely on its own counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7.7       Accredited Investor. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and will submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

7.8       Residency. The Purchaser’s primary resident and/or principal place of business is as set forth on the last page of this Agreement.

 

     

 

 

7.9       Rule 144. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares and the Conversion Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Purchaser is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act which permit limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including among other things the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Purchaser understands that the current public information referred to above is not now available and may not become available. The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Purchaser wishes to sell the Shares or the Conversion Shares, and that, in such event, the Purchaser may be precluded from selling such securities under Rule 144, even if the other requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Purchaser acknowledges that, in the event all of the requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Shares or the Conversion Shares. The Purchaser understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

 

7.10       No Public Market. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

 

7.11       Authorization.

 

(a)       The Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to purchase the Shares hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement. All action on the part of the Purchaser necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the performance of all of the Purchaser’s obligations under this Agreement, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing.

 

(b)       This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms except: (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (iii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or by general principles of equity.

 

(c)       No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Purchaser or the performance of the Purchaser’s obligations hereunder.

 

7.12       Brokers or Finders. The Purchaser has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and the Company has not and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Purchaser, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement.

 

     

 

 

7.13       Tax Advisors. The Purchaser has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. With respect to such matters, the Purchaser relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Purchaser understands that it (and not the Company) will be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7.14       Non-U.S. Persons.  If the Purchaser is a Non-U.S. Person (as defined below), the Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)       This Agreement is made by the Company in reliance upon the Non-U.S. Person’s representations and warranties made in this Section 6.14.

 

(b)       The Non-U.S. Person has been advised and acknowledges that: (i) the Shares have not been, and when issued, will not be, registered under the Act, the securities laws of any state of the United States or the securities laws of any other country; (ii) in issuing and selling the Shares to the Non-U.S. Person pursuant to this Agreement, the Company is relying upon the “safe harbor” provided by Regulation S and/or on Section 4(2) under the Act; (iii) it is a condition to the availability of the Regulation S “safe harbor” that the Shares not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. Person until the expiration of a period of one (1) year following the Closing (the “Restricted Period”); and (iv) notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of Restricted Period, the Shares may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either: (A) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person, the securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act; or (B) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. Person.

 

(c)       As used herein, the term “United States” means and includes the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia, and the term “U.S. Person” (as defined in Regulation S) means:

 

(i)       a natural person resident in the United States;

 

(ii)       any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;

 

(iii)       any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person;

 

(iv)       any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. Person;

 

(v)       any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;

 

     

 

 

(vi)       any nondiscretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. Person;

 

(vii)       any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated and (if an individual) resident in the United States; and

 

(viii)       a corporation or partnership organized under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction and formed by a U.S. Person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

 

As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Person” means any person who is not a U.S. Person or is deemed not to be a U.S. Person under Rule 902(k)(2) of the Act.

 

(d)       Such Non-U.S. Person agrees that with respect to the Shares until the expiration of the Restricted Period:

 

(i)       such Non-U.S. Person, its agents or its representatives have not and will not solicit offers to buy, offer for sale or sell any of the Shares, or any beneficial interest therein in the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person during the Restricted Period; and

 

(ii)       notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Shares may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either: (A) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person, then the securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act; or (B) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. Person; and

 

(iii)       such Non-U.S. Person shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to the Shares unless in compliance with the Act.

 

The foregoing restrictions are binding upon subsequent transferees of the Shares, except for transferees pursuant to an effective registration statement. Such Non-U.S. Person agrees that after the Restricted Period, the Shares may be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. Person only pursuant to applicable securities laws.

 

(e)       Such Non-U.S. Person has not engaged, nor is it aware that any party has engaged, and such Non-U.S. Person will not engage or cause any third party to engage, in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S) in the United States with respect to the Shares.

 

(f)       Such Non-U.S. Person: (i) is domiciled and has its principal place of business outside the United States; (ii) certifies it is not a U.S. Person and is not acquiring the Shares for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person; and (iii) at the time of the Closing, the Non-U.S. Person or persons acting on Non-U.S. Person’s behalf in connection therewith will be located outside the United States.

 

     

 

 

(g)       At the time of offering to such Non-U.S. Person and communication of such Non-U.S. Person’s order to purchase the Shares and at the time of such Non-U.S. Person’s execution of this Agreement, the Non-U.S. Person or persons acting on Non-U.S. Person’s behalf in connection therewith were located outside the United States.

 

(h)       Such Non-U.S. Person is not a “distributor” (as defined in Regulation S) or a “dealer” (as defined in the Act).

 

(i)       Such Non-U.S. Person acknowledges that the Company shall make a notation in its stock books regarding the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 6 and shall transfer such shares on the books of the Company only to the extent consistent therewith. In particular, such Non-U.S. Person acknowledges that the Company shall refuse to register any transfer of the Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Act or pursuant to an available exemption from registration.

 

(j)       Such Non-U.S. Person understands and agrees that each certificate held by such Non-U.S. Person representing the Shares, or any other securities issued in respect of the Shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear the following legend or a substantially similar legend (in addition to any legend required by this Agreement, by Sections 417 and 418 of the California Corporations Code or under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. This certificate must be surrendered to the coMPANY or its transfer agent as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or any other transfer of any interest in any of the shares represented by this certificate.

     

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

(k)       Such non-U.S. Person has satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of such non-U.S. Person’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of the Agreement, including: (i) the legal requirements within such non-U.S. Person’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of such securities. Such non-U.S. Person’s subscription and payment for, and such non-U.S. Person’s continued beneficial ownership of, the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of such non-U.S. Person’s jurisdiction.

 

8.       Miscellaneous.

 

8.1       Waivers and Amendments. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term hereof or thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of each of the Parties.

 

8.2       Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and will be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

 

(a)       if to the Purchaser, to its address or facsimile number listed on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address or facsimile number as the Purchaser will have furnished to the other parties;

 

(b)       if to the Company, to its address or facsimile number listed on the signature page of this Agreement (Attn: Chief Executive Officer), or to such other address or facsimile number as the Company will have furnished to the other parties, with a copy to James Huie, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304; or

 

(c)       if to TTAG, to its address or facsimile number listed on the signature page of this Agreement, or to such other address or facsimile number as TTAG will have furnished to the other parties.

 

With respect to any notice given by the Company or TTAG hereunder, the Purchaser agrees that such notice may be given by facsimile or by electronic mail.

 

Each such notice or other communication will for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer, or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery.

 

     

 

8.3       Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

8.4       Expenses. The Parties will each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that TTAG shall pay the legal expenses of the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

8.5       Successors and Assigns. This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, will not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company and TTAG. Any attempt by the Purchaser without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement will be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

8.6       Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. No party will be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

 

8.7       California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

8.8       Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, will be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

     

 

8.9       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

 

8.10       Telecopy Execution and Delivery. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery will be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

 

8.11       Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the Parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or, in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

 

8.12       Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

 

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.)

 

     

 

 

  COMPANY:
   
  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
   
  By:  
   
  Name:  
   
  Title:  
   
  Address:  
   
  Email:    
  Facsimile:  

 

     

 

 

  PURCHASER:
   
  ZÜHLKE VENTURES AG
   
  By:  
   
  Name:  
   
  Title:  
   
  Address:  
   
  Email:    
  Facsimile:  

 

     

 

 

  TENON TECHNOLOGY AG
   
  By:  
   
  Name:  
   
  Title:  
   
  Address:  
   
  Email:    
  Facsimile:  

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Excel Spreadsheet

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Adoption Agreement

 

This Adoption Agreement (“Adoption Agreement”) is executed on October ___, 2021, by Zühlke Ventures AG, a Swiss company (the “Holder”) pursuant to the terms of (i) that certain Investor Rights Agreement dated October 2, 2012, (ii) that certain Voting Agreement dated October 2, 2012, and (iii) that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated October 2, 2012 (collectively, the “Agreements”), each by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders, as such Agreements may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreements. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder and the Company agree as follows.

 

1.1       Acknowledgement. Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “Stock”) as an investor, in which case Holder will be an “Investor” for all purposes of the Agreements.

 

1.2       Agreement. Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreements to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreements and (b) adopts the Agreements with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto. The Company hereby agrees that the Holder shall be entitled to all rights and privileges as an Investor under each of the Agreements with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

 

ZÜHLKE VENTURES AG   ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
     
By:     TENON MEDICAL, INC.
Name and Title of Signatory    
     
Address:     By:  
         
      Title:  

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.             On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.             Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.             The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.             Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             The Note.

 

(a)       Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)       Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)       Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.             Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a)       Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

     

 

 

(b)       Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)       Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)       Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)       Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)       Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)       Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)       Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)       Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e)       Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(f)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)       Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of June 24, 2021.

  

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
  By: /s/ Steven Foster
  Name: Steven Foster
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

  

Note Amount: /s/ Stephen Hochschuler
$50,000.00          (Signature)
   
  Dr. Stephen Hochschuler
  (Print Name)
   
  Manager
  (Title)
   
  SHKH, LLC
  (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

     

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$50,000 June 24, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to SHKH, LLC (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.             Payments.

 

(a)           Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)           Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.             Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)           Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)       Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.             Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.             Conversion.

 

(a)           Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)           Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)       if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)       if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.             Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -6-  

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)           Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)           Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation),

(iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)           Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)           Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)           Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)           Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)           Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

  -8-  

 

 

(i)           Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -9-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Steven Foster
  Name: Steven Foster
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.          On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.           Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.          The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.           Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           The Note.

 

(a)          Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)          Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)         Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.           Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a)         Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

   

 

 

(b)          Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)          Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)          Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)         No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.           Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)          Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)          Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)          Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)          No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)         Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)         Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)         Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e)         Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(f)          Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)         Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of May 17, 2021.

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

Note Amount: /s/ Theo Franklin
$25,000.00 (Signature)
   
  Theo Franklin
  (Print Name)
   
   
  (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

   

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

   

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$25,000 May 17, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Theo Franklin (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.            Payments.

 

(a)           Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)          Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.           Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)          Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)          Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)          Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.          Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.            Conversion.

 

(a)          Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)          Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)          Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)       if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)       if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d)          Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.            Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -6-  

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)          Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)          Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)         Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)         Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)         Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)         Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

  -8-  

 

 

(h)         Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)          Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -9-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

   

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.          On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.           Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.          The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.          Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            The Note.

 

(a)          Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)         Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)          Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.           Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a)         Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

 

 

 

(b)          Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)          Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)         Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)         No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.           Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)         Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)          Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)          Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)          No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)         Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)         Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)         Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e)         Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(f)         Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)         Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of June 17, 2021.

 

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
  By: /s/ Steven Foster
  Name: Steven Foster
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

  

Note Amount: /s/ James Terranova
$125,000          (Signature)
   
  James Terranova
  (Print Name)
   
  Managing Director
  (Title)
   
  WS Investment Company, LLC (21A)
  (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

 

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$125,000 June 17, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to WS Investment Company, LLC (21A) (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.           Payments.

 

(a)          Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)          Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.            Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)          Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)          Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)         Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.           Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.           Conversion.

 

(a)          Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)          Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)          Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)       if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)       if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d)          Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.            Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -6-  

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)          Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)         Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)         Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)        Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)         Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)         Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)         Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

  -8-  

 

 

(h)         Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)         Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -9-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Steven Foster
  Name: Steven Foster
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.             Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.             The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.             Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. The Note.

 

(a) Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b) Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)  Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.            Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a) Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

 

 

(b) Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c) Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d) Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.           Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a) Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c) Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)  Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)  Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)  Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(f) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h) Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of May 18, 2021.

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
    Kal Mentak
    Chief Executive Officer

 

Note Amount:   /s/ Richard Ferrari
$ 300,000   (Signature)
     
    Richard Ferrari
    (Print Name)
     
    Ferrari Family Trust
    (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$300,000 May 18, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Ferrari Family Trust (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.             Payments.

 

(a)            Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)           Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.           Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)           Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)           Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)           Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.             Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4. Conversion.

 

(a)           Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)           Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)           if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)           if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d) Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)           Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(ii)           Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)           Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)           Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.             Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -6-  

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)           Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)           With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(iii)           Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)           Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)           Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)           Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)           Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)           Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)           Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

  -8-  

 

 

(h)           Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)           Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -9-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By: /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.           On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.            Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.            The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.            Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. The Note.

 

(a) Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b) Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

2.            Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a) Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

 

 

 

(b) Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c) Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d) Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.            Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a) Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

 

 

 

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c) Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d) No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c) Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d) Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

 

 

 

(f) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h) Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

 

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of May 17, 2021.

 

  1btu   Tenon Medical, Inc.
   
  By:   /s/ Kal Mentak
  Name: Kal Mentak
  Title: CEO

 

Note Amount:  
$ 600,000.00 (Signature)
   
  Frank M. Fischer
  (Print Name)
   
   
  (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of May 17, 2021.

 

  Tenon Medical, Inc.
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

Note Amount: /s/ Frank M. Fischer
$ 600,000.00 (Signature)
   
  Frank M. Fischer
  (Print Name)
   
   
  (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

 

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIESISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$600,000 May 17, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Frank M. Fischer (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1. Payments.

 

(a)       Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)       Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.            Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)       Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

 

 

 

(b)       Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)       Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.            Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4. Conversion.

 

(a)           Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(c)           Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)       if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)       if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d) Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(iii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5. Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

  -4-  

 

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -6-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)       Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)       Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)       Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)       Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)       Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(h)       Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(i)       Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -8-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By  
  Name:  
  Title: CEO

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

NOTE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Note Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the person or entity listed on the signature page hereto (the “Investor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.             On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “Note”) in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

B.             Investor will complete the investor suitability questionnaire set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

C.             The Company may, in its sole discretion, issue and sell additional convertible promissory notes in a form substantially similar to the Note (each, also a “Note” and together with all other Notes, the “Notes”) to certain other investors identified by the Company from time to time (each, also an “Investor” and together with all other Investors, the “Investors”) pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to this Agreement (each, also an “Agreement” and together with all other Agreements, the “Agreements”).

 

D.             Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             The Note.

 

(a)       Issuance of Note. Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, a Note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(b)       Delivery. The sale and purchase of the Note shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held on the date of this Agreement (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Investor the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price may be paid by wire using the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit C hereto or by check made out to “Tenon Medical, Inc.” and delivered to the Company at Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583. The Note will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

 

(c)       Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Note shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

     

 

 

2.             Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Investor that:

 

(a)       Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc. The Company (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

(b)       Authority. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders.

 

(c)       Enforceability. Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(d)       Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Note, will constitute or result in a material default or violation of any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any material term or provision of the Company's current Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or any material agreement or instrument by which it is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject.

 

(e)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Note; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Note (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties of the Investor. The Investor represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

 

(a)       Binding Obligation. The Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)       Securities Law Compliance. The Investor has been advised that the Note and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Note or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Note to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on the signature page hereto.

 

(c)       Access to Information. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Note.

 

(d)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification Events. Neither (i) Investor, (ii) any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members, nor (iii) any beneficial owner of any of the Company’s voting equity securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) held by such Investor is subject to any Disqualification Event (as defined in Section 2(e)), except for Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed reasonably in advance of the Closing in writing in reasonable detail to the Company.

 

4.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)       Waivers and Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement and the Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors representing a majority of all principal then owing pursuant to outstanding Notes issued pursuant to the Agreements (a “Majority in Interest of Investors”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the Investors with respect to their Notes.

 

(b)       Governing Law. This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California or of any other state.

 

(c)       Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d)       Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(e)       Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Note constitute and contain the entire agreement between the Company and Investor and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(f)       Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to the Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, Tenon Medical, Inc., Attn: President, 2110 Omega Road Suite F, San Ramon CA 94583, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the

U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(g)       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

(h)       Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“WSGR”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to Investor. The Investor and the Company acknowledge that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Investor and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. Pursuant to Rule 3-310 of the Rules of Professional Conduct promulgated by the State Bar of California, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -4-  

 

 

The foregoing Note Subscription Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of May 17, 2021.

 

        Tenon Medical, Inc.
         
        By: /s/ Kai Mentak
          Kai Mentak
          Chief Executive Officer
         
  Note Amount:     /s/ Steven M Foster
  $50,000     (Signature)
         
        Steven M Foster
        (Print Name)
         
         
        (Investor Name: name as it should appear on the Note, if different than above)

 

[Signature page for Note Subscription Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(form starts on next page)

 

     

 

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

TENON MEDICAL, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$50,000                                                                                   May 17, 2021

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Tenon Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to Steven M. Foster (“Investor”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days. All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the 12 month anniversary of the first sale and issuance of any convertible promissory note pursuant to any Note Subscription Agreement (the “Maturity Date”) following written demand by a Majority in Interest of the Investors, or (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. This Note is one of a series of similar convertible promissory notes (collectively, the “Notes”), each executed and delivered pursuant to a note subscription agreement in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.             Payments.

 

(a)           Interest. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable at maturity.

 

(b)           Voluntary Prepayment. This Note may not be prepaid, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

 

2.             Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note and the other Transaction Documents:

 

(a)           Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other Transaction Document on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within twenty (20) Business Days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

  -2-  

 

 

(b)           Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)           Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement.

 

3.             Rights of Investor upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) or 2(c)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(b) and 2(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may, with the written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it by the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.             Conversion.

 

(a)           Automatic Conversion upon an Initial Public Offering. If an Initial Public Offering occurs prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall automatically convert immediately prior to such Initial Public Offering, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal the lesser of (i) to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, and (ii) the IPO Conversion Price. The Company shall provide the Investors written notice of any potential Initial Public Offering at least ten (10) business days prior to the consummation of such Initial Public Offering.

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Financing. If a Qualified Financing occurs on or prior to the Maturity Date, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the capital stock issued and sold in such Qualified Financing at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company, with any fractional shares rounded down and (i) at the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, with any fractional shares rounded down.

 

  -3-  

 

 

(c)           Conversion upon a Change of Control. If a Change of Control occurs prior to a Qualified Financing or Initial Public Offering and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of this Note, and:

 

(i)       if the proceeds to be received by Investor in such Change of Control if the Investor had converted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is greater than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically convert into fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock at a price per share equal to an amount obtained by dividing (x) $22,500,000 by (y) the Fully Diluted Capitalization of the Company; or

 

(ii)       if the proceeds received in such Change of Control by Investor if the Investor had converted pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) is less than the accrued and unpaid interest of this Note plus 200% of the outstanding principal of this Note, then the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, in each case that has not otherwise been converted into equity securities pursuant to Section 4, shall be due and payable immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control, together with a premium equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount to be repaid

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(a). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(a), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the IPO Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in connection with an Initial Public Offering in substantially the same form of lock-up agreement and other related agreements necessary to consummate the Initial Public Offering. Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Initial Public Offering for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(a) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and if applicable and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

  -4-  

 

 

(ii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(b). If this Note is to be automatically converted in accordance with Section 4(b), written notice shall be delivered to Investor at the address last shown on the records of the Company for Investor or given by Investor to the Company for the purpose of notice, notifying Investor of the conversion to be effected, specifying the Qualified Financing Conversion Price, the principal amount of the Note to be converted, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and calling upon such Investor to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the Note. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company all transaction documents entered into by other purchasers participating in the Qualified Financing, including a purchase agreement, an investor rights agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering). Investor also agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation; provided, however, that upon the closing of the Qualified Financing, this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion. Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(b) shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified Financing and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)       Conversion Pursuant to Section 4(c). Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Note into the applicable shares of the Company’s stock in accordance with Section 4(c), it shall surrender this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(c), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted. Upon such conversion of this Note, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering), and shall be bound upon such conversion by any transfer restrictions applicable to any of the shares or holders thereof. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates (or a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares, if applicable) for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 4(d)(iv). Any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii) and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)       Fractional Shares; Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. Upon conversion of this Note in full, Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

5.             Definitions. As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Change of Control” shall mean (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors, (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity or (iii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  -5-  

 

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Investor” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

Investors” shall mean the investors that have purchased Notes.

 

IPO Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to 70% of the price per share (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) of the Company’s common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering.

 

Fully Diluted Capitalization” shall mean, as of immediately prior to automatic conversion of this Note, the sum of (i) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; (ii) the shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of all outstanding securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock of the Company and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants; and (iii) except for conversion in connection with a Change of Control, the shares of common stock of the Company reserved, but neither issued nor the subject of outstanding awards, under any equity incentive or similar plan of the Company; provided that Fully Diluted Capitalization shall not include (i) the Notes and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes, (ii) other outstanding convertible promissory notes and any related warrants and the securities directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such other outstanding convertible promissory notes and the exercise of any such related warrants, or (iii) in any automatic conversion or any voluntary conversion relating to a financing, any securities issued in the financing, any shares of common stock of the Company directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities and any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive or similar plans or arrangements in connection with the financing.

 

Majority in Interest of Investors” shall mean Investors holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

Note Subscription Agreement” and “Note Subscription Agreements” shall mean the Note Subscription Agreement (the “Note Subscription Agreement”) pursuant to which this Note was issued under, by and between the Company and Investor, together with all other Note Subscription Agreements (the “Note Subscription Agreements”) in a form substantially similar to the Note Subscription Agreement, each by and between the Company and the investor set forth on the signature pages thereto.

 

Notes” shall mean the convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Note Subscription Agreements.

 

Obligations” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note and the other Transaction Documents, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any obligations of Company under or with respect to any warrants to purchase Company’s capital stock.

 

  -6-  

 

 

Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Financing” is a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company issues and sells shares of its capital stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (excluding all proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness that is converted into such capital stock, or otherwise cancelled in consideration for the issuance of such capital stock) with the principal purpose of raising capital.

 

Qualified Financing Conversion Price” shall mean a price per share equal to seventy percent (70%) of the price per share paid by the other cash purchasers of the capital stock sold in the Qualified Financing.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Transaction Documents” shall mean this Note, each of the other Notes, the Note Subscription Agreement pursuant to which this Note was issued under, and all other Note Subscription Agreements.

 

6.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof; No Transfers to Bad Actors; Notice of Bad Actor Status.

 

(i)       Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 6(a), the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)       With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of Investor’s counsel, or other evidence if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or state law then in effect). Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion, if so requested, or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6(a) that the opinion of counsel for Investor, or other evidence, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company as provided in the Note Subscription Agreement. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  -7-  

 

 

(iii)       Investor agrees not to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, or any beneficial interest therein, to any person (other than the Company) unless and until the proposed transferee confirms to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that neither the proposed transferee nor any of its directors, executive officers, other officers that may serve as a director or officer of any company in which it invests, general partners or managing members nor any person that would be deemed a beneficial owner of those securities (in accordance with Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act, except as set forth in Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act and disclosed, reasonably in advance of the transfer, in writing in reasonable detail to the Company. Investor will promptly notify the Company in writing if Investor or, to Investor’s knowledge, any person specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act becomes subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)           Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of this Note without Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of this Note without Investor’s written consent.

 

(c)           Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth in the Note Subscription Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Investor in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)           Pari Passu Notes. Investor acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event Investor receives payments in excess of its pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the Investors of all of the Notes, then Investor shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other holders upon demand by such holders.

 

(e)           Payment. Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(f)           Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(g)           Waivers. The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

  -8-  

 

 

(h)           Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

 

(i)           Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. By acceptance of this Note, Investor hereby agrees and the Company hereby agrees to waive their respective rights to a jury trial of any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Note or any of the Transaction Documents. If the jury waiver set forth in this paragraph is not enforceable, then any claim or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Note, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by judicial reference pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. before a referee sitting without a jury, such referee to be mutually acceptable to the parties or, if no agreement is reached, by a referee appointed by the Presiding Judge of the California Superior Court for Santa Clara County. This paragraph shall not restrict a party from exercising remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code or from exercising pre-judgment remedies under applicable law.

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

  -9-  

 

 

The Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  TENON MEDICAL, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By  
  Name:  
  Title: CEO

 

     

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Tenon Medical, Inc.

 

Tenon Technology AG

c/o Zühlke Ventures AG

Zürcherstrasse 39j, CH-8952

Schlieren

 

   

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Tenon Medical, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated August 30, 2021, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Tenon Medical, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the heading "Experts" in this Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ ArmaninoLLP
  San Jose, California
   
November 9, 2021